GE Healthcare LOGIQ P5 Ultrasound System Service Manual

Technical

Publication

Direction 5394141

Revision 1

GE Healthcare

LOGIQ™P5 Service Manual

GE Healthcare

Operating Documentation

Copyright

©

2010 by General Electric Co.

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Page 1-2 -

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Table of Contents

CHAPTER 1

Introduction

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1

Purpose of Chapter 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1

Purpose of Service Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1

Typical Users of the Basic Service Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2

LOGIQ™ P5 Models Covered by this Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2

Purpose of Operator Manual(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2

Important Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3

Conventions Used in Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3

Standard Hazard Icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4

Product Icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5

WEEE Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7

Safety Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-12

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-12

Human Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-12

Mechanical Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-12

Electrical Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13

Label Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-14

Dangerous Procedure Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-16

Lockout/Tagout Requirements (For USA Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-16

EMC, EMI, and ESD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-17

Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-17

CE Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-17

Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-17

Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-18

Contact Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-18

System Manufacturer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19

Table of Contents 3

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

CHAPTER 2

Pre-Installation

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1

Purpose of chapter 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1

General Console Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2

Console Environmental Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2

Electrical Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3

EMI Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5

Scan Probe Environmental Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6

Facility Needs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7

Purchaser Responsibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7

Required Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8

Desirable Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8

Recommended and Alternate Ultrasound Room Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9

Networking Pre-installation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10

4 -

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

CHAPTER 3

Installation

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

Purpose of chapter 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

Installation Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

Average Installation Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

Installation Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

Safety Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

Receiving and Unpacking the Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4

Moving into Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9

Adjusting System Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9

Product Locator Installation Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9

Preparing for Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

Verify Customer Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

Physical Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

EMI Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

Completing the Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11

Power On/Boot Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11

Power Off/ Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14

Transducer Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15

System Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16

System Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16

Electrical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18

On-Board Optional Peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18

External I/O Connector Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19

Video Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21

Setting VCR (Mitsubishi MD3000) USB Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22

Available Probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23

Software/Option Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23

Connectivity Installation Worksheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24

Insite IP Address Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25

Loading Base System Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25

Loading Base system Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25

- 5

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25

Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25

Paperwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26

Product Locator Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26

User Manual(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26

6 -

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

CHAPTER 4

Functional Checks

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

Purpose of Chapter 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

Required Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

General Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

Power On/Boot Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

Power Off / Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

System Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

System B/M-Mode Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8

System CFM and PWD Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9

Basic Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10

Probe/Connectors Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12

Using Cine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13

Image Management (QG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14

Using the DVD-R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15

Backup and Restore Database, Preset Configurations and Images . . . . . 4-19

ECG Check Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25

Software Configuration Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25

Peripheral Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26

Monitor Function Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27

15" LCDMON II Assy & LCD Panel with filter Function Validation Procedure 4-27

15" OSD Key Assy Function Validation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28

Keyboard Function Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29

Main Keyboard Assy Function Validation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29

Sub Keyboard Assy Function Validation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32

Trackball Assy validation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32

A/N Key assy validation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32

Freeze key validation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32

TGC key assay / TGC Knob Set validation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33

Sub Keyboard Encoder Knob Set validation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33

Mechanical Function Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34

Cover Parts Function Validation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34

LCD plastic filter Function Validation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35

- 7

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Air filter set Function Validation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-35

TGC key assy/TGC Knob Set, Sub keyboard encoder Knob Set, Keycap set, Main

Keyboard Encoder Knob set Function Validation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . .4-36

Cup holder Function Validation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-37

Front caster/Rear caster Function Validation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-38

Probe holder Function Validation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-39

Flexible LCD Arm Function Validation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-40

Board Function Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-41

CL1TRX Assy / BL1TRX Assy Function Validation Procedure . . . . . . . . . .4-41

ACWD Assy Function Validation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-42

Probe Assessment Diagnostic Test Validation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-45

SYSCONML Assy Function Validation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-47

APS/APS Pro Assy PCB Function Validation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-48

P3RLY,P2RLY and P2RLY with Dummy Assy function check procedure . .4-49

SOM Function Validation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-50

ASIG Assy Function Validation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-50

BackPlane Assy Function Validation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-51

Nest fan Function Validation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-52

Transbox Function Validation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-52

ACPC Assy set Function Validation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-52

Transbox Assy Function Validation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-53

Fuse set Function Validation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-53

ARP Assy Function Validation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-53

ASIG ASSY Function Validation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-53

Site Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-54

8 -

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

CHAPTER 5

Components and Functions (Theory)

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1


General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

LOGIQ™ P5 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6

Main Board Detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9

P3RLY and P2RLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11

CL1TRX and BL1TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12

SYSCONPM(SYSCONCM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16

SOM Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19

Top Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26

Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26

LOGIQ™ P5 Monitor II and LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro Monitor II . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28

ARP (Rear Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30

Input/Output Signals for peripheral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31

Power Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32

TRANSBOX(AC Power) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32

APS/APS Pro (LV Power & HV Power) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33

AC Power Outlet for Peripheral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34

Cable Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35

Internal Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35

Peripherals and Cable connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36

Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39

Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39

Fans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39

Service Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40

Global Service User Interface (GSUI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41

Service Home Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42

- 9

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Error Logs Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-43

Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-45

Image Quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-46

Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-46

Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-47

Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-49

Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-50

PM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-50

Remote Software/Option Installation and Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-51

RFS (Service For Request) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-52

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-52

System Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-52

Sending RFS Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-54

Machine RFS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-56

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-56

Enabling MRFS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-56

Fast Polling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-59

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-59

Enabling Fast Polling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-59

10 -

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

CHAPTER 6

Service Adjustments

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

Purpose of this chapter 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

Regulatory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

Monitor Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

Rotate and tilt the monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

Brightness and Contrast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

LCD Plastic filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Flexible LCD arm - locking mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6

Trackball Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7

- 11

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

CHAPTER 7

Diagnostics/Troubleshooting

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-1

Purpose of Chapter 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-1

Gathering Trouble Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2

Collect Vital System Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2

Collect a Trouble Image with Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3

Screen Captures 4

Check and Record the P2 Key Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-4

Setting the P2 Key to Screen Capture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-5

Capturing a Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-6

Reset the P2 Key to Customer’s Functionality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-7

Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-8

Common Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-9

Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-9

PC Diagnostics (Non-Interactive Tests) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-10

PC Diagnostics (Interactive Tests) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-14

FRU Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-16

LED Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-20

CL1TRX/BL1TRX Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-20

P3RLY/P2RLY Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-20

SYSCONPM/SYSCONCM Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-20

APS/APS Pro Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-21

Trouble Shooting Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-22

System Does Not Power On / Boot Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-22

System Does Not Boot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-23

Noise in Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-26

Unable to Scan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-27

Trackball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-28

Monitor Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-29

Unable to Record to VCR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-31

Printer Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-32

DVD-RW Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-34

Network Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-35

12 -

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

CHAPTER 8

Replacement Procedures

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1


DISASSEMBLY/RE-ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

LCD Plastic filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3

Monitor cover set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5

OSD button and lamp set, LCD Plastic Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

LCD Std Arm with Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10

Monitor Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12

Flexible LCD Arm Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13

Main Keyboard Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-37

Sub Keyboard Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-40

Trackball Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-42

English, Greek, Russian, Swedish, Norwegian A/N Key assy . . . . . . . . . . 8-43

Freeze key assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-45

TGC key assy / TGC Knob Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-47

Sub Keyboard Encoder Knob Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-49

Keycap set, Main Keyboard Encoder Knob set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-50

Side Left Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-51

Side Right Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-52

Front Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-53

Rear Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-55

Middle Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-57

Top Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-59

Top Bottom Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-60

Pole Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-61

Neck Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-62

Neck Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-64

Dummy Cover L / R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-66

EMI Cover L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-68

EMI Cover R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-69

APS/APS Pro Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-70

CL1TRX Assy / BL1TRX Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-73

P3RLY / P2RLY Assy & P2RLY with Dummy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-75

Backplane Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-77

ACWD Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-79

SYSCON PM Assy/SYSCON CM Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-81

PM SOM Assy with 1G/ CM SOM Assy with 512M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-84

ASIG Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-86

- 13

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Battery on SYSCONPM/CM Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-87

Front Caster / Rear Caster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-89

Rear Handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-91

Rear Hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-92

Probe Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-94

Cup Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-95

ECG Cable Hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-96

Air Filter Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-97

DVD R/W Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-98

Nest Fan Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-100

ARP Assy 110V/220V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-102

SATA HDD Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-104

ACPC Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-107

Transbox Assy 110V/220V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-109

Fuse Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-112

Read and Write Serial Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-113

Software Loading Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-117

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-117

Parts Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-117

TimeRequired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-117

Software Loading Steering Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-118

Before Starting Software Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-119

Software Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-129

Installing Base Image Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-129

Verifying Base Image Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-134

Installing Application Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-141

Standard Confirmation & Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-144

14

Full Backup / Restore Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-159

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-159

Parts Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-159

Full Backup Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-159

Restore procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-162

Software Reloading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-163

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-163

Software Reloading Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-163

Mechanical Option Installation instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-172

Endo Probe Holder Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-174

Microphone Option fixture Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-175

-

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Drawer Option installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-176

Cable Arm Hook installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-177

BW Printer Fixture Keyboard installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-178

BW printer Fixture Middle installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-181

Color Printer Fixture Middle installation - UP23MD Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-183

Color Printer Fixture Middle installation - UP-D25MD Printer . . . . . . . . . . . 8-185

Printer VCR DVD Fixture Top installation - UP23MD Printer . . . . . . . . . . . 8-187

Color Printer Fixture Top Installation - UP-D25MD Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-189

Printer VCR DVD fixture Top installation - CP900 Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-192

Printer VCR DVD Fixture Top Installation (MD-3000) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-195

Printer VCR DVD Fixture Top Installation (MD-800) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-200

Rear Handle installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-203

Additional Task Lamp installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-205

Protect Cover Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-207

Swivel Lock Caster Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-208

LOGIQ A5 Rear Swivel Caster Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-209

BT11 Drawer Option Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-210

MTZ PROBE HOLDER Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-213

DVR Fixture Top Installation - SONY DVO-1000MD DVD Recorder . . . . . 8-214

- 15

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

CHAPTER 9

Renewal Parts

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-1

List of Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2

MONITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-3

KEYBOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5

COVERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-7

PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-9

BODY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-11

POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-14

Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-16

Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20

Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21

Probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-22

Peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-23

16 -

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

CHAPTER 10

Care & Maintenance

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1

Periodic Maintenance Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1

Purpose of Chapter 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1

Why do Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2

Keeping Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2

Quality Assurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2

Maintenance Task Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2

How often should care & maintenance tasks be performed? . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2

Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4

Standard GE Tool Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4

Special Tools, Supplies and Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6

System Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7

Preliminary Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7

Functional Checks (See Also Chapter 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8

System Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8

Peripheral/Option Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9

Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9

Mains Cable Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9

Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9

Physical Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10

Optional Diagnostic Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11

Probe Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11

Electrical Safety Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12

Safety Test Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12

GEMS Leakage Current Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13

Outlet Test - Wiring Arrangement - USA & Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14

Grounding Continuity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15

Chassis Leakage Current Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17

Isolated Patient Lead (Source) Leakage–Lead to Ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19

Isolated Patient Lead (Source) Leakage–Lead to Lead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22

Isolated Patient Lead (Sink) Leakage-Isolation Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22

Probe Leakage Current Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24

When There's Too Much Leakage Current... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28

- 17

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

18 -

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Important Precautions

LOGIQ™ P5 S

EVICE

M

ANUAL

WARNING

(EN)

• THIS SERVICE MANUAL IS AVAILABLE IN ENGLISH ONLY.

• IF A CUSTOMER’S SERVICE PROVIDER REQUIRES A LANGUAGE OTHER

THAN ENGLISH, IT IS THE CUSTOMER’S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE

TRANSLATION SERVICES.

• DO NOT ATTEMPT TO SERVICE THE EQUIPMENT UNLESS THIS SERVICE

MANUAL HAS BEEN CONSULTED AND IS UNDERSTOOD.

• FAILURE TO HEED THIS WARNING MAY RESULT IN INJURY TO THE SERVICE

PROVIDER, OPERATOR OR PATIENT FROM ELECTRIC SHOCK, MECHANICAL

OR OTHER HAZARDS.

AVERTISSEMENT

(FR)

• CE MANUEL DE MAINTENANCE N’EST DISPONIBLE QU’EN ANGLAIS.

• SI LE TECHNICIEN DU CLIENT A BESOIN DE CE MANUEL DANS UNE AUTRE

LANGUE QUE L’ANGLAIS, C’EST AU CLIENT QU’IL INCOMBE DE LE FAIRE

TRADUIRE.

• NE PAS TENTER D’INTERVENTION SUR LES é QUIPEMENTS TANT QUE LE

MANUEL SERVICE N’A PAS é Té CONSULTé ET COMPRIS.

• LE NON-RESPECT DE CET AVERTISSEMENT PEUT ENTRAîNER CHEZ LE

TECHNICIEN, L’OPé RATEUR OU LE PATIENT DES BLESSURES DUES à DES

DANGERS é LECTRIQUES, Mé CANIQUES OU AUTRES.

WARNUNG

(DE)

• DIESES KUNDENDIENST-HANDBUCH EXISTIERT NUR IN ENGLISCHER

SPRACHE.

• FALLS EIN FREMDER KUNDENDIENST EINE ANDERE SPRACHE BENö TIGT,

IST ES AUFGABE DES KUNDEN Fü R EINE ENTSPRECHENDE ÜBERSETZUNG

ZU SORGEN.

• VERSUCHEN SIE NICHT, DAS GERä T ZU REPARIEREN, BEVOR DIESES

KUNDENDIENST-HANDBUCH NICHT ZU RATE GEZOGEN UND VERSTANDEN

WURDE.

• WIRD DIESE WARNUNG NICHT BEACHTET, SO KANN ES ZU VERLETZUNGEN

DES KUNDENDIENSTTECHNIKERS, DES BEDIENERS ODER DES PATIENTEN

DURCH ELEKTRISCHE SCHLä GE, MECHANISCHE ODER SONSTIGE

GEFAHREN KOMMEN.

- i

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

AVISO

(ES)

LOGIQ™ P5 S

EVICE

M

ANUAL

• ESTE MANUAL DE SERVICIO Só LO EXISTE EN INGLé S.

• SI ALGú N PROVEEDOR DE SERVICIOS AJENO A GEHC SOLICITA UN IDIOMA

QUE NO SEA EL INGLé S, ES RESPONSABILIDAD DEL CLIENTE OFRECER UN

SERVICIO DE TRADUCCIó N.

• NO SE DEBERá DAR SERVICIO Té CNICO AL EQUIPO, SIN HABER

CONSULTADO Y COMPRENDIDO ESTE MANUAL DE SERVICIO.

• LA NO OBSERVANCIA DEL PRESENTE AVISO PUEDE DAR LUGAR A QUE EL

PROVEEDOR DE SERVICIOS, EL OPERADOR O EL PACIENTE SUFRAN

LESIONES PROVOCADAS POR CAUSAS ELé CTRICAS, MECá NICAS O DE

OTRA NATURALEZA.

ATENÇÃO

(PT)

• ESTE MANUAL DE ASSISTê NCIA Té CNICA Só SE ENCONTRA DISPONíVEL EM

INGLê S.

• SE QUALQUER OUTRO SERVIç O DE ASSISTê NCIA Té CNICA, QUE Nã O A

GEHC, SOLICITAR ESTES MANUAIS NOUTRO IDIOMA, é DA

RESPONSABILIDADE DO CLIENTE FORNECER OS SERVIç OS DE TRADUç ã O.

• Nã O TENTE REPARAR O EQUIPAMENTO SEM TER CONSULTADO E

COMPREENDIDO ESTE MANUAL DE ASSISTê NCIA Té CNICA.

• O Nã O CUMPRIMENTO DESTE AVISO PODE POR EM PERIGO A SEGURANç A

DO Té CNICO, OPERADOR OU PACIENTE DEVIDO A‘ CHOQUES ELé TRICOS,

MECâ NICOS OU OUTROS.

AVVERTENZA

(IT)

• IL PRESENTE MANUALE DI MANUTENZIONE è DISPONIBILE SOLTANTO IN

INGLESE.

• SE UN ADDETTO ALLA MANUTENZIONE ESTERNO ALLA GEHC RICHIEDE IL

MANUALE IN UNA LINGUA DIVERSA, IL CLIENTE è TENUTO A PROVVEDERE

DIRETTAMENTE ALLA TRADUZIONE.

• SI PROCEDA ALLA MANUTENZIONE DELL’APPARECCHIATURA SOLO DOPO

AVER CONSULTATO IL PRESENTE MANUALE ED AVERNE COMPRESO IL

CONTENUTO.

• NON TENERE CONTO DELLA PRESENTE AVVERTENZA POTREBBE FAR

COMPIERE OPERAZIONI DA CUI DERIVINO LESIONI ALL’ADDETTO ALLA

MANUTENZIONE, ALL’UTILIZZATORE ED AL PAZIENTE PER FOLGORAZIONE

ELETTRICA, PER URTI MECCANICI OD ALTRI RISCHI.

HOIATUS

(ET)

• KÄESOLEV TEENINDUSJUHEND ON SAADAVAL AINULT INGLISE KEELES.

• KUI KLIENDITEENINDUSE OSUTAJA Nõ UAB JUHENDIT INGLISE KEELEST

ERINEVAS KEELES, VASTUTAB KLIENT Tõ LKETEENUSE OSUTAMISE EEST.

• ä RGE ü RITAGE SEADMEID TEENINDADA ENNE EELNEVALT Kä ESOLEVA

TEENINDUSJUHENDIGA TUTVUMIST JA SELLEST ARU SAAMIST.

• Kä ESOLEVA HOIATUSE EIRAMINE Võ IB Põ HJUSTADA TEENUSEOSUTAJA,

OPERAATORI Võ I PATSIENDI VIGASTAMIST ELEKTRILö ö GI, MEHAANILISE

Võ I MUU OHU TAGAJä RJEL.

ii -

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

EVICE

M

ANUAL

VAROITUS

(FI)

• TÄMÄ HUOLTO-OHJE ON SAATAVILLA VAIN ENGLANNIKSI.

• JOS ASIAKKAAN PALVELUNTARJOAJA VAATII MUUTA KUIN

ENGLANNINKIELISTä MATERIAALIA, TARVITTAVAN Kä ä NNö KSEN

HANKKIMINEN ON ASIAKKAAN VASTUULLA.

• ä Lä YRITä KORJATA LAITTEISTOA ENNEN KUIN OLET VARMASTI LUKENUT

JA YMMä RTä NYT Tä Mä N HUOLTO-OHJEEN.

• MIKä LI Tä Tä VAROITUSTA EI NOUDATETA, SEURAUKSENA VOI OLLA

PALVELUNTARJOAJAN, LAITTEISTON Kä YTTä Jä N TAI POTILAAN

VAHINGOITTUMINEN Sä HKö ISKUN, MEKAANISEN VIAN TAI MUUN

VAARATILANTEEN VUOKSI.

ΠΡΟΕΙ∆ΟΠΟΙΗΣΗ

(EL)

•

ΤΟ ΠΑΡΟΝ ΕΓΧΕΙΡΙ∆ΙΟ ΣΕΡΒΙΣ ∆ΙΑΤΙΘΕΤΑΙ ΣΤΑ ΑΓΓΛΙΚΑ ΜΟΝΟ.

•

ΕΑΝ ΤΟ ΑΤΟΜΟ ΠΑΡΟΧΗΣ ΣΕΡΒΙΣ ΕΝΟΣ ΠΕΛΑΤΗ ΑΠΑΙΤΕΙ ΤΟ ΠΑΡΟΝ

ΕΓΧΕΙΡΙ∆ΙΟ ΣΕ ΓΛΩΣΣΑ ΕΚΤΟΣ ΤΩΝ ΑΓΓΛΙΚΩΝ, ΑΠΟΤΕΛΕΙ ΕΥΘΥΝΗ ΤΟΥ

ΠΕΛΑΤΗ ΝΑ ΠΑΡΕΧΕΙ ΥΠΗΡΕΣΙΕΣ ΜΕΤΑΦΡΑΣΗΣ.

•

ΜΗΝ ΕΠΙΧΕΙΡΗΣΕΤΕ ΤΗΝ ΕΚΤΕΛΕΣΗ ΕΡΓΑΣΙΩΝ ΣΕΡΒΙΣ ΣΤΟΝ ΕΞΟΠΛΙΣΜΟ

ΕΚΤΟΣ ΕΑΝ ΕΧΕΤΕ ΣΥΜΒΟΥΛΕΥΤΕΙ ΚΑΙ ΕΧΕΤΕ ΚΑΤΑΝΟΗΣΕΙ ΤΟ ΠΑΡΟΝ

ΕΓΧΕΙΡΙ∆ΙΟ ΣΕΡΒΙΣ.

•

ΕΑΝ ∆Ε ΛΑΒΕΤΕ ΥΠΟΨΗ ΤΗΝ ΠΡΟΕΙ∆ΟΠΟΙΗΣΗ ΑΥΤΗ, ΕΝ∆ΕΧΕΤΑΙ ΝΑ

ΠΡΟΚΛΗΘΕΙ ΤΡΑΥΜΑΤΙΣΜΟΣ ΣΤΟ ΑΤΟΜΟ ΠΑΡΟΧΗΣ ΣΕΡΒΙΣ, ΣΤΟ ΧΕΙΡΙΣΤΗ Ή

ΣΤΟΝ ΑΣΘΕΝΗ ΑΠΟ ΗΛΕΚΤΡΟΠΛΗΞΙΑ, ΜΗΧΑΝΙΚΟΥΣ Ή ΑΛΛΟΥΣ ΚΙΝ∆ΥΝΟΥΣ.

FIGYELMEZTETÉS

(HU)

• EZEN KARBANTARTÁSI KÉZIKÖNYV KIZÁRÓLAG ANGOL NYELVEN ÉRHET

Ő

EL.

• HA A VEV

Ő SZOLGÁLTATÓJA ANGOLTÓL ELTÉRŐ NYELVRE TART IGÉNYT,

AKKOR A VEV

Ő FELELŐSSÉGE A FORDÍTÁS ELKÉSZÍTTETÉSE.

• NE PRÓBÁLJA ELKEZDENI HASZNÁLNI A BERENDEZÉST, AMÍG A

KARBANTARTÁSI KÉZIKÖNYVBEN LEÍRTAKAT NEM ÉRTELMEZTÉK.

• EZEN FIGYELMEZTETÉS FIGYELMEN KÍVÜL HAGYÁSA A SZOLGÁLTATÓ,

M

ŰKÖDTETŐ VAGY A BETEG ÁRAMÜTÉS, MECHANIKAI VAGY EGYÉB

VESZÉLYHELYZET MIATTI SÉRÜLÉSÉT EREDMÉNYEZHETI.

VIÐVÖRUN

(IS)

• ÞESSI ÞJÓNUSTUHANDBÓK ER EINGÖNGU FÁANLEG Á ENSKU.

• EF ÞJÓNUSTUAÐILI VIÐSKIPTAMANNS ÞARFNAST ANNARS TUNGUMÁLS EN

ENSKU, ER ÞAÐ Á ÁBYRGÐ VIÐSKIPTAMANNS AÐ ÚTVEGA ÞÝÐINGU.

• REYNIÐ EKKI AÐ ÞJÓNUSTA TÆKIÐ NEMA EFTIR AÐ HAFA SKOÐAÐ OG

SKILIÐ ÞESSA ÞJÓNUSTUHANDBÓK.

• EF EKKI ER FARIÐ AÐ ÞESSARI VIÐVÖRUN GETUR ÞAÐ VALDIÐ MEIÐSLUM

ÞJÓNUSTUVEITANDA, STJÓRNANDA EÐA SJÚKLINGS VEGNA RAFLOSTS,

VÉLRÆNNAR EÐA ANNARRAR HÆTTU.

- iii

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

VÝSTRAHA

(CS)

LOGIQ™ P5 S

EVICE

M

ANUAL

• TENTO SERVISNÍ NÁVOD EXISTUJE POUZE V ANGLICKé M JAZYCE.

• V P ř íPADě, ŽE POSKYTOVATEL SLUŽEB ZÁKAZNÍKŮM POTř EBUJE Ná VOD

V JINé M JAZYCE, JE ZAJIšT ěNí Př EKLADU DO ODPOVíDAJíCíHO JAZYKA

ú KOLEM Zá KAZNíKA.

• NEPROVÁD

ĚJTE úDRŽBU TOHOTO ZAř íZENí, ANIŽ BYSTE SI Př Eč ETLI

TENTO SERVISNÍ NÁVOD A POCHOPILI JEHO OBSAH.

• V P ř íPADě NEDODRŽOVá Ní Té TO VýSTRAHY MůŽE DOJíT ÚRAZU

ELEKTRICKÁM PROUDEM PRACOVNíKA POSKYTOVATELE SLUŽEB,

OBSLUŽNé HO PERSONá LU NEBO PACIENT ů VLIVEM ELEKTRICKéHOP

PROUDU, RESPEKTIVE VLIVEM K RIZIKU MECHANICKÉHO POŠKOZENÍ NEBO

JINÉMU RIZIKU.

ADVARSEL

(DA)

• DENNE SERVICEMANUAL FINDES KUN PÅ ENGELSK.

• HVIS EN KUNDES TEKNIKER HAR BRUG FOR ET ANDET SPROG END

ENGELSK, ER DET KUNDENS ANSVAR AT SØRGE FOR OVERSÆTTELSE.

• FORSØG IKKE AT SERVICERE UDSTYRET MEDMINDRE

DENNE SERVICEMANUAL ER BLEVET LÆST OG FORSTÅET.

• MANGLENDE OVERHOLDELSE AF DENNE ADVARSEL KAN MEDFØRE SKADE

PÅ GRUND AF ELEKTRISK, MEKANISK ELLER ANDEN FARE FOR

TEKNIKEREN, OPERATØREN ELLER PATIENTEN.

WAARSCHUWING

(NL)

• DEZE ONDERHOUDSHANDLEIDING IS ENKEL IN HET ENGELS

VERKRIJGBAAR.

• ALS HET ONDERHOUDSPERSONEEL EEN ANDERE TAAL VEREIST, DAN IS DE

KLANT VERANTWOORDELIJK VOOR DE VERTALING ERVAN.

• PROBEER DE APPARATUUR NIET TE ONDERHOUDEN VOORDAT DEZE

ONDERHOUDSHANDLEIDING WERD GERAADPLEEGD EN BEGREPEN IS.

• INDIEN DEZE WAARSCHUWING NIET WORDT OPGEVOLGD, ZOU HET

ONDERHOUDSPERSONEEL, DE OPERATOR OF EEN PATIËNT GEWOND

KUNNEN RAKEN ALS GEVOLG VAN EEN ELEKTRISCHE SCHOK,

MECHANISCHE OF ANDERE GEVAREN.

BR

ĪDINĀJUMS

(LV)

• š

Ī APKALPES ROKASGRĀMATA IR PIEEJAMA TIKAI ANGĻU VALODĀ.

• JA KLIENTA APKALPES SNIEDZ

ĒJAM NEPIECIEŠAMA INFORMĀCIJA CITĀ

VALOD

Ā, NEVIS ANGĻU, KLIENTA PIENĀKUMS IR NODROŠINĀT TULKOŠANU.

• NEVEICIET APR

ĪKOJUMA APKALPI BEZ APKALPES ROKASGRĀMATAS

IZLAS

ĪŠANAS UN SAPRAŠANAS.

• Š

Ī BRĪDINĀJUMA NEIEVĒROŠANA VAR RADĪT ELEKTRISKĀS STRĀVAS

TRIECIENA, MEH

ĀNISKU VAI CITU RISKU IZRAISĪTU TRAUMU APKALPES

SNIEDZ

ĒJAM, OPERATORAM VAI PACIENTAM.

iv -

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

ĮSPĖJIMAS

(LT)

LOGIQ™ P5 S

EVICE

M

ANUAL

• ŠIS EKSPLOATAVIMO VADOVAS YRA IŠLEISTAS TIK ANGL

Ų KALBA.

• JEI KLIENTO PASLAUG

Ų TEIKĖJUI REIKIA VADOVO KITA KALBA – NE ANGLŲ,

VERTIMU PASIR

ŪPINTI TURI KLIENTAS.

• NEM

ĖGINKITE ATLIKTI ĮRANGOS TECHNINĖS PRIEŽIŪROS DARBŲ, NEBENT

VADOVAUTUM

ĖTĖS ŠIUO EKSPLOATAVIMO VADOVU IR JĮ SUPRASTUMĖTE

• NEPAISANT ŠIO PERSP

ĖJIMO, PASLAUGŲ TEIKĖJAS, OPERATORIUS AR

PACIENTAS GALI B

ŪTI SUŽEISTAS DĖL ELEKTROS SMŪGIO, MECHANINIŲ AR

KIT

Ų PAVOJŲ.

ADVARSEL

(NO)

ATEN

ŢIE

(RO)

• DENNE SERVICEHÅNDBOKEN FINNES BARE PÅ ENGELSK.

• HVIS KUNDENS SERVICELEVERANDØR TRENGER ET ANNET SPRÅK, ER DET

KUNDENS ANSVAR Å SØRGE FOR OVERSETTELSE.

• IKKE FORSØK Å REPARERE UTSTYRET UTEN AT DENNE

SERVICEHÅNDBOKEN ER LEST OG FORSTÅTT.

• MANGLENDE HENSYN TIL DENNE ADVARSELEN KAN FØRE TIL AT

SERVICELEVERANDØREN, OPERATØREN ELLER PASIENTEN SKADES PÅ

GRUNN AV ELEKTRISK STØT, MEKANISKE ELLER ANDRE FARER.

OSTRZE

ŻENIE

(PL)

• NINIEJSZY PODR

ĘCZNIK SERWISOWY DOSTĘPNY JEST JEDYNIE W JĘZYKU

ANGIELSKIM.

• JE ś LI FIRMA śWIADCZĄCA KLIENTOWI USłUGI SERWISOWE WYMAGA

UDOST ę PNIENIA PODRęCZNIKA W Ję ZYKU INNYM NIŻ ANGIELSKI,

OBOWI

ĄZEK ZAPEWNIENIA STOSOWNEGO TłUMACZENIA SPOCZYWA NA

KLIENCIE.

• NIE PRó BOWA ć SERWISOWAć NINIEJSZEGO SPRZęTU BEZ UPRZEDNIEGO

ZAPOZNANIA SI ę Z PODRęCZNIKIEM SERWISOWYM.

• NIEZASTOSOWANIE SI ę DO TEGO OSTRZEŻENIA MOżE GROZIć

OBRA

ŻENIAMI CIAłA SERWISANTA, OPERATORA LUB PACJENTA W WYNIKU

PORA

ŻENIA PRĄDEM, URAZU MECHANICZNEGO LUB INNEGO RODZAJU

ZAGRO

ŻEń.

• ACEST MANUAL DE SERVICE ESTE DISPONIBIL NUMAI ÎN LIMBA ENGLEZ

Ă.

• DAC

Ă UN FURNIZOR DE SERVICII PENTRU CLIENŢI NECESITĂ O ALTĂ LIMBĂ

DECÂT CEA ENGLEZ

Ă, ESTE DE DATORIA CLIENTULUI SĂ FURNIZEZE O

TRADUCERE.

• NU ÎNCERCA

ŢI SĂ REPARAŢI ECHIPAMENTUL DECÂT ULTERIOR

CONSULT

ĂRII ŞI ÎNŢELEGERII ACESTUI MANUAL DE SERVICE.

• IGNORAREA ACESTUI AVERTISMENT AR PUTEA DUCE LA R

ĂNIREA

DEPANATORULUI, OPERATORULUI SAU PACIENTULUI ÎN URMA

PERICOLELOR DE ELECTROCUTARE, MECANICE SAU DE ALT

Ă NATURĂ.

- v

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

EVICE

M

ANUAL

ОСТОРОЖНО!

(RU)

•

Да н н о е руко во дс т во п о о бс луж ива н ию ПРЕДОСТАВЛЯЕТСЯ т о лько н а а н г лийс ко м Яз ы к е .

•

Ес ли с ервис н о МУ ПЕРСОНАЛУ клиен т а н ео бхо димо руко во дс т во н е н а а н г лийс ко м ЯЗЫКЕ, клиен т у с ледует с а мо с т о Ят ельн о

ОБЕСПЕЧИТЬ п е рев о д.

•

ПЕРЕД ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЕМ ОБОРУДОВАНИЯ ОБЯЗАТЕЛЬНО ОБРАТИТЕСЬ

К ДАННОМУ РУКОВОДСТВУ И ПОЙМИТЕ ИЗЛОЖЕННЫЕ В НЕМ СВЕДЕНИЯ.

•

НЕСОБЛЮДЕНИЕ УКАЗАННЫХ ТРЕБОВАНИЙ МОЖЕТ ПРИВЕСТИ К ТОМУ,

ЧТО СПЕЦИАЛИСТ ПО ТЕХОБСЛУЖИВАНИЮ, ОПЕРАТОР ИЛИ ПАЦИЕНТ

ПОЛУЧАТ УДАР ЗЛЕКТРИЧЕСКИМ ТОКОМ, МЕХАНИЧЕСКУЮ ТРАВМУ ИЛИ

ДРУГОЕ ПОВРЕЖДЕНИЕ.

UPOZORNENIE

(SK)

• TÁTO SERVISNÁ PRÍRU

ČKA JE K DISPOZíCII LEN V ANGLIČTINE.

• AK ZÁKAZNÍKOV POSKYTOVATE

Ľ SLUŽIEB VYŽADUJE INÝ JAZYK AKO

ANGLI

ČTINU, POSKYTNUTIE PREKLADATEĽSKÝCH SLUŽIEB JE

ZODPOVEDNOS

ŤOU ZÁKAZNÍKA.

• NEPOKÚŠAJTE SA VYKONÁVA

Ť SERVIS ZARIADENIA SKÔR, AKO SI

NEPRE

ČÍTATE SERVISNÚ PRÍRUČKU A NEPOROZUMIETE JEJ.

• ZANEDBANIE TOHTO UPOZORNENIA Mô ŽE VYÚSTI

Ť DO ZRANENIA

POSKYTOVATE

ĽA SLUŽIEB, OBSLUHUJúCEJ OSOBY ALEBO PACIENTA

ELEKTRICKýM PRú DOM, PRÍPADNE DO MECHANICKé HO ALEBO INé HO

NEBEZPE č ENSTVA.

VARNING

(SV)

D

İKKAT

(TR)

• DEN HÄR SERVICEHANDBOKEN FINNS BARA TILLGÄNGLIG PÅ ENGELSKA.

• OM EN KUNDS SERVICETEKNIKER HAR BEHOV AV ETT ANNAT SPRÅK ÄN

ENGELSKA ANSVARAR KUNDEN FÖR ATT TILLHANDAHÅLLA

ÖVERSÄTTNINGSTJÄNSTER.

• FÖRSÖK INTE UTFÖRA SERVICE PÅ UTRUSTNINGEN OM DU INTE HAR LÄST

OCH FÖRSTÅR DEN HÄR SERVICEHANDBOKEN.

• OM DU INTE TAR HÄNSYN TILL DEN HÄR VARNINGEN KAN DET RESULTERA I

SKADOR PÅ SERVICETEKNIKERN, OPERATÖREN ELLER PATIENTEN TILL

FÖLJD AV ELEKTRISKA STÖTAR, MEKANISKA FAROR ELLER ANDRA FAROR.

• BU SERV

İS KILAVUZU YALNIZCA İNGİLİZCE OLARAK SAĞLANMIŞTIR.

• E

ĞER MÜŞTERİ TEKNİSYENİ KILAVUZUN İNGİLİZCE DIŞINDAKİ BİR DİLDE

OLMASINI

İSTERSE, KILAVUZU TERCÜME ETTİRMEK MÜŞTERİNİN

SORUMLULU

ĞUNDADIR.

• SERV

İS KILAVUZUNU OKUYUP ANLAMADAN EKİPMANLARA MÜDAHALE

ETMEY

İNİZ.

• BU UYARININ GÖZ ARDI ED

İLMESİ, ELEKTRİK ÇARPMASI YA DA MEKANİK

VEYA D

İĞER TÜRDEN KAZALAR SONUCUNDA TEKNİSYENİN, OPERATÖRÜN

YA DA HASTANIN YARALANMASINA YOL AÇAB

İLİR.

vi -

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

(JA)

(ZH-CN)

(KO)

LOGIQ™ P5 S

EVICE

M

ANUAL

- vii

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

EVICE

M

ANUAL

DAMAGE IN TRANSPORTATION

All packages should be closely examined at time of delivery. If damage is apparent write “Damage In

Shipment” on ALL copies of the freight or express bill BEFORE delivery is accepted or “signed for” by a GE representative or hospital receiving agent. Whether noted or concealed, damage MUST be reported to the carrier immediately upon discovery, or in any event, within 14 days after receipt, and the contents and containers held for inspection by the carrier. A transportation company will not pay a claim for damage if an inspection is not requested within this 14 day period.

CERTIFIED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR STATEMENT - FOR USA ONLY

All electrical Installations that are preliminary to positioning of the equipment at the site prepared for the equipment shall be performed by licensed electrical contractors. Other connections between pieces of electrical equipment, calibrations and testing shall be performed by qualified GE Healthcare personnel.

In performing all electrical work on these products, GE will use its own specially trained field engineers.

All of GE’s electrical work on these products will comply with the requirements of the applicable electrical codes.

The purchaser of GE equipment shall only utilize qualified personnel (i.e., GE’s field engineers, personnel of third-party service companies with equivalent training, or licensed electricians) to perform electrical servicing on the equipment.

OMISSIONS & ERRORS

If there are any omissions, errors or suggestions for improving this documentation, please contact the

GE Healthcare Global Documentation Group with specific information listing the system type, manual title, part number, revision number, page number and suggestion details. Mail the information to:

Service Documentation, 9900 Innovation Drive (RP-2123), Wauwatosa, WI 53226, USA.

GE Healthcare employees should use the iTrak System to report all documentation errors or omissions.

SERVICE SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

DANGER

DANGEROUS VOLTAGES, CAPABLE OF CAUSING DEATH, ARE PRESENT IN

THIS EQUIPMENT. USE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN HANDLING, TESTING AND

ADJUSTING.

Use all Personal Protection Equipment (PPE) such as gloves, safety shoes, safety glasses, and kneeling pad, to reduce the risk of injury.

For a complete review of all safety requirements, see the Chapter 1, Safety Considerations section in the Service Manual.

viii -

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

LEGAL NOTES

LOGIQ™ P5 S

EVICE

M

ANUAL

The contents of this publication may not be copied or duplicated in any form, in whole or in part, without prior written permission of GE Healthcare.

GE Healthcare may revise this publication from time to time without written notice.

TRADEMARKS

All products and their name brands are trademarks of their respective holders.

COPYRIGHTS

All Material Copyright© 2004 and 2008 by General Electric Company Inc. All Rights Reserved.

- ix

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Revision History

Revision

1

Date

May 3, 2010

Reason for change

Initial Release

List of Effected Pages(LOEP)

LOGIQ™ P5 S

EVICE

M

ANUAL

Pages

Title Page

Warnings i to -x

TOC vii to

1-1 to 1-19

2-1 to 2-12

3-1 to 3-26

Revision

1

1

1

1

1

1

Pages

4-1 to 4-55

5-1 to 5-60

6-1 to 6-8

7-1 to 7-36

8-1 to 8-210

9-1 to 9-23

Revision

1

1

1

1

1

1

Pages

10-1 to 10-30

Index-1 to Index-4

Back Cover

Revision

1

1

N/A

x -

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Chapter 1

Introduction

LOGIQ™ P5 S

EVICE

M

ANUAL

Section 1-1

Overview

1-1-1 Purpose of Chapter 1

This chapter describes important issues related to safely servicing the LOGIQ™ P5 scanner. The service provider must read and understand all the information presented in this manual before installing or servicing a unit.

Table 1-1 Contents in Chapter 1

Section

1-1

1-2

1-3

1-4

1-5

Overview

Important Conventions

Safety Considerations

EMC, EMI, and ESD

Customer Assistance

Description Page Number

1-1

1-3

1-12

1-17

1-18

1-1-2 Purpose of Service Manual

This Service Manual provides installation and service information for the LOGIQ™ P5 Ultrasound

Scanning System and contains the following chapters:

1.) Chapter 1 - Introduction: Contains a content summary and warnings.

2.) Chapter 2 - Pre-Installation: Contains pre-installation requirements for the LOGIQ™ P5.

3.) Chapter 3 - Installation : Contains installation procedures.

4.) Chapter 4 - Functional Checks: Contains functional checks that are recommended as part of the installation, or as required during servicing and periodic maintenance.

5.) Chapter 5 - Components and Functions (Theory) : Contains block diagrams and functional explanations of the electronics.

6.) Chapter 6 - Service Adjustments : Contains instructions on how to make available adjustments to the LOGIQ™ P5.

7.) Chapter 7 - Diagnostics/Troubleshooting : Provides procedures for running diagnostic or related routines for the LOGIQ™ P5.

8.) Chapter 8 - Replacement Procedures: Provides disassembly procedures and reassembly procedures for all changeable Field Replaceable Units (FRU).

9.) Chapter 9 - Renewal Parts: Contains a complete list of field replaceable parts for the LOGIQ™ P5.

10.)Chapter 10 - Care & Maintenance : Provides periodic maintenance procedures for the LOGIQ™

P5.

Section 1-1 - Overview 1-1

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

1-1-3 Typical Users of the Basic Service Manual

• Service Personnel (installation, maintenance, etc.)

• Hospital’s Service Personnel

• Contractors (Some parts of Chapter 2 - Pre-Installation)

1-1-4 LOGIQ™ P5 Models Covered by this Manual

Table 1-2 LOGIQ™ P5 Model Designation

Hcat#

H44662LD

H44662LE

H44662LF

H44662LN

H44662LP

H44662LR

H44662LT

H44662LY

H44662LZ

H44672LA

H44672LB

H44672LD

H44672LE

H44672LF

H44672LL

H44672LH

H44672LJ

H44672LK

Description

LP5 BT11 FOR USA

LP5 PRO BT11 FOR ASIA110V

LP5 PRO BT11 FOR KOREA

LOGIQ P5 OB KOREA

LP5 PRO BT11 FOR EUROPE

LP5 ADVANCED BT11 JAPAN

LP5 ADVANCED BT11 LATIN220

LP5 PREMIUM BT11 EUROPE

LP5 PREMIUM BT11 FOR ASIA

LP5 PREMIUM BT11 ASEAN 220

LP5 PREMIUM BT11 ANZ 220

LP5 PREMIUM BT11 LATIN220

LP5 PREMIUM BT11 LATIN110

LP5 PREMIUM BT11 FOR USA

LOGIQ P5 OB for Japan

LOGIQ P5 OB for EMEA

LOGIQ P5 Basic OB

LOGIQ P5 Premium OB

1-1-5

LOGIQ™ P5 S

EVICE

M

ANUAL

Purpose of Operator Manual(s)

The Operator Manual(s) should be fully read and understood before operating the LOGIQ™ P5 and also kept near the unit for quick reference.

1-2 Section 1-1 - Overview

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 1-2

Important Conventions

LOGIQ™ P5 S

EVICE

M

ANUAL

1-2-1 Conventions Used in Book

Icons

Pictures, or icons, are used wherever they reinforce the printed message. The icons, labels and conventions used on the product and in the service information are described in this chapter.

Safety Precaution Messages

Various levels of safety precaution messages may be found on the equipment and in the service information. The different levels of concern are identified by a flag word that precedes the precautionary message. Known or potential hazards are labeled in one of following ways:

DANGER

DANGER IS USED TO INDICATE THE PRESENCE OF A HAZARD THAT WILL

CAUSE SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH IF THE INSTRUCTIONS ARE

IGNORED.

WARNING IS USED TO INDICATE THE PRESENCE OF A HAZARD THAT CAN CAUSE

SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE IF INSTRUCTIONS ARE

IGNORED.

CAUTION

Caution is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that will or can cause minor personal injury and property damage if instructions are ignored.

NOTICE

Equipment Damage Possible

Notice is used when a hazard is present that can cause property damage but has absolutely no personal injury risk.

Example: Disk drive will crash.

NOTE: Notes provide important information about an item or a procedure.

Information contained in a NOTE can often save you time or effort.

Section 1-2 - Important Conventions 1-3

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

1-2-2

LOGIQ™ P5 S

EVICE

M

ANUAL

Standard Hazard Icons

Important information will always be preceded by the exclamation point contained within a triangle, as seen throughout this chapter. In addition to text, several different graphical icons (symbols) may be used to make you aware of specific types of hazards that could cause harm.

Table 1-3 Standard Hazard Icons

ELECTRICAL MECHANICAL RADIATION

LASER HEAT PINCH

LASER

LIGHT

Other hazard icons make you aware of specific procedures that should be followed.

Table 1-4 Standard Icons Indicating a Special Procedure Be Used

AVOID STATIC ELECTRICITY TAG AND LOCK OUT WEAR EYE PROTECTION

TAG

&

LOCKOUT

Signed

Date

EYE

PROTECTION

1-4 Section 1-2 - Important Conventions

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

1-2-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

EVICE

M

ANUAL

Product Icons

The following table describes the purpose and location of safety labels and other important information provided on the equipment.

Table 1-5 Product Icons

LABEL/SYMBOL

Identification and Rating Plate

Device Listing/Certification Labels

Type/Class Label

IP Code (IPX8)

PURPOSE/MEANING LOCATION

Manufacturer's name and address

Date of manufacture

Model and serial numbers

Electrical ratings

Rear of console near power inlet

Under monitor

On each probe

Laboratory logo or labels denoting conformance with industry safety standards such as UL or IEC.

Used to indicate the degree of safety or protection.

Rear of console

Under front of monitor

Indicates the degree of protection provided by the enclosure per IEC 529. IPX8 indicates drip proof.

Footswitch

Equipment Type CF (heart in the box symbol)

IEC 878-02-05 indicates equipment having a high degree of protection suitable for direct cardiac contact.

IEC60601-2-27

ECG connector

Surgical probes

Defibrillator

"CAUTION" The equilateral triangle is usually used in combination with other symbols to advise or warn the user.

Various

ATTENTION - Consult accompanying documents " is intended to alert the user to refer to the operator manual or other instructions when complete information cannot be provided on the label.

Various

"CAUTION - Dangerous voltage" (the lightning flash with arrowhead in equilateral triangle) is used to indicate electric shock hazards.

Various

"Mains OFF" Indicates the power off position of the mains power switch.

Rear of system adjacent to mains switch


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Table 1-5 Product Icons

LABEL/SYMBOL PURPOSE/MEANING

LOGIQ™ P5 S

LOCATION

"OFF/Standby" Indicates the power off/ standby position of the power switch.

CAUTION

This Power Switch DOES NOT ISOLATE

Mains Supply

Adjacent to On-Off/Standby Switch

"Mains ON" Indicates the power on position of the mains power switch.

"ON" Indicates the power on position of the power switch.

CAUTION

This Power Switch DOES NOT ISOLATE

Mains Supply

Front Panel Switch

EVICE

M

ANUAL

"Protective Earth" Indicates the protective earth (grounding) terminal.

Internal

Indicates an earth GROUND potential

Product schematics

Peripherals


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

1-2-4 WEEE Label

LOGIQ™ P5 S

EVICE

M

ANUAL

The following table describes the meaning of WEEE label and its translation provided on the equipment.

Table 1-6 WEEE Label

LABEL/SYMBOL LANGUAGE PURPOSE/MEANING

English

This symbol indicates that the waste of electrical and electronic equipment must not be disposed as unsorted municipal waste and must be collected separately.

Please contact an authorized representative of the manufacturer for information concerning the decommissioning of your equipment.

Czech (CZE)

Tento symbol znamená, že díly elektrických nebo elektronických za řízení nesmí být likvidovány do net říděného odpadu, ale musí být likvidovány samostatn ě. Obraťte se prosím na autorizovaného představitele výrobce, který poskytne informace týkající se likvidace vašeho p řístroje.

Danish (DAN)

Dette symbol angiver, at elektrisk og elektronisk affald ikke må bortskaffes som usorteret brændbart affald, men skal indsamles særskilt.

Kontakt venligst en autoriseret repræsentant for producenten for at få oplysninger om, hvordan dit udstyr skal bortskaffes.

Dutch (DUT)

Dit symbool geeft aan dat het afval van elektrische en elektronische apparatuur niet ongescheiden mag worden meegegeven met het huisvuil, maar apart moet worden ingeleverd. Neem contact op met een erkende vertegenwoordiger van de fabrikant voor informatie over het inleveren van uw apparatuur.

Catalan (CAT)

Aquest símbol indica que els residus dels equips elèctrics i electrònics s'han d'abocar per separat, no com a residus municipals no classificats.

Contacteu amb un representant autoritzat del fabricant per obtenir informació sobre com desfer-vos del vostre equip.

Chinese (CHN)

Estonian (EST)

See märk näitab, et tarbetuks muutunud elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmeid ei tohi ära visata sortimata olmejäätmetena, vaid need tuleb eraldi kokku koguda. Seadmete käitlemise kohta küsige lisateavet tootja volitatud esindajalt.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1


LABEL/SYMBOL LANGUAGE

Finnish (FIN)

LOGIQ™ P5 S

EVICE

M

ANUAL

PURPOSE/MEANING

Tämä kuvatunnus ilmaisee, että sillä merkittyä sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaitetta ei saa hävittää lajittelemattomana yhdyskuntajätteenä vaan se on kerättävä talteen erikseen. Ota yhteyttä tuotteen valmistajan valtuuttamaan myyntiedustajaan ja kysy lisätietoja laitteen käytöstä poistosta.

French- France

(FRA)

Ce symbole indique que les déchets relatifs à l'équipement électrique et

électronique ne doivent pas être jetés comme les ordures ménagères non-triées et doivent être collectés séparément. Contactez un repré sentant agréé du fabricant pour obtenir des informations sur la mise au rebut de votre équipement.

German (GER)

Dieses Symbol kennzeichnet elektrische und elektronische Geräte, die nicht mit dem gewöhnlichen, unsortierten Hausmüll entsorgt werden dü rfen, sondern separat behandelt werden müssen. Bitte nehmen Sie

Kontakt mit einem autorisierten Beauftragten des Herstellers auf, um

Informationen hinsichtlich der Entsorgung Ihres Gerätes zu erhalten.

Greek (GRE)

Αυτό το σύµβολο υποδηλώνει ότι τα απόβλητα ηλεκτρικού και ηλεκτρονικού εξ

οπλισµού δεν πρέπει να απορρίπτονται ως κοινά απορρίµατα, αλλά να συλλέγον

ται ξεχωριστά. Παρακαλούµε επικοινωνήστε µε έναν εξουσιοδοτηµένο αντιπρό

σωπο του κατασκευαστή για πληροφορίες σχετικά µε την απόρριψη του εξοπλισ

µού.

Hungarian

(HUN)

A szimbólum azt jelzi, hogy az elektromos és elektronikus készülék hulladékát tilos nem szelektív lakossági hulladékként kezelni, hanem elkülönítve kell gyű jteni. Kérjük, a berendezés leselejtezését illetőleg lépjen kapcsolatba a gyártó hivatalos képviseletével.

Icelandic (ICE)

Merki þetta táknar að rafeindatækjum skal eytt á sérstakan máta, ekki m

á losa rafeindatæki í hefðbundin sorphirðuílát sem óflokkað sorp.

Vinsamlega hafið samband við umboðsmann framleiðanda fyrir upplý singar um hvernig tækinu skal eytt.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1



Italian (ITA)

LOGIQ™ P5 S

EVICE

M

PURPOSE/MEANING

Questo simbolo indica che i rifiuti derivanti da apparecchiature elettriche ed elettroniche non devono essere smaltiti come rifiuti municipali indifferenziati e devono invece essere raccolti separatamente. Per informazioni relative alle modalità di smantellamento delle apparecchiature fuori uso, contattare un rappresentante autorizzato del fabbricante.

ANUAL

Japanese

(JPN)

Latvian (LAT)

Lithuanian

(LIT)

Šis apz īmējums norāda, ka no elektriskā un elektroniskā aprīkojuma atkritumiem nedr īkst atbrīvoties kā no nešķirotiem mājsaimniecības atkritumiem un tie ir j āsavāc atsevišķi. Lūdzu, sazinieties ar pilnvarotu raž ot āja pārstāvi, lai saņemtu informāciju par aprīkojuma ekspluatācijas pā rtraukšanu.

Šis simbolis nurodo, kad elektros ir elektronin ės įrangos atliekos turi būti surenkamos atskirai ir negali b ūti šalinamos kaip nerūšiuotos savivaldybė s tvarkomos atliekos. Informacijos apie įrangos veikimo sustabdymą kreipkit ės į įgaliotąjį gamintojo atstovą.

Norwegian

(NOR)

Polish (POL)

Dette symbolet angir at elektrisk og elektronisk utstyr ikke skal kastes som restavfall, men må leveres inn separat. Ta kontakt med en autorisert representant for produsenten hvis du vil ha informasjon om hvordan utstyret skal avhendes.

Ten symbol oznacza, i ż składowanie zużytych urządzeń elektrycznych i elektronicznych wraz z ogólnymi odpadami miejskimi jest zabronione.

Informacji na temat miejsc sk ładowania tego typu odpadów udziela producent sprz ętu.

Portuguese-

Brazilian (POB)

Este símbolo indica que os resíduos do equipamento elétrico e eletrônico não devem ser descartados no sistema de coleta de lixo municipal, e sim coletados separadamente. Favor entrar em contato com um representante autorizado do fabricante para obter informações sobre como descartar seu equipamento.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1



Romanian

(ROM)

LOGIQ™ P5 S

EVICE

M

PURPOSE/MEANING

Acest simbol indic ă faptul că deşeurile de echipamente electrice şi electronice nu au voie s ă fie aruncate nediferenţiat ca gunoi menajer şi c ă ele trebuie colectate separat. Vă rugăm să luaţi legătura cu un reprezentant autorizat al produc ătorului pentru a obţine informaţii referitoare la eliminarea ecologic ă a echipamentului dumneavoastră.

ANUAL

Russian (RUS)

Символ обозначает: недопустимо выбрасывать электрическое и эле ктронное оборудование с неотсортированным бытовым мусором. Он о должно собираться отдельно. Для получения сведений об утилиза ции оборудования обратитесь к авторизованному представителю ко мпании-производителя.

Serbian (SCC)

Ovaj simbol ozna čava da se otpad električne i elektronske opreme ne sme odlagati zajedno sa obi čnim gradskim smećem, već se mora pokupiti posebno. Molimo vas da kontaktirate ovlaš ćenog predstavnika proizvo đača svoje opreme, kako bi ste se informisali o njenom pravilnom rashodu.

Slovakian

(SLK)

Tento symbol ozna čuje, že odpad elektrického a elektronického materiá lu sa nesmie vyhadzova ť do netriedeného komunálneho odpadu, ale mus

í sa likvidova ť oddelene. Viac informácií o likvidácii vášho zariadenia vám poskytne poverený zástupca výrobcu.

1-10

Slovenian

(SLN)

Ta simbol obeležava da se elektronski otpad in elektronska oprema ne sme odlagati skup z navadnim mesnim otpadom, ter se mora pobrat posebej. Prosimo vas da kontaktirate pooblaščenega prodajalca opreme, kako bi se informirali o njenem pravilnem rashodu.

Spanish-Spain

(SPA)

Este símbolo indica que el equipo eléctrico y electrónico no debe tirarse con los desechos domésticos y debe tratarse por separado. Contacte con el representante local del fabricante para obtener más información sobre la forma de desechar el equipo.

Swedish

(SWE)

Denna symbol anger att elektriska och elektroniska utrustningar inte får avyttras som osorterat hushållsavfall och måste samlas in separat. Var god kontakta en auktoriserad tillverkarrepresentant för information angående avyttring av utrustningen.

Section 1-2 - Important Conventions

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1


LABEL/SYMBOL LANGUAGE PURPOSE/MEANING

LOGIQ™ P5 S

EVICE

M

ANUAL

Turkish (TUR)

English

Bu sembol, elektrikli ve elektronik ekipmanların sınıflandırılmamı ş çöp olarak atılmaması ve ayrı olarak toplanması gerekti ğini belirtir. Lütfen ekipmanınızın imhasıyla ilgili olarak üreticinin yetkili temsilcisine ba ş vurun.

The symbol is affixed to a battery to advise the user or owner that it must be recycled or disposed of in accordance with local, state, or country laws.

The letter below indicates the toxic element (Pb=Lead, Cd=Cadmium, Hg=Mercury) that is contained in the battery that may require special recycling or disposal method, Please contact a GEHC representative to facilitate servicing, removal and disposal options.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 1-3

Safety Considerations

LOGIQ™ P5 S

EVICE

M

ANUAL

1-3-1

1-3-2

Introduction

The following safety precautions must be observed during all phases of operation, service and repair of this equipment. Failure to comply with these precautions or with specific warnings elsewhere in this manual, violates safety standards of design, manufacture and intended use of the equipment.

Human Safety

Operating personnel must not remove the system covers.

Servicing should be performed by authorized personnel only.

Only personnel who have participated in a LOGIQ™ P5 Training are authorized to service the equipment.

1-3-3

CAUTION

Mechanical Safety

WHEN THE UNIT IS RAISED FOR A REPAIR OR MOVED ALONG ANY INCLINE, USE

EXTREME CAUTION SINCE IT MAY BECOME UNSTABLE AND TIP OVER.

ULTRASOUND PROBES ARE HIGHLY SENSITIVE MEDICAL INSTRUMENTS THAT

CAN EASILY BE DAMAGED BY IMPROPER HANDLING. USE CARE WHEN

HANDLING AND PROTECT FROM DAMAGE WHEN NOT IN USE. DO NOT USE A

DAMAGED OR DEFECTIVE PROBE. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE PRECAUTIONS

CAN RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY AND EQUIPMENT DAMAGE.

NEVER USE A PROBE THAT HAS FALLEN TO THE FLOOR. EVEN IF IT LOOKS OK,

IT MAY BE DAMAGED.

Always lower and center the Operator I/O Panel before moving the scanner.

CAUTION

CAUTION

The LOGIQ™ P5 weighs 75 kg or more, depending on installed peripherals, (165 lbs., or more) when ready for use. Care must be used when moving it or replacing its parts. Failure to follow the precautions listed could result in injury, uncontrolled motion and costly damage.

ALWAYS:

Be sure the pathway is clear.

Use slow, careful motions.

Use two people when moving on inclines or lifting more than 16 kg (35 lbs).

There is a pinch point in LCD monitor. Need care for injury on hands or fingers in flipping down the LCD monitor.

1-12 Section 1-3 - Safety Considerations

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

1-3-3 Mechanical Safety

(cont’d)

LOGIQ™ P5 S

EVICE

M

ANUAL

NOTE: Special care should be taken when transporting the unit in a vehicle:

CAUTION

• Secure the unit in an upright position.

• Lock the wheels (brake)

• DO NOT use the Control Panel as an anchor point.

• Place the probes in their carrying case.

• Eject DVD media from the system.

Keep the heat venting holes on the monitor unobstructed to avoid overheating of the monitor.

1-3-4 Electrical Safety

To minimize shock hazard, the equipment chassis must be connected to an electrical ground. The system is equipped with a three-conductor AC power cable. This must be plugged into an approved electrical outlet with safety ground. If an extension cord is used with the system, make sure that the total current rating of the system does not exceed the extension cord rating.

The power outlet used for this equipment should not be shared with other types of equipment.

Both the system power cable and the power connector meet international electrical standards.

DO NOT SERVICE OR DISASSEMBLE PARTS UNDER FRU UNIT LEVEL AT ANY

CIRCUMSTANCES.

Section 1-3 - Safety Considerations 1-13

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

1-3-5 Label Locations

LOGIQ™ P5 S

EVICE

M

ANUAL

1-14

Figure 1-1 OUTSIDE MARKINGS OF LOGIQ™ P5 (Rear)

1.) Identification and Rating Plate - USA/Asia 120V Console

2.) Identification and Rating Plate - Europe/Asia/Latin America 220V Console

3.) Identification and Rating Plate - Japan 100V Console

4.) Identification and Rating Plate - Korea 220V Console

5.) Identification and Rating Plate - China 220V Console

6.) UL Label

Section 1-3 - Safety Considerations

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

1-3-5 Label Locations

(cont’d)

LOGIQ™ P5 S

EVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 1-2 OUTSIDE MARKINGS OF LOGIQ™ P5

1.) Possible Shock Hazard

2.) Label -”Do not use the following devices near this equipment.”

3.) Label - “The equipment weighs approximately 75kg.

4.) Prescription Devices

5.) CE Mark Label (Left), WEEE Label (Right)

6.) CISPR Label

7.) Grounding reliability Label

8.) Voltage Range Indication and Power indication Label

9.) Standard LCD Arm & flexible LCD Arm Option Label & Mercury Label

10.)LCD Arm Rotation Label

Section 1-3 - Safety Considerations 1-15

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

1-3-6

LOGIQ™ P5 S

EVICE

M

ANUAL

Dangerous Procedure Warnings

Warnings, such as the examples below, precede potentially dangerous procedures throughout this manual. Instructions contained in the warnings must be followed.

DANGER

DANGEROUS VOLTAGES, CAPABLE OF CAUSING DEATH, ARE PRESENT

IN THIS EQUIPMENT. USE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN HANDLING, TESTING

AND ADJUSTING.

EXPLOSION WARNING

DO NOT OPERATE THE EQUIPMENT IN AN EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERE.

OPERATION OF ANY ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT IN SUCH AN ENVIRONMENT

CONSTITUTES A DEFINITE SAFETY HAZARD.

DO NOT SUBSTITUTE PARTS OR MODIFY EQUIPMENT

BECAUSE OF THE DANGER OF INTRODUCING ADDITIONAL HAZARDS, DO NOT

INSTALL SUBSTITUTE PARTS OR PERFORM ANY UNAUTHORIZED MODIFICATION

OF THE EQUIPMENT.

1-3-7 Lockout/Tagout Requirements (For USA Only)

Follow OSHA Lockout/Tagout requirements by ensuring you are in total control of the electrical Mains plug.

1-16 Section 1-3 - Safety Considerations

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 1-4

EMC, EMI, and ESD

1-4-1

1-4-2

NOTE:

1-4-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

EVICE

M

ANUAL

Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)

Electromagnetic compatibility describes a level of performance of a device within its electromagnetic environment. This environment consists of the device itself and its surroundings including other equipment, power sources and persons with which the device must interface. Inadequate compatibility results when a susceptible device fails to perform as intended due interference from its environment or when the device produces unacceptable levels of emission to its environment. This interference is often referred to as radio–frequency or electromagnetic interference (RFI/EMI) and can be radiated through space or conducted over interconnecting power of signal cables. In addition to electromagnetic energy,

EMC also includes possible effects from electrical fields, magnetic fields, electrostatic discharge and disturbances in the electrical power supply.

CE Compliance

The LOGIQ™ P5 unit conforms to all applicable conducted and radiated emission limits and to immunity from electrostatic discharge, radiated and conducted RF fields, magnetic fields and power line transient requirements.

For applicable standards refer to the Safety Chapter in the Basic User Manual.

For CE Compliance, it is critical that all covers, screws, shielding, gaskets, mesh, clamps, are in good condition, installed tightly without skew or stress. Proper installation following all comments noted in this service manual is required in order to achieve full EMC performance.

Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Prevention

DO NOT TOUCH ANY BOARDS WITH INTEGRATED CIRCUITS PRIOR TO TAKING

THE NECESSARY ESD PRECAUTIONS:

1.ALWAYS CONNECT YOURSELF, VIA AN ARM-WRIST STRAP, TO THE ADVISED

ESD CONNECTION POINT LOCATED ON THE REAR OF THE SCANNER (TO THE

RIGHT OF THE POWER CONNECTOR).

2.FOLLOW GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR HANDLING OF ELECTROSTATIC

SENSITIVE EQUIPMENT.

Section 1-4 - EMC, EMI, and ESD 1-17

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 1-5

Customer Assistance

1-5-1

LOGIQ™ P5 S

EVICE

M

ANUAL

Contact Information

If this equipment does not work as indicated in this service manual or in the User Manual, or if you require additional assistance, please contact the local distributor or appropriate support resource, as listed below.

Prepare the following information before you call:

-

-

System ID serial number.

Software version.

Table 1-7 Phone Numbers for Customer Assistance

Location

1-800–437–1171

USA/ Canada

GE Medical Systems

Ultrasound Service Engineering

4855 W. Electric Avenue

Milwaukee, WI 53219

Phone Number

Customer Answer Center

1-800-682-5327

1-262-524-5698

Fax: +1-414-647-4125

1-262-524-5300

Latin America

GE Medical Systems

Ultrasound Service Engineering

4855 W. Electric Avenue

Milwaukee, WI 53219

Customer Answer Center

Europe

GE Ultraschall Deutschland GmbH& Co. KG

BeethovenstraBe 239

Postfach 11 05 60, D-42665 Solingen

Germany

1-262-524-5698

Fax: +1-414-647-4125

Tel: +49 212 2802 208

+49 212 2802 207

Fax: +49 212 2802 431

Tel: +65 291-8528

+81 426-482950

Asia (Singapore/ Japan)

GE Ultrasound Asia

Service Department - Ultrasound

298 Tiong Bahru Road #15-01/06

Central Plaza

Singapore 169730

Fax: +65 272-3997

+81 426-482902

1-18 Section 1-5 - Customer Assistance

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

1-5-2 System Manufacturer

Table 1-8 System Manufacturer

Manufacturer

GE Ultrasound Korea

462-120 65-1, Sangdaewon-dong, Joong-won-Gu,

Seongnam-Si, Gyeonggi-do,

Korea

LOGIQ™ P5 S

EVICE

M

ANUAL

82-31-740-6436

FAX Number

Section 1-5 - Customer Assistance 1-19

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

EVICE

M

ANUAL

1-20 Section 1-5 - Customer Assistance

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Chapter 2

Pre-Installation

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Section 2-1

Overview

2-1-1 Purpose of chapter 2

This chapter provides the information required to plan and prepare for the installation of a LOGIQ™ P5/

A5/A5Pro. Included are descriptions of the facility and electrical needs to be met by the purchaser of the unit. A checklist is also provided at the end of this section to help determine whether the proper planning and preparation is accomplished before the actual equipment installation is scheduled.


Section

2-1

2-2

2-3

Description

Overview

General Console Requirements

Facility Needs

Page Number

2-1

2-2

2-7

Section 2-1 - Overview 2 - 1

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 2-2

General Console Requirements

2-2-1

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Console Environmental Requirements

Table 2-2 Environmental Requirements for LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro Scanners

Temperature

Humidity

Pressure

Operational

10 - 30 o

C

50 - 104 o

F

30 - 85% non-condensing

700 - 1060hPa

Storage

-10 - 60 o

C

14 - 140 o

F


700 - 1060hPa

Transport

-40 - 60 o

C

-40 - 140 o

F


700 - 1060hPa

Table 2-3 Environmental Requirements for an Ultrasound Room

Item

Power Source

Current Rating

Radiation Shielding

Temperature

Humidity

Heat Dissipation

Floor Landing

Floor Condition

Weight

Values

refer to Table 2-4 on page 2-3.

7.5A (100V-120V); 3.5A (220-240V)

NONE REQUIRED for ULTRASOUND ENERGY

20-26 DEG. C (68-79 DEG F) for PATIENT COMFORT

50% to 70% for PATIENT COMFORT

2000 BTU/Hr.

Approximately 680 - 800 kg/m

2 without Accessories

Gradient: WITHIN 5 degrees

75 kg (165lbs) without Accessories

2-2-1-1

2-2-1-2

Cooling

The cooling requirement for the LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro is 2000 BTU/hr. This figure does not include cooling needed for lights, people, or other equipment in the room. Each person in the room places an additional 300 BTU/hr. demand on the cooling system.

Lighting

Bright light is needed for system installation, updates and repairs. However, operator and patient comfort may be optimized if the room light is subdued and indirect. Therefore a combination lighting system (dim/bright) is recommended. Keep in mind that lighting controls and diameters can be a source of EMI which could degrade image quality. These controls should be selected to minimize possible interface.

2 - 2 Section 2-2 - General Console Requirements

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

2-2-2 Electrical Requirements

NOTE:

NOTE:

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

GE Medical Systems requires a dedicated power and ground for the proper operation of its

Ultrasound equipment. This dedicated power shall originate at the last distribution panel before the system.

Sites with a mains power system with defined Neutral and Live:

The dedicated line shall consist of one phase, a neutral (not shared with any other circuit), and a full size ground wire from the distribution panel to the Ultrasound outlet.

Sites with a mains power system without a defined Neutral:

The dedicated line shall consist of one phase (two lines), not shared with any other circuit, and a full size ground wire from the distribution panel to the Ultrasound outlet.

Please note that image artifacts can occur, if at any time within the facility, the ground from the main facility's incoming power source to the Ultrasound unit is only a conduit.

2-2-2-1 LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro Power Requirements

The following power line parameters should be monitored for one week before installation. We recommend that you use an analyzer Dranetz Model 606-3 or Dranetz Model 626:

Table 2-4 Electrical Specifications for LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro

PARAMETER AREA

Voltage Range

Power

Line Frequency

Power Transients

Decaying Oscillation

100~120V

220~240V

All applications

All applications

All applications

All applications

LIMITS

100~120 VAC

±10% (90-132 VAC)

220-240 VAC

±10% (198-264 VAC)

MAX. 750 VA

50/60Hz (

±2Hz)

Less than 25% of nominal peak voltage for less than 1 millisecond for any type of transient, including line frequency, synchronous, asynchronous, or aperiodic transients.

Less than 15% of peak voltage for less than 1 millisecond.

2-2-2-2 Inrush Current

Inrush Current is not a factor to consider due to the inrush current limiting properties of the power supplies.

2-2-2-3 Site Circuit Breaker

It is recommended that the branch circuit breaker for the machine be ready accessible.

CAUTION

POWER OUTAGE MAY OCCURE.

The LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro requires a dedicated single branch circuit. To avoid circuit overload and possible loss of critical care equipment, make sure you DO NOT have any other equipment operating on the same circuit.

Section 2-2 - General Console Requirements 2 - 3

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

2-2-2-4

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Site Power Outlets

A desiccated AC power outlet must be within reach of the unit without extension cords. Other outlets adequate for the external peripherals, medical and test equipment needed to support this unit must also be present within 1 m (3.2 ft.) of the unit. Electrical installation must meet all current local, state, and national electrical codes.

2-2-2-5

2-2-2-6

Unit Power Plug

If the unit arrives without the power plug, or with the wrong plug, you must contact your GE dealer or the installation engineer must supply what is locally required.

Power Stability Requirements

Voltage drop-out

Max 10 ms.

Power Transients

(All applications)

Less than 25% of nominal peak voltage for less than 1 millisecond for any type of transient, including line frequency, synchronous, asynchronous, or aperiodic transients.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

2-2-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

EMI Limitations

Ultrasound machines are susceptible to Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) from radio frequencies, magnetic fields, and transient in the air wiring. They also generate EMI. The LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro complies with limits as stated on the EMC label. However there is no guarantee that interface will not occur in a particular installation.

Possible EMI sources should be identified before the unit is installed.

Electrical and electronic equipment may produce EMI unintentionally as the result of defect.

These sources include:

• medical lasers,

• scanners,

• cauterizing guns,

• computers,

• monitors,

• fans,

• gel warmers,

• microwave ovens,

• light dimmers,

• portable phones.

The presence of broadcast station or broadcast van may also cause interference. See for EMI

Prevention tips.

See Table 2-5 for EMI Prevention tips.

Table 2-5 EMI Prevention/abatement

EMI Rule Details

Be aware of RF sources

Ground the unit

Replace all screws, RF gaskets, covers, cores

Replace broken RF gaskets

Keep the unit at least 5 meters or 15 feet away from other EMI sources. Special shielding may be required to eliminate interference problems caused by high frequency, high powered radio or video broadcast signals.

Poor grounding is the most likely reason a unit will have noisy images. Check grounding of the power cord and power outlet.

After you finish repairing or updating the system, replace all covers and tighten all screws.

Any cable with an external connection requires a magnet wrap at each end. Install the shield over the front of card cage. Loose or missing covers or RF gaskets allow radio frequencies to interface with the ultrasound signals.

If more than 20% or a pair of fingers on the RF gaskets are broken, replace the gaskets.

Do not turn on the unit until any loose metallic part is removed.

Do not place labels where RF gaskets touch metal

Never place a label where RF gaskets meet the unit. Otherwise, the gap created will permit

RF leakage. Or, if a label has been found in such a position, move the label.

Use GE specified harnesses and peripherals

The interconnect cables are grounded and require ferrite beads and other shielding. Also, cable length, material, and routing are all important; do not change from what is specified.

Take care with cellular phones Cellular phones may transmit a 5 V/m signal; that could cause image artifacts.

Properly dress peripheral cables

Do not allow cables to lie across the top of the card cage or hang out of the peripheral bays.

Loop the excess length for peripheral cables inside the peripheral bays. Attach the monitor cables to the frame.

Section 2-2 - General Console Requirements 2 - 5

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

2-2-4 Scan Probe Environmental Requirements

Operation:10° to 30° C

Storage:--10° to 60° C

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

NOTE: Temperature in degrees C. Conversion to Degrees F = (Degrees C * 9/5) + 32).

NOTICE

SYSTEMS AND ELECTRONIC PROBES ARE DESIGNED FOR STORAGE TEMPERATURES

OF -10 TO + 60 degrees C. WHEN EXPOSED TO LARGE TEMPERATURE VARIATIONS, THE

PRODUCT SHOULD BE KEPT IN ROOM TEMPERATURE FOR 10 HOURS BEFORE USE.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 2-3

Facility Needs

2-3-1

NOTE:

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Purchaser Responsibilities

The work and materials needed to prepare the site is the responsibility of the purchaser. Delay, confusion, and waste of manpower can be avoided by completing pre installation work before delivery.

User the Pre Installation checklist to verify that all needed steps have been taken,

Purchaser reasonability includes:

• Procuring the materials required.

• Completing the preparations before delivery of the ultrasound system.

• Paying the costs for any alternations and modifications not specifically provided in the sales contract.

All electrical installation that are preliminary to the positioning of the equipment at the site prepared for the equipment must be performed by licensed electrical contractors. Other connections between pieces of electrical equipment, products involved (and the accompanying electrical installations) are highly sophisticated and special engineering competence is required. All electrical work on these product must comply with the requirements of applicable electrical codes. The purchaser of GE equipment must only utilize qualified personnel to perform electrical servicing on the equipment.

The desire to use a non-listed or customer provided product or to place an approved product further from the system than the interface kit allows presents challenges to the installation team. To avoid delays during installation, such variances should be made known to the individuals or group performing the installation at the earliest possible date (preferable prior to purchase).

The ultrasound suite must be clean proof to delivery of the machine. Carpet is not recommended because it collects dust and creates static. Potential sources of EMI (electromagnetic interference) should also be investigated before delivery. Dirt, static, and EMI can negatively impact system.

Section 2-3 - Facility Needs 2 - 7

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

2-3-2 Required Features

NOTE:

NOTE:

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

GE Medical Systems requires a dedicated power and ground for the proper operation of its

Ultrasound equipment. This dedicated power shall originate at the last distribution panel before the system.

Sites with a mains power system with defined Neutral and Live:

The dedicated line shall consist of one phase, a neutral (not shared with any other circuit), and a full size ground wire from the distribution panel to the Ultrasound outlet.

Sites with a mains power system without a defined Neutral:

The dedicated line shall consist of one phase (two lines), not shared with any other circuit, and a full size ground wire from the distribution panel to the Ultrasound outlet.

Please note that image artifacts can occur, if at any time within the facility, the ground from the main facility's incoming power source to the Ultrasound unit is only a conduit.

• Dedicated single branch power outlet of adequate amperage meeting all local and national codes which is located less than 2.5 m (8 ft.) from the unit’s proposed location

• Door opening is at least 76 cm (30 in) wide

• Proposed location for unit is at least 0.3 m (1 ft.) from the wall for cooling

• Power outlet and place for any external peripheral are within 2 m (6.5 ft.) of each other with peripheral within 1 m of the unit to connect cables.

The LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro has two outlets outside the unit. Both are for on board peripherals.

• Clean and protected space to store transducers (in their cases or on a rack)

• Material to safely clean probes (done with a plastic container, never metal)

2-3-3 Desirable Features

• Door is at least 92 cm (3 ft.) wide

• Circuit breaker for dedicated power outlet is easily accessible

• Sink with hot and cold water

• Receptacle for bio–hazardous waste, like used probe sheaths

• Emergency oxygen supply

• Storage for linens and equipment

• Nearby waiting room, lavatory, and dressing room

• Dual level lighting (bright and dim)

• Lockable cabinet ordered by GE for its software and proprietary manuals.

2 - 8 Section 2-3 - Facility Needs

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

2-3-4 Recommended and Alternate Ultrasound Room Layout

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Recommended standard floor plan and a minimal floor plan for ultrasound equipment:

DEDICATED

POWER

RECEPTACLE

DEDICATED ALALOG TELEPHONE

LINE FOR CONNECTION TO INSITE

18 IN.

(46 CM)

LINEN SUPPLY

CONSOLE

FILM VIEWER

COUNTER TOP

FOOT

SW

STOOL

SINK

76 IN.

(193 CM)

SUCTION LINE

EMERGECY

OXYGEN

24 IN.

(61 CM)

SECRETARYS OR

DOCTOR’S DESK

FILM VIEWER

FILM SUPPLIES

SINK

OVERHEAD

LIGHTS DIMMER

PATIENT

TOILET

FACILITY

DOOR

42 IN.

(107 CM)

A 14 by 17 foot Recommended Floor Plan

Scale : Each square equals one square foot

LINEN SUPPLY

PROBES/SUPPLIES

EXTERNAL

PERIPHERALS

DEDICATED POWER

OUTLETS

STOOL

FOOT

SW

LOGIQ 5

CONSOLE

DEDICATED ANALOG TELEPHONE

LINE FOR CONNECTION TO INSITE

24 IN.

(61 CM)

EXAMINARION

TABLE

76 IN.

(193 CM)

DOOR

30 IN.

(76 CM)

An 8 by 10 foot Minimal Floor Plan

GE CABINET

FOT SOFTWARE

AND MANUALS

Figure 2-1 RECOMMENDED ULTRASOUND ROOM LAYOUT


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

2-3-5 Networking Pre-installation Requirements

2-3-5-1

2-3-5-2

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Purpose of DICOM Network Function

DICOM services provide the operator with clinically useful features for moving images and patient information over a hospital network. Examples of DICOM services include the transfer of images to workstations for viewing or transferring images to remote printers. As an added benefit, transferring images in this manner frees up the on-board monitor and peripherals, enabling viewing to be done while scanning continues. With DICOM, images can be archived, stored, and retrieved faster, easier, and at a lower cost.

DICOM Option Pre-installation Requirements

To configure the LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro to work with other network connections, the site’s network administrator must provide some necessary information.

Information must include:

• A host name, local port number, AE Title, IP address and Net Mask for the LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro.

• The IP addresses for the default gateway and other routers at the site for ROUTING

INFORMATION.

• The host name, IP address, port and AE Title for each device the site wants connected to the

LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro for DICOM APPLICATION INFORMATION. A field for the make

(manufacturer) and the revision of the device, is also included. This information may be useful for solving errors.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

2-3-5-2 DICOM Option Pre-installation Requirements (cont’d)

.

LOGIQ™

Host Name

AE Title

Local Port

ROUTING INFORMATION

ROUTER1

ROUTER2

ROUTER3

.

.

.

Destination

IP Addresses

.

.

.

DICOM APPLICATION INFORMATION

NAME MAKE/REVISION

.

.

.

AE TITLE

Store 1

LOGIQ™ P5 S

IP ADDRESSES

.

.

.

ERVICE

IP Address

Net Mask

Default

.

.

.

.

.

GATEWAY IP Addresses

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

M

ANUAL

PORT

Store 2

Store 3

.

.

.

.

.

.

Store 4

Store 5

Store 6

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Worklist

Storage

Commit

MPPS

.

.

.

Figure 2-2 Worksheet for DICOM Network Information

.

.

.

.

.

.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

This page was intentionally left blank.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Chapter 3

Installation

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Section 3-1

Overview


This chapter contains information needed to install the unit. Included are references to a procedure that describes how to receive and unpack the equipment and how to file a damage or loss claim.

How to prepare the facility and unit of the actual installation, and how to check and test the unit, probes, and external peripherals for electrical safety are included in this procedure. Also included in this section are guidelines for transporting the unit to a new site.


Section

3-5

3-6

3-7

3-8

3-1

3-2

3-3

3-4

3-9

3-10

3-11

3-12

3-13

Description

Overview

Installation Reminders

Receiving and Unpacking the Equipment

Preparing for Installation

Completing the Installation

System Configuration

Available Probes

Software/Option Configuration

Connectivity Installation Worksheet

Insite IP Address Configuration

Loading Base System Software

Warnings

Paperwork

Page Number

3-11

3-16

3-23

3-23

3-1

3-2

3-4

3-10

3-24

3-25

3-25

3-25

3-26


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 3-2

Installation Reminders

3-2-1 Average Installation Time

Table 3-2 Average Installation Time

Description

Unpacking the scanner

Scanner wo/options

DICOM Option

InSite Option

Average Installation Time

0.5 hour

0.5 hour

0.5 hour

0.5 hour

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Comments

Dependant on the configuration that is required

Dependant on the amount of configuration

The LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro has been designed to be installed and checked out by an experienced service technician in approximately four hours. LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro consoles with optional equipment may take slightly longer.

3-2-2 Installation Warnings

1.) Since the LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro weighs approximately 75 kg.(165 lb.) without options, preferably two people should unpack it. Two people are also preferable for installing any additional bulky items.

2.) There are no operator serviceable components. To prevent shock, do not remove any covers or panels. Should problems or malfunctions occur, unplug the power cord. Only qualified service personnel should carry out servicing and troubleshooting.

NOTE: For information regarding packing labels, refer to LABELS ON PACKAGE.

3.) After being transported, the unit may be very cold or hot. If this is the case, allow the unit to acclimate before you turn it on. It requires one hour for each 2.5

°C increment it's temperature is below 10

°C or above 30°C.

CAUTION

Equipment damage possibility. Turning the system on without acclimation after arriving at site may cause the system to be damaged.

Table 3-3 Acclimation Time

°C

60 55 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 -5 -10 -15 -20 -25 -30 -35 -40

°F

140 131 122 113 104 96 86 77 68 59 50 41 32 23 14 5 -4 -13 -22 -31 -40

hrs

8 6 4 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

3-2-3 Safety Reminders

DANGER

CAUTION

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

WHEN USING ANY TEST INSTRUMENT THAT IS CAPABLE OF OPENING THE

AC GROUND LINE (I.E., METER’S GROUND SWITCH IS OPEN), DON’T TOUCH

THE UNIT!

Two people should unpack the unit because of its weight. Two people are required whenever a part weighing 19kg (35 lb.) or more must be lifted.

CAUTION

CAUTION

CAUTION

CAUTION

CAUTION

CAUTION

CAUTION

If the unit is very cold or hot, do not turn on its power until it has had a chance to acclimate to its operating environment.

To prevent electrical shock, connect the unit to a properly grounded power outlet. Do not use a three to two prong adapter. This defeats safety grounding.

Do NOT wear the ESD wrist strap when you work on live circuits and more than 30 V peak is present.

Do not use a 20 Amp to 15 Amp adapter on the 120 Vac unit’s power cord. This unit requires a dedicated 20 A circuit and can have a 15A plug if the on board peripherals do not cause the unit to draw more than 14.0 amps.

Do not operate this unit unless all board covers and frame panels are securely in place.

System performance and cooling require this.

OPERATOR MANUAL(S)

The User Manual(s) should be fully read and understood before operating the LOGIQ™ P5/

A5/A5Pro and kept near the unit for quick reference.

ACOUSTIC OUTPUT HAZARD

Although the ultrasound energy transmitted from the LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro probe is within

FDA limits, avoid unnecessary exposure. Ultrasound energy can produce heat and mechanical damage.

Figure 3-1 Environmental Labels


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 3-3

Receiving and Unpacking the Equipment

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

When a new system arrives, check that any components are not damaged and are not in short supply.

If shipping damage or shortage occurs, contact the address shown in Chapter 1.

CAUTION

Do not lift the unit by the Keyboard. Equipment damage may result.

CAUTION

The crate with the LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro weighs approximately 75 kg. (165 lb.) Be prepared for a sudden shift of weight as the unit is removed from its base (pallet)

1.) Cut the three PLASTIC BANDs.

Plastic Bands

Figure 3-2 Cutting the Plastic Bands.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Section 3-3 Receiving and Unpacking the Equipment

(cont’d)

2.) Lift the TOP COVER up and off.

Top Cover

Figure 3-3 Removing the top Cover


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


(cont’d)

3.) Remove the Top Plate up and off..

Top Plate

Figure 3-4 Removing the Top Plate


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


(cont’d)

4.) Remove the three PLASTIC JOINTs from the OUTER SLEEVE.

5.) Remove the OUTER SLEEVE.

Plastic Joint

Outer Sleeve

Figure 3-5 Removing Plastic Joints and Sleeves

Palette Assy


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


(cont’d)

6.) Remove the MONITOR SUPPORTER and Option Box.

7.) Remove the PLASTIC BAG.

8.) Unlock the front caster and carefully put the console off the PALETTE.

Monitor Pad

Figure 3-6 Moving the LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro from the crate


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

3-3-1 Moving into Position

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

CAUTION

Do not lift the unit by the Keyboard.

Do not tilt the unit more than 5 degrees to avoid tipping it over.

To avoid injury by tipping over. Set the monitor to the lowest position before moving.

CAUTION

Equipment Damage Possibility. Lifting the console by holding covers may damage the covers.

Do not lift the console by holding any covers.

In general, a single adult can move the LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro along an even surface with no steep grades. At least two people should move the machine when large humps, grooves, or grades will be encountered. (It is better to pull from the rear rather than push from the front of the unit). Before moving, store all loose parts in the unit. Wrap transducers in soft cloth or foam to prevent damage.

Although LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro is a compact and mobile machine, two people should move it over rough surfaces or up and down grades.

3-3-2

3-3-3

NOTE:

Adjusting System Clock

Set the system clock for the LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro to the local time. For procedure of adjusting the system clock, refer to section 3-6-1-1 on page 16.

Fill out proper customer Information the Product Locator Installation Card. Mail this Installation Card

“Product Locator” to the address corresponding to your pole.

Product Locator Installation Card

The Product Locator Installation Card shown may not be same as the provided Product Locator card.

Figure 3-7 Product Locator Installation Card


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 3-4

Preparing for Installation

3-4-1

3-4-2

3-4-2-1

3-4-2-2

3-4-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Verify Customer Order

Compare items received by the customer to that which is listed on the delivery order. Report any items that are missing, back ordered or damaged.

Physical Inspection

System Voltage Settings

Verify that the scanner is set to the correct voltage.

The Voltage settings for the LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro Scanner is found on a label to the right of the Power switch and External I/O, on the rear of the system.

Connecting a LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro scanner to the wrong voltage level will most likely destroy the scanner.

Video Formats

Check that the video format for VCR playback is set to the locally used video standard, NTSC or PAL.

EMI Protection

This Unit has been designed to minimize the effects of Electro Magnetic Interference (EMI). Many of the covers, shields, and screws are provided primarily to protect the system from image artifacts caused by this interference. For this reason, it is imperative that all covers and hardware are installed and secured before the unit is put into operation.

3-10 Section 3-4 - Preparing for Installation

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 3-5Completing the Installation

3-5-1

NOTE:

3-5-1-1

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Power On/Boot Up

After turning off the system, wait at least ten seconds before turning it on again. The system may not be able to boot if power is recycled too quickly.

Scanner Power On

1.) Connect the Main Power Cable at the rear of the System.

Protective earth must be taken when connecting AC power cable (200V) without its plug to wall outlet.

2.) Connect the Main Power cable to an appropriate mains power outlet.

3.) Switch ON the Main Circuit Breaker at the rear of the System.

Figure 3-8 Circuit Breaker

When power is applied to the Scanner, and the Rear Circuit breaker is turned ON, Power is distributed to the DC Power supply unit and power control assy in the AC power assy. When the Power ON/OFF key is pressed once, the DC power supply is enabled and feed each DC power to board assemblies. and system run the software.

4.) Press the ON/OFF key at the front of the System once.

Section 3-4 - Preparing for Installation 3-11

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

3-5-1-1 Scanner Power On (cont’d)

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 3-9 Power On/Off Switch Location


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

3-5-1-2 Power Up Sequence

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

1.) The Start Up Screen will be shown on the Monitor display when the system is turned ON.

M

ANUAL

3-5-1-3

NOTE:

NOTE:

Figure 3-10 Start Up Screen Display

2.) After initialization is complete, all lighted buttons on the Control Panel light and the default B-Mode screen or Patient screen (no probes are connected) is displayed on the monitor display.

Power Up Sequence

To enter the Maintenance Mode, select Maintenance button.

Figure 3-11 on page 3-13 displays when Service Dongle inserted in Rear Panel.

NOTE:

NOTE:

Figure 3-11 Start Application Window

Start is selected automatically when it time out.

In case the system is locked with task manager, use arirang as a password to unlock the system.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

3-5-2 Power Off/ Shutdown

NOTE:

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

After turning off a system, wait at least ten seconds before turning it on again. The system may not be able to boot if power is recycled too quickly.

3-5-2-1 Power Shutdown

1.) Press the ON/OFF key at the front of the System. refer to Figure 3-9 on page 3-12 .

2.) Click the shutdown icon in the shutdown dialog box and wait until the system shutdown.

3.) Switch OFF the Main Circuit Breaker at the rear of the system refer to Figure 3-8 on page 3-11 .

4.) Disconnect the Main Power Cable is necessary. For example : Relocating the scanner.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

3-5-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Transducer Connection

1.) Connect a transducer to one of the three rightmost transducer receptacle as follows:

A.) Ensure that the transducer twist lock lever to the horizontal position.

B.) Insert the transducer connector on the receptacle guide pin until it touches the receptacle mating surface.

C.) Twist the transducer twist lock lever to horizontal position to lock it in place. Twist the lever to the vertical position to disconnect the transducer.

NOTE: It is not necessary to turn OFF power to connect or disconnect a transducer.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 3-6

System Configuration

3-6-1

3-6-1-1

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

System Specifications

System Settings

Table 3-1 System Configuration

Configuration Category

Settings

Description

Enables the user or service personnel to set the date, time, unit, language, basic information about the organization such as the institution name and department.

1.) Press Insert key on the A/N keyboard to enter the utility menu.

2.) Select Utility > System > General.

3.) Set the Hospital name, Department, Date and Time, Language, and Units.

3-16

Figure 3-12 Setting Display

4.) Click on Exit to terminate the utility function.

Section 3-4 - Preparing for Installation

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

3-6-1-2

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Physical Dimensions

The physical dimensions of the LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro unit are summarized in Table 3-2 on page 3-17 .

The Size of LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro, with monitor and peripherals

Table 3-2 Physical Dimensions of LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro

Height

135/141

53.15 - 55.50

Width

43.0

16.97

Depth

64.0

25.2

Unit

cm inches

WEIGHT : 75Kg (165bs) including Monitor

NOTE : Length is in mm

Variation +/- 10%

640

Figure 3-13 Overall Dimensions


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

3-6-1-3 Weight without Monitor and Peripherals

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Table 3-3 Weight of LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro With Monitor and Without Other Peripherals

Model Weight [kg] Weight [lbs]

LOGIQ™ P5/A5/

A5Pro

Approximately 75 Approximately 165

3-6-1-4

3-6-2

Acoustic Noise Output:

Less than 70dB (A) according to DIN 45635 - 19 - 01 - KL2.

Electrical Specifications

Table 3-4 Electrical Specifications for LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro

System

1

2

Voltage

110 ~ 120 VAC

220 ~ 240 VAC

Current

7 ~ 9A

3.5 ~ 4.5A

Frequency

50~60Hz

50~60Hz

3-6-3

NOTE:

On-Board Optional Peripherals

Table 3-5 List of Recording Devices

Device

B/W Video Printer

Manufacturer

SONY

Video Cassette Recorder

DVD Video Recorder

A6 Color Video Printer

Mistubishi

Panasonic

SONY

Model

UP-D897MD

HS-MD3000U

HS-MD3000E

LQ-MD800

UP-D23MD

Video Signal

N/A (* USB Interface)

NTSC/PAL (USB Interface)

NTSC/PAL (USB Interface)

N/A (* USB Interface)

See each option installation instructions for installation and connection procedures.

There are no external peripheral options for the LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

3-6-4

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

External I/O Connector Panel

Located on the rear panel are video input and output connectors, audio input and output, USB, footswitch connector power connector and control connections for VCR or DVD Recorder, printer, and service tools.

This section indicates the pin assignment for each connector.

NOTE:

Figure 3-14 Rear Connector Panel

Each outer (case) ground line of peripheral/accessory connectors are protectively grounded.

Signal ground lines are not isolated, except the Service port (3). All of signal lines (include signal

GND) of the Service port are isolated.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

3-6-4-1 External I/O Pin Outs

LOGIQ™ P5 S

Pin No.

Signal Pin No.

Signal

5

6

7

3

4

1

2

RED

GREEN

BLUE

N/A

GND

RGND

GGND

13

14

15

9

10

11

12

N/A

SGND

N/A

N/A

HSYNC

VSYNC

N/A

8 BGND

Table 3-6 Pin Assignments of DB15 connector for External VGA

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Pin No.

Signal Pin No.

1 +5 VDC 3

2 DATA -

Table 3-7 Pin Assignments of USB

4

Pin No.

1

2

3

Signal

TX+

TX-

RX+

Pin No.

5

6

7

4 NC 8

Table 3-8 Pin Assignments of Ethernet

Signal

DATA +

GND

Signal

NC

RX-

NC

NC


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

3-6-5

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Video Specification

Video specifications may be needed to be able to connect the VCR or DVD Video Recorder to the

LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro.

Table 3-9 Video Specifications

Timing Parameter

Horizontal Rate [kHz]

Horizontal Period [µs]

Pixel Clock [MHz]

H Blank Width

[µs]

H Sync Width

[µs]

H Front Porch

[µs]

Active Horizontal Period

[µs]

Vertical Rate [Hz]

Vertical Period [ms]

V Sync Width [lines=ms]

V Front Porch

[lines=µs]

Equalization Gate

[lines=µs]

Lines: Field/Frame

Active Lines/Frame

NTSC

60.02

16.66

78.75

3.66

1.22

0.20

13.00

75.03

13.33

32=0.53

3=50.00

1=16.66

800

768

PAL

31.25

32.00

29.50

5.97

2.34

0.75

26.03

50.00

20.00

49=1.57

5=160.00

5=160.0

625/625

576

640x480

60Hz

31.47

31.78

24.55

5.70

2.36

0.73

26.07

59.94

16.68

45=1.43

6=190.70

6=190.7

525/525

480

800x600

60Hz

37.88

26.40

40.00

6.40

3.20

1.00

20.00

60.32

16.58

28=0.74

4=105.60

1=26.4

628

600

800x600

75Hz

46.88

21.33

49.50

5.17

1.62

0.32

16.16

75.00

13.33

25=0.53

3=64.00

1=21.3

625

600

1024x768

60Hz

48.36

20.68

65.00

4.92

2.09

0.37

15.75

60.00

16.67

38=0.79

6=124.10

3=62.00

806

768


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

3-6-6 Setting VCR (Mitsubishi MD3000) USB Interface

1.) Turn off the Power of the VCR.

2.) Open the rear panel of the VCR.

3.) Set dip switches. Off 1~6 pins, On 7 pin, and Off 8 pin.

NOTE: 7 Pin ON = USB Interface, OFF = RS232C Interface.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

3-22

Figure 3-15 Setting VCR USB Interface

Section 3-4 - Preparing for Installation

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 3-7

Available Probes

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

See Specifications in the LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro User Manual for probes and intended use.

See Chapter 9, for part numbers to be used when ordering new or replacement probes.

Section 3-8

Software/Option Configuration

refer to the LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro Basic User Manual, Chapter 16, Customizing Your System for information on configuring items like Hospital, Department, Language, Units (of measure), Date, Time and Date Format.

For information on configuring Software Options, refer to the LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro Basic User

Manual, Chapter 16, Customizing Your System.

For information on configuring DICOM Connectivity, refer to the LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro Basic User

Manual, Chapter 16, Customizing Your System.

Section 3-8 - Software/Option Configuration 3-23

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 3-9

Connectivity Installation Worksheet

Site System Information

Site:

Dept:

LOGIQ SN: Type:

Floor:

Room:

REV:

CONTACT INFORMATION

Name Title

Phone

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Comments:

E-Mail Address

TCP/IP Settings

Name - AE Title:

IP Settings

IP Address:

Subnet Mask:

Default Gateway:

Remote Archive Setup

Remote Archive IP:

Remote Archive Name:

Services (Destination Devices)

Manufacturer

7

8

5

6

3

4

1

2

9

10

11

12

Device Type

Name

3-24

IP Address

Section 3-8 - Software/Option Configuration

Port

AE Title

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 3-10

Insite IP Address Configuration

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

This information needed to facilitate the OnLine Center engineers in connecting to the system is found in the InSite Installation Manual.

Section 3-11

Loading Base System Software

3-11-1 Loading Base system Software

For more information on loading base system software, refer to Chapter 8.

Section 3-12

Warnings

3-12-1

3-12-1-1

3-12-1-2

Warnings

USB HDD

External USB type Hard drive may be used to back up the data. But not all kinds of USB type can be supported.

Never use USB types which require additional power source.

Starting Echoloader in Maintenance mode

If Echoloader never started once, starting Echoloader in the maintenance mode will not work. In other words, in order to be able to start Echoloader in maintenace mode, Echoloader should have been started at least once.

Section 3-11 - Loading Base System Software 3-25

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 3-13

Paperwork

NOTE:

3-13-1

NOTE:

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

During and after installation, the documentation (i.e. User Manuals, Installation Manuals...) for the peripheral units must be kept as part of the original system documentation. This will ensure that all relevant safety and user information is available during the operation and service of the complete system.

Product Locator Installation

The Product Locator Installation Card shown may not be same as the provided Product Locator card.

3-13-2

3-13-2-1

Figure 3-16 Product Locator Installation Card

User Manual(s)

Check that the correct User Manual(s) for the system and software revision, is included with the installation. Specific language versions of the User Manual may also be available. Check with your GE

Sales Representative for availability.

Reference off-board peripherals and options

None.

3-26 Section 3-12 - Warnings

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Chapter 4

Functional Checks

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Section 4-1

Overview


This chapter provides procedures for quickly checking major functions of the LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro scanner diagnostics by using the built-in service software, and power supply adjustments.


Section

4-5

4-6

4-7

4-8

4-1

4-2

4-3

4-4

4-9

4-10

Description

Overview

Required Equipment

General Procedure

Software Configuration Checks

Peripheral Checks

Monitor Function Checks

Keyboard Function Checks

Mechanical Function Checks

Board Function Checks

Site Log

4-26

4-27

4-29

4-34

4-1

4-1

4-2

4-25

4-41

4-54

Page Number

Section 4-2

Required Equipment

• An empty (blank) DVD-R or CD-R Disk.

• At least one transducer.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 4-3

General Procedure

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

CAUTION

SYSTEM REQUIRES ALL COVERS

Operate this unit only when all board covers and frame panels are securely in place. The covers are required for safe operation, good system performance and cooling purposes.

NOTICE

Lockout/Tagout Requirements (For USA only)

Follow OSHA Lockout/Tagout requirements by ensuring you are in total control of the Power Cable on the system.

TAG

&

LOCKOUT

Signed Date

4-3-1

NOTE:

4-3-1-1

Power On/Boot Up

After turning off the system, wait at least ten seconds before turning it on again. The system may not be able to boot if power is recycled too quickly.

Scanner Power On

1.) Connect the Main Power cable to an appropriate mains power outlet.

2.) Switch ON the Main Circuit Breaker at the rear of the System.

4 - 2

Figure 4-1 Circuit Breaker

When power is applied to the Scanner, and the Rear Circuit breaker is turned ON, Power is distributed to the DC Power supply unit and power control assy in the AC power assy. When the Power ON/OFF key is pressed once, the DC power supply is enabled and feed each DC power to board assemblies. and system run the software

Section 4-2 - Required Equipment

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

4-3-1-1 Scanner Power On (cont’d)

3.) Press the ON/OFF key at the front of the System once.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 4-2 Power On/Off Standby Switch Location

Section 4-2 - Required Equipment 4 - 3

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

4-3-2 Power Off / Shutdown

NOTE:

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

After turning off a system, wait at least ten seconds before turning it on again. The system may not be able to boot if power is recycled too quickly.

4-3-2-1 Scanner Shutdown

1.) Press the On/Off Key at the front of the System once to display the SYSTEM - EXIT menu.

2.) Select Shutdown from the SYSTEM - EXIT menu.

4-3-2-2

Figure 4-3 System Exit Menu for Power Down

Switch off the System

1.) Switch OFF the Circuit Breaker at the back of the scanner.

2.) Unplug the power cord if necessary. For example : Servicing or relocating the scanner.

4 - 4 Section 4-2 - Required Equipment

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

4-3-3 System Features

4-3-3-1 Control Panel for LOGIQ™ P5

1

2

3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

4

5

Figure 4-4 Control Panel Tour LOGIQ™ P5

1.) Power on/off switch

2.) Alpha Numeric key

3.) Patient Key

4.) TGC

5.) Track Ball

6.) Function Select key

7.) Freeze Key

8.) Gain Knob

9.) User Define Key

8

7

6

10

9


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

4-3-3-2 Control Panel for LOGIQ™ A5/LOGIQ™ A5Pro

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

4 - 6

NOTE:

NOTE:

Figure 4-5 Control Panel Tour LOGIQ™ A5/ LOGIQ™ A5Pro

1.) Power on/off switch

2.) Alpha Numeric key

3.) Patient Key

4.) TGC

5.) Track Ball

6.) Function Select key

7.) Freeze Key

8.) Gain Knob

9.) User Define Key

If the LOGIQ™ A5 have been upgrade with Color Upgrade kit, LOGIQ™ A5 have same keyboard as

LOGIQ™ P5.

LOGIQ™ A5Pro has the same control panel of LOGIQ™ A5, but PW Mode button is not enabled.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

4-3-3-3 Monitor Display for LOGIQ™ P5

1

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

2 3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

19 20

21

Figure 4-6 P5 Monitor Display Tour

1. Institution/Hospital Name, Date, Time,

Operator Identification.

2. Patient Name, Patient Identification.

3. Power Output Readout

4. GE Symbol: Probe Orientation Marker.

5. Image Preview.

6. Gray/Color Bar.

7. Cine Gauge.

8. Measurement Summary Window.

9. Image.

10. Measurement Calipers.

11. Measurement Results Window.

12. Probe Identifier. Exam Preset.

13. Imaging Parameters by Mode.

14. Focal Zone Indicator.

15. TGC.

16. Body Pattern.

17. Depth Scale.

18. Top Menu

19. Caps Lock: Lit when On.

20. Service Interface icon (wrench), iLinq icon, and system messages display

(not shown on image)

21. Trackball Functionality Status: Scroll,

M&A (Measurement and Analysis),

Position, Size, Scan Area Width and

Tilt.

22. Sub Menu

14

15

16

17

18

12

22

13

M

ANUAL


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

4-3-4

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

System B/M-Mode Checks

For a basic functional check of the system’s different modes, the Quick Guide will familiarize you with image optimization for B-Mode, M-Mode, Color Flow, and Doppler.

Table 4-2 B/M-Mode Functions

Power Output (Acoustic Power)

Dynamic Range

Focus Number and Position

Rejection

Edge Enhance

Frame Average

Colorize

Gray Map

Rotation (Up/Down)

Frequency

Frame Rate/Resolution

B Flow

Sensitivity/PRI

Background On/Off

Sweep Speed

Optimizes image quality and allows user to reduce beam intensity. 2% increments between 0-100%.

Dynamic Range controls how echo intensities are converted to shades of gray, thereby increasing the adjustable range of contrast.

Increases the number of transmit focal zones or moves the focal zone(s) so that you can tighten up the beam for a specific area. A graphic caret corresponding to the focal zone position(s) appears on the right edge of the image.

Selects a level below which echoes will not be amplified (an echo must have a certain minimum amplitude before it will be processed).

Edge Enhance brings out subtle tissue differences and boundaries by enhancing the gray scale differences corresponding to the edges of structures. Adjustments to M

Mode's edge enhancement affects the M Mode only.

Temporal filter that averages frames together. This has the effect of presenting a smoother, softer image.

Enables gray scale image colorization. To deactivate, reselect a Gray Map.

Determines how the echo intensity levels received are presented as shades of gray.

Rotates the image by selecting the value from the pop up menu.

Multi Frequency mode lets you downshift to the probe's next lower frequency or shift up to a higher frequency.

Optimizes B Mode frame rate or spatial resolution for the best possible image.

Provides intuitive representation of non-quantitative hemodynamics in vascular structures.

Adjusts the sample rate for the flow signal.

Background On lets you view the anatomy roadmap;

Background Off lets you view just flow information.

Changes the speed at which the timeline is swept.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

4-3-5 System CFM and PWD Checks

Table 4-3 CFM and PWD Functions

Baseline

PRF/Wall Filter

Angle Correct

Threshold

Map

Invert

Packet Size

Quick Angle Correct

Doppler Display Formats

Sample Volume Gate Length

Scan Area

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Adjusts the baseline to accommodate faster or slower blood flows to eliminate aliasing.

Velocity scale determines pulse repetition frequency. If the sample volume gate range exceeds single gate PRF capability, the system automatically switches to high PRF mode. Multiple gates appear, and HPRF is indicated on the display.

Estimates the flow velocity in a direction at an angle to the

Doppler vector by computing the angle between the Doppler vector and the flow to be measured

Threshold assigns the gray scale level at which color information stops.

Allows a specific color map to be selected. After a selection has been made, the color bar displays the resultant map.

Allows blood flow to be viewed from a different perspective, i.e. red away (negative velocities) and blue toward (positive velocities). The real-time or frozen image can be inverted.

Controls the number of samples gathered for a single color flow vector.

Quickly adjusts the angle by 60 degrees

Display layout can be preset to have B-Mode and Time-motion side-by-side or over-under.

In the side-by-side layout, there are three display alternatives defined: equal priority, time-motion priority or time-motion with

B-Mode reference.

In the over-under layout, there are three display alternatives defined: time-motion priority, B Mode priority or equal priority.

Sizes the sample volume gate

Slants the B-Mode or Color Flow linear image left or right to get more information without moving the probe


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

4-3-6 Basic Measurements

NOTE:

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

The following instructions assume that you first scan the patient and then press Freeze.

4-3-6-1

NOTE:

NOTE:

4-3-6-2

NOTE:

Distance and Tissue Depth Measurements

1.) Press MEASURE once an active caliper displays.

2.) To position the active caliper at the start point (distance) or the most anterior point (tissue depth), move the TRACKBALL.

3.) To fix the start point, press Set. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper.

4.) To position the second active caliper at the end point (distance) or the most posterior point

(tissue depth), move the TRACKBALL.

5.) To complete the measurement, press SET. The system displays the distance or tissue depth value in the measurement results window.

Before you complete a measurement:

To toggle between active calipers, press MEASURE.

To erase the second caliper and the current data measured and start the measurement again, press

CLEAR once.

To rotate through and activate previously fixed calipers, turn CURSOR SELECT.

After you complete the measurement, to erase all data that has been measured to this point,

but not data entered onto worksheets, press CLEAR.

Circumference/Area (Ellipse) Measurement

1.) Press MEASURE once; an active caliper displays.

2.) To position the active caliper, move the TRACKBALL.

3.) To fix the start point, press SET. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper.

4.) To position the second caliper, move the TRACKBALL.

5.) Turn the ELLIPSE control; an ellipse with an initial circle shape appears.

Be careful not to press the Ellipse control as this activates the Body Pattern.

6.) To position the ellipse and to size the measured axes (move the calipers), move the

TRACKBALL.

7.) To increase the size, turn the ELLIPSE control in a clockwise direction. To decrease the size, turn the ELLIPSE control in a counterclockwise direction.

8.) To toggle between active calipers, press MEASURE.

9.) To complete the measurement, press SET. The system displays the circumference and area in the measurement results window.

Before you complete a measurement:

-

-

To erase the ellipse and the current data measured, press CLEAR once. The original caliper is displayed to restart the measurement.

To exit the measurement function without completing the measurement, press CLEAR a second time.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

4-3-6-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Worksheets

Measurement/Calculation worksheets are available to display and edit measurements and calculations.

There are generic worksheets as well as Application specific worksheets.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

4-3-7 Probe/Connectors Usage

4-3-7-1

4-3-7-2

4-3-7-3

4-3-7-4

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Connecting a probe

1.) Place the probe's carrying case on a stable surface and open the case.

2.) Carefully remove the probe and unwrap the probe cable.

3.) DO NOT allow the probe head to hang free. Impact to the probe head could result in irreparable damage.

4.) Turn the connector locking handle counterclockwise.

5.) Align the connector with the probe port and carefully push into place.

6.) Turn the connector locking handle clockwise to secure the probe connector.

7.) Carefully position the probe cable in the probe cord holder spot so it is free to move, but not resting on the floor.

Activating the probe

Select the appropriate probe from the probe indicators on the monitor screen. The probe selection screen will be come up when the application key is enabled.

The probe activates in the currently-selected operating mode. The probe's default settings for the mode and selected exam are used automatically.

Deactivating the probe

When deactivating the probe, the probe is automatically placed in standby mode.

1.) Press the Freeze key.

2.) Gently wipe the excess gel from the face of the probe. (refer to the Basic User Manual for complete probe cleaning instructions.)

3.) Carefully slide the probe around the right side of the keyboard, toward the probe holder.

Ensure that the probe is placed gently in the probe holder.

Disconnecting the probe

Probes can be disconnected at any time. However, the probe should not be selected as the active probe.

1.) Move the probe locking handle counterclockwise. Pull the probe and connector straight out of the probe port.

2.) Carefully slide the probe and connector away from the probe port and around the right side of the keyboard. Ensure the cable is free.

3.) Be sure that the probe head is clean before placing the probe in its storage box.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

4-3-8 Using Cine

4-3-8-1

4-3-8-2

4-3-8-3

4-3-8-4

4-3-8-5

4-3-8-6

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Activating CINE

Press FREEZE, then roll the TRACKBALL to activate CINE. To start CINE Loop playback, press Run/

Stop. To stop CINE Loop playback. press Run/Stop.

Quickly Move to Start/End Frame

Press FIRST to move to the first CINE frame; press LAST to move to the last CINE frame.

Start Frame/End Frame

Turn the START FRAME dial to the left to move to the beginning of the CINE Loop. Turn the dial to the right to move forward through the CINE Loop.

Turn the END FRAME dial to the right to move to the end of the CINE Loop. Turn the dial to the left to move backward through the CINE Loop.

Adjusting the CINE Loop Playback Speed

Turn the LOOP SPEED dial right/left to increase/decrease the CINE Loop playback speed.

Disconnecting B-Mode CINE from Timeline CINE

To review the B-Mode CINE Loop only, press CINE MODE SELECTION and select B ONLY.

To review the Timeline CINE Loop only, press CINE MODE SELECTION and select TL ONLY.

To return to linked B-Mode and Timeline CINE Loop review, press CINE MODE SELECTION and select

B/TL.

Moving through a CINE Loop Frame By Frame

Turn FRAME BY FRAME to move through CINE memory one frame at a time.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

4-3-9

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Image Management (QG)

For Image Management functionality refer to the LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro Quick Guide. It talks about several topics:

• Clipboard

• Printing Images

• Browsing and Managing an Exam’s Stored Image

• Connectivity, and Dataflow Concept and Creation

• Starting an Exam

• Configuring Connectivity

• TCP/IP

• Services (Destinations)

• Buttons

• Views

Verifying and Pinging a Device


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

4-3-10 Using the DVD-R

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

4-3-10-1 Using the DVD-R

NOTICE

Never move the unit with a disk in the DVD-R because the drive actuator will not be locked and the DVD-R could break.

1.) Go to the Utility->Connectivity->Removable Media.

2.) Insert CD/DVD media.

3.) Press Verify

4.) The properties will be like below. a.) Capacity, Free space depends on media type.

b.) Formatted / Finalized : No

Figure 4-7 Removable Media

5.) Go to Patient.

6.) Press Data Transfer (located at the upper-left side of Patient screen)

7.) Select Export task.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

4-3-10-1 Using the DVD-R (cont’d)

8.) Select the type of Removable CD/DVD on the [To] combo box.

9.) It will do auto-formatting.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 4-8 Formatting

10.)After auto-formatting, select some patients on the upper list area and then press the [Transfer] button.

11.)it will do transferring to CD/DVD.

4 - 16

Figure 4-9 Transferring


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1


12.)The selected data is transferred correctly.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 4-10 Transfer

13.)Press F3 and select the [Yes and Verify files].

14.)It will do finalizing.

Figure 4-11 Finalizing


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1


15.)It will do Verifying.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 4-12 Verifying

16.)It will eject the CD/DVD and Go to Utility and reinsert the CD/DVD.

17.)Go to Utility->Connectivity->Removable Media.

Figure 4-13 Removable Media

18.)Press Verify

19.)The properties will be like below. a.) Capacity is the size of transferred data.

b.) Free space is 0.

c.) Formatted / Database Present / Finalized : Yes

(DICOMDIR Present : depends on setting)

4 - 18

NOTICE

Avoid mechanical ejection whenever possible. Mechanical ejection leaves the actuator unlocked. If forced to use this method, reboot the system, then insert and eject a known good disk using one of the other methods.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

4-3-11

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Backup and Restore Database, Preset Configurations and Images

NOTE: When upgrading from R1.0.x or R2.0.x to R3.0.x or R4.0.x ,preset cannot be transferred. Refer to the table below.

Table 4-4 LP5 BT11(R4.x.x) compatibility

Preset

Patient Archive

Report Archive

Imaging Presets

Connectivity Configuration

Measurement Configuration

Comment/Body Pattern Libraries

Report Templates (Same Software Version Only)

3D/4D

Key Macro

All Others

R1.x.x

No

No

No

No

Yes

Yes

No

No

No

No

Compatibility

R2.x.x

No

No

No

No

Yes

Yes

No

No

No

No

R3.x.x

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

4-3-11-1 Formatting Media

1.) To format the backup media, CD-R or DVD-R, select the UTILITY key on the Front Panel.

2.) Select CONNECTIVITY, then RERNOVABLE MEDIA. Properly label and Insert the backup media.

3.) Select the media type from the drop down menu.

4.) Enter the label for the media as shown in Figure 4-14. It is best to use all capital letters with no


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

spaces or punctuation marks.

Media

Selection

Media Label

Verify Format

Format

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 4-14 Format and Verify Media

5.) The Ultrasound system displays a pop-up menu, as shown in Figure 4-15. When the formatting has been completed, press OK to continue.

6.) If desired, verify that the format was successful by returning to Utility > Connectivity >

Removable Media and selecting VERIFY as shown in Figure 4-12.

Figure 4-15 Format Successful Pop-up Menu


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

4-3-11-2 Backup System Presets and Configurations

NOTE:

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Always backup any preset configurations before a software reload. This ensures that if the presets need to be reloaded, after the software update, they will be the same ones the customer was using prior to service.

1.) Insert a formatted CD-R or DVD-R into the drive.

2.) Press UTILITY key

3.) Select SYSTEM. on the monitor screen

4.) On the monitor display, select BACKUP/RESTORE.

5.) In the Backup list, select Patient Archive, Report Archive, User Defined Configuration.

6.) In the Media field, select DVD-R.

7.) Select BACKUP.

The system performs the backup. As it proceeds, status information is displayed on the Backup/Restore screen.

Check here to backup presets and configurations

Figure 4-16 Backup/Restore Menu


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

4-3-11-3 Restore System Presets and Configurations

CAUTION

The restore procedure overwrites the existing database on the local hard drive. Make sure to insert the correct CD-R or DVD-R.

1.) Insert the Backup/Restore CD-R or DVD-R into the drive.

2.) Press the UTILITY. key

3.) Select SYSTEM.menu on the monitor screen

4.) On the monitor display, select BACKUP/RESTORE.

5.) In the Restore list, select Patient Archive, Report Archive, User Defined Configuration.

6.) In the Media field, select the Backup/Restore DVD-R.

7.) Select RESTORE.

d.) The system performs the restore. As it proceeds, status information is displayed on the

Backup/Restore screen.

Figure 4-17 Backup/Restore Menu


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

4-3-11-4

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Archiving Images

To export an exam(s) to a compatible Ultrasound system:

1.) Format the removable media (CD-ROM/DVD-R). Label the removable media. Answer Yes/OK to the messages.Press Patient. Deselect any selected patient(s) in the search portion of the

Patient screen. Press Exam Data Transfer (located at the upper, left-hand corner of the Patient menu).

Figure 4-18 Exam Data Transfer

2.) Select Export task Button.

Figure 4-19 Task button

3.) The [From] combo box is not active. It displays Local Archive. The [To] combo box is active.

Select the type of removable media CD R/DVD-R. Then please wait until the patient list is visible.

Figure 4-20 To Combo Box


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

4-3-11-4 Archiving Images (cont’d)

4.) In the patient list at the top of the Patient menu, select the patient(s) you want to export. You can use Windows commands to select more than one patient. To select a consecutive list of patients, click the cursor on the first name, move the cursor to the last name, then press and hold down the Shift+right Set key to select all the names. To select a non-consecutive list of patients, click the cursor at the first name, move the cursor to the next name, then press and hold down the Ctrl+right Set key, move the cursor to the next name, then press and hold down the Ctrl+right Set key again, etc. You can also search for patients via the Search key and string.

Or, Select All Button from the Patient Menu:

NOTE:

Figure 4-21 Source Section

You need to use your best judgment when moving patients' images. If there are lots of images or loops, then only move a few patients at a time.

5.) Once you have selected all of the patients to export, press Transfer Button as shown in Figure

4-18 from the Patient Menu.

6.) The progress bar appears as the copy is taking place. Once transfer completed, the exported patient list will be shown as Figure 4-22.

4 - 24

Figure 4-22 Destination Section of Patient Screen

7.) Press F3 to eject the media. Specify that you want to finalize the CD-ROM.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

4-3-12 ECG Check Out

Connect the ECG Harness and check:

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Table 4-5 ECG Harness Check

Step

1.

Task to do Expected Result(s)

Connect the ECG at the Connector on the Front of the scanner.

It will display a curve along the bottom edge of the image sector

Section 4-4

Software Configuration Checks

Table 4-6 Software Configuration Checks

Step

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Task to do Expected Result(s)

Check Date and Time setting

Check that Location (Hospital Name) is correct

Date and Time are correct

Location Name is correct

Check Language settings Desired Language is displayed

Check assignment of Printer Keys and User Define Keys

Print1, 2 Keys and User define Keys are assigned as desired by the customer

Check that all of the customer’s options are set up correct All authorized functions are enabled

Section 4-4 - Software Configuration Checks 4 - 25

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 4-5

Peripheral Checks

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Check that peripherals work as described below:

Table 4-7 Peripheral Checks

Step Task to do Expected Result(s)

1.

Press (FREEZE) Stop image acquisition.

2.

Press (P1) or (P2) on the Keyboard

The image displayed on the screen is printed on B&W or Color printer, depending on the key assignment configuration

3.

Press RECORD on the Keyboard.

To start the video counter at a different point:

4.

Press UPDATE MENU in the Trackball area. The Video Set Counter / Search Dialog window is displayed

5.

Use the alphanumeric keyboard to enter the counter number in the counter field.

Number appears

6.

Press SET COUNTER to save the change.

Number is saved

7.

Press RECORD on the KEYBOARD to return to the scanning mode

8.

9.

Press REC/PAUSE icon on the screen

Press REC/PAUSE icon on the screen.

to Start Recording

A red dot is displayed in the VCR status area on the Title bar to indicate that recording has begun

To Stop recording

The video status icon is changed to (Pause)

10.

Press RECORD on the KEYBOARD and the assignable play

To start, Play back an examination

11.

Use the Assignable keys on the Control

Panel

to perform actions on the recorded session, such as stop, pause, rewind or fast forward.

The video status icon in updated accordingly.

12.

While in playback mode, use the

TRACKBALL to adjust the video playback speed and scroll through the record.

13.

Press the assignable PAUSE

To search on the tape to stop the tape at the desired frame.

14.

15.

When playing back an examination

Press (FREEZE) while playing back a recorded session.

part of it can be stored on the computer’s memory as a cineloop.The cineloop enables the user to perform further operations on the stored section (see for further information on cineloop operation).

To store a recorded sequence as a cineloop. The last few seconds are stored as a cineloop.

4 - 26 Section 4-4 - Software Configuration Checks

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 4-6Monitor Function Checks

4-6-1

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

15" LCDMON II Assy & LCD Panel with filter Function Validation Procedure

1.) Turn on the system.

2.) Select "Utility Key” on the Key board and then choose “Test Pattern” and “Resolution” marked in the figure below.

Figure 4-23 15” LCDMON Assy Function Check

3.) All the Numbers from 0 to 100 on the figure above should be easily distinguished.

Section 4-4 - Software Configuration Checks 4 - 27

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

4-6-2

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

15" OSD Key Assy Function Validation Procedure


2.) Select “OSD Button” and “Lamp Button” marked below in the figure below.

Lamp Button

OSD button for menu display

Figure 4-24 Select OSD Button & Lamp Button

3.) OSD Menu should be displayed within 5sec and the Lamp should be turned on as soon as Lamp

Button is pushed.

4.) Select “OSD Button” marked below in the figure below and check that contrast value is changed as soon as the button pushed.

4 - 28

OSD button for adjusting values

Figure 4-25 Select OSD Button

5) Displayed value should be changed as soon as the button pushed.

Section 4-4 - Software Configuration Checks

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 4-7Keyboard Function Checks

4-7-1 Main Keyboard Assy Function Validation Procedure

1.) Boot up the system.

2.) Insert the Service Dongle and go to the maintenance mode.

3.) Click 'Start' and go to 'Run'.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 4-26 Start and run

4.) Click the Run and then you can get the 'Run' dialog box.

5.) Write the 'cmd 'command into 'Run' dialog box and press 'OK' button to display command prompt.

Figure 4-27 Run dialog box

Figure 4-28 command prompt

Section 4-7 - Keyboard Function Checks 4 - 29

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

4-7-1 Main Keyboard Assy Function Validation Procedure

(cont’d)

6.) Write the 'scfpapitest.exe' on the command prompt and press 'Enter' button to pop up the scfpapitest program.

4 - 30

Figure 4-29 scfpapitest program

7.) Press the keyboard button and rotate rotary button. When you press or rotary keys, Log dialog box displays the key log. Button name and displaying log name is like the table.

Table 4-8 Button and Rotaty Table

Button or Rotary Name The Name displayed in Log Button or Rotary Name The Name displayed in Log

Patient

New Patient Button

Active Mode Active Mode Button

Probe/Preset

Probe Button

CF CFM PushEncoder Button

Report

Report Button

PDI PDI Button

End Exam

End Exam Button

Dept (Button) Depth PushEncoder Button

Record

Record button

Dept (Rotary) Depth PushEncoder Rotary

P1

Print or record button1

PW PWD PushEncoder Button

P2

Print or record button2

CW CW Button

Reverse

Reverse Button

M M Mode PushEncoder

Userdefine 1

Userdefine 1 Button

Scan Area ScanArea Button

Userdefine 2

Userdefine 2 Button

M/D Cursor MD Cursor Button

Userdefine 3

Userdefine 3 Button

Zoom (Button) Zoom/Size PushEncoder Button

Userdefine 4

Userdefine 4 Button

Zoom (Rotary) Zoom/Size PushEncoder Rotary

Userdefine 5

Userdefine 5 Button

Measure Measure Button

L (Left)

Left Button

BodyPattern/Ellipse (Button)

BodyPattern/Ellipse PushEncoder

Button

Section 4-7 - Keyboard Function Checks

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Table 4-8 Button and Rotaty Table

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Button or Rotary Name The Name displayed in Log Button or Rotary Name The Name displayed in Log

R (Right)

THI

AO

B (Button)

B (Rotary)

Right Button

Harmonics Button

Auto Right Button

B PushEncoder Button

B PushEncoder Rotary

BodyPattern/Ellipse (Rotary

Comment

Clear

TGC Slide

BodyPattern/Ellipse PushEncoder

Rotary comment Button

Clear Button

Slider : n=8 s1 ~ s8

NOTICE

When you can check the name displayed in log as you press or rotate keys, the main keyboard assy was replaced correctly.

8.) Check the 'Fast' radio button into Indicator box on scfpapitest program and press 'Set All' button.

Figure 4-30 Fast button

NOTICE

After pressing Fast radio button, indicators should be blanked on the frontpanel.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

4-7-2 Sub Keyboard Assy Function Validation Procedure

1.) Boot up the system and run the scfpapitest program.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

NOTICE

Follow up the procedure 4-7-1 "Main Keyboard Assy Function Validation Procedure" on page 4-29 to run the scfpapitest program.

2.) Press and Rotary sub keyboard, and Paddle (up/down, right/left) button.

3.) Check the log dialog box in scfpapitest program

Table 4-9 Button and Rotary Table

Button or Rotary Name

1 (Button/Rotary)

2 (Button/Rotary)

3 (Button/Rotary)

4 (Button/Rotary)

5 (Button/Rotary)

Up

Down

Left

Right

The Name displayed in Log

PushEncoder 1 of Touchpanel Button/Rotary





Paddle Up Button

Paddle Down Button

Paddle Left Button

Paddle Right Button

4-7-3

4-7-4

Trackball Assy validation


2.) Press the measurement button.

3.) Move the Trackball.

When you move the trackball in measurement mode, the cursor should be moved.

A/N Key assy validation


2.) Press 'Comment' button.

3.) Press A/N keyboard.

Each key should be displayed on the monitor display.

4-7-5 Freeze key validation

1.) Follow up the procedure 4-7-1 "Main Keyboard Assy Function Validation Procedure" on page 4-29 to run the scfpapitest program.

2.) Press Freeze button and check up the Log dialog box if the freeze key was release.

NOTICE

After pressing Freeze button, Freeze button message should be displayed into Log dialogbox on scfpapitest program.

4 - 32 Section 4-7 - Keyboard Function Checks

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

4-7-6 TGC key assay / TGC Knob Set validation

1.) Follow up the procedure 4-7-1 "Main Keyboard Assy Function Validation Procedure" on page 4-29 to run the scfpapitest program.

2.) Slide TGC pot and check up the value.

NOTICE

While sliding TGC pot, TGC message should be displayed.

4-7-7 Sub Keyboard Encoder Knob Set validation

Follow up 4-7-2 "Sub Keyboard Assy Function Validation Procedure" on page 4-32 .


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 4-8Mechanical Function Checks

4-8-1 Cover Parts Function Validation

Table 4-10 Cover parts of the FRU

No

15

16

17

11

12

13

14

9

10

7

8

3

4

5

6

1

2

Item

Right and Left cover

Front cover

Rear cover

Middle cover

Top cover

Top bottom cover

Pole cover

Neck front cover

Neck rear cover

Dummy cover L/R

EMI cover L/R

LCD Std Arm with cover

Rear handle

Rear hook

ECG cable hook

Cable Arm hook

LP5/LA5 Monitor Cover set

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

• Check if the FRU parts are assembled tightly by naked eye and hands.

• Check if there are dents, scratches, or cracks on the FRU parts.

• Check if screws are in place.

4 - 34 Section 4-8 - Mechanical Function Checks

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

4-8-2 LCD plastic filter Function Validation Procedure

Check if LCD plastic filter is fastened so that it won't move.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

4-8-3

Figure 4-31 Check the LCD Plastic Filter

Air filter set Function Validation Procedure

Check if the air filter is placed deep inside.

Figure 4-32 Check the air filter

Section 4-8 - Mechanical Function Checks 4 - 35

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

4-8-4 TGC key assy/TGC Knob Set, Sub keyboard encoder Knob Set, Keycap set, Main

Keyboard Encoder Knob set Function Validation Procedure

• Check if the each button operates properly.

• Check if encoder knobs are in the center.

• Check if the keycap set can not be removed easily.

Figure 4-33 Check the each button


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

4-8-5 Cup holder Function Validation Procedure

Check if the cup holder can not be removed easily.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 4-34 Check the cup holder


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

4-8-6

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Front caster/Rear caster Function Validation Procedure

• In case of Bi break caster, check all caster locks and caster swivel locks for proper operation.

• In case of front caster, check caster locks for proper operation.

• In case of rear caster, check caster's motion for proper operation.

• Check if screws are in place.

Figure 4-35 Check the caster


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

4-8-7

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Probe holder Function Validation Procedure

Check if the probe holders are assembled tightly by naked eye and hands.

Check if the probe holder can not be removed easily.

Figure 4-36 Check the probe holder


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

4-8-8

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Flexible LCD Arm Function Validation Procedure

• Check if the flexible arm operates properly.(Up-down, rotation and tilting mechanism)

• Check if the flexible arm cover parts can not be removed easily.Check if the lock operates properly.

Figure 4-37 Check the Flexible LCD Arm


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 4-9Board Function Checks

4-9-1

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

CL1TRX Assy / BL1TRX Assy Function Validation Procedure

When Service Login for FRU Diagnostic, scan mode must be B-mode. After Diagnostic is completed, the system should be rebooted.

Diagnostics should be performed with probes which have 128 or more elements.

1.) Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading.

2.) Do the Service Login. Refer to the 5-10-2-2 "Service Login" on page 5-41 .

3.) Select 'Diagnostics' => 'LOGIQ P5 Diagnostics' => 'FRU Test' => 'CL1TRX Assy / BL1TRX overall'.

4.) Execute the diagnostic test.

5.) 5)All diagnostic test item of CL1TRX Assy / BL1TRX should be passed.

Figure 4-38 CL1TRX Diagnostic test

6.) Shut down the system.

7.) Restart the system

8.) Check the basic function of system's different modes. Refer to 4-3-4 "System B/M-Mode Checks" on page 4-8 and refer to 4-3-5 "System CFM and PWD Checks" on page 4-9 .

Section 4-9 - Board Function Checks 4 - 41

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

4-9-2

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

ACWD Assy Function Validation Procedure

1.) Insert the Sector probe in probe port.


3.) Press Virtual Convex button to enable Virtual Convex if not already enabled.

Figure 4-39 Virtual Convex Enabled

Figure 4-40 Virtual Convex

4 - 42 Section 4-9 - Board Function Checks

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

4.) Press “CW” button to start CWD Mode.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 4-41 CW mode

5.) Scan in CWD mode (with Virtual Convex enabled).

6.) Press “B” button to scan in “B” mode.

7.) Press Virtual Convex button to disable Virtual Convex if not already disabled.

Figure 4-42 Virtual Convex Disabled.

8.) Press “CW” button to start CWD Mode.

9.) Scan in CWD mode (with Virtual Convex disabled)

10.)Compare the CWD (with Virtual Convex enabled) sensitivity and CWD (with Virtual Convex disabled).

11.)Pass if two modes have the same sensitivity.

12.)Do the service login. Refer to 5-10-2-2 "Service Login" on page 5-41 .

13.)Select “Diagnostics” => “LOGIQ P5 Diagnostics” => “FRU Test”.

14.)Select “ACWD” => “ACWD Overall”

15.)After All diagnostic function check of ACWD should be Passed. Refer to Table 7-5, “FRU Test,


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

ACWD Diagnostics Menu,” on page 18.Reboot up the system.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 4-43 ACWD Diagnostic Test

16.)Reboot up the system.

17.)Insert Probe in Probe port (Sector or Pencil Probe).

18.)After system boot up, enter the CWD mode.

19.)Check the display Image. Refer to Section 10-5 "System Maintenance" on page 10-7 and 4-3-5

"System CFM and PWD Checks" on page 4-9 .


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

4-9-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Probe Assessment Diagnostic Test Validation Procedure

NOTE: This diagnostic test does not represent the result as Passed or Failed.

1.) Clean probe surface that you want to assess and connect the probe to the 1st probe slot of the system.

2.) Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading.

3.) Do the Service Login.

4.) Select 'Diagnostics' => 'LOGIQ P5 Diagnostics' => 'FRU Test' => 'Probe' => 'Probe Assesement'.


6.) The test shows bar-graph designating the signal strength of each of the testing probe's elements including the probe code, name and the number of elements.

Figure 4-44 Probe Assessment Diagnostic Test


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

4-9-3 Probe Assessment Diagnostic Test Validation Procedure

(cont’d)

7.) If the test is executed without probe connection, the test shows the following result.

Figure 4-45 Probe Assessment Diagnostic Test

8.) After finishing the test, shut down the system.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

4-9-4 SYSCONML Assy Function Validation Procedure

4-9-4-1

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

L1SYSCON diagnostic Test

1.) Turn on the system and check the completion of echoloader loading.

2.) Do the Service Login. Refer to 5-10-2-2 "Service Login" on page 5-41 .

3.) Select 'Diagnostics' => 'LOGIQ P5 Diagnostics' => 'FRU test' => 'L1SYSCON' => 'L1SYSCON

Overall'.


5.) All diagnostic test item of L1SYSCON should be passed.

4-9-4-2

Figure 4-46 L2SYSCON Diagnostic Test




Peripheral Test

Refer to Section 4-5 "Peripheral Checks" on page 4-26 .


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

4-9-5 APS/APS Pro Assy PCB Function Validation Procedure

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

NOTE: HVL+ and HVL- are not available for APS PRO.


2.) Do the Service Login. Refer to 5-10-2-2 "Service Login" on page 5-41 .

3.) Select 'Diagnostics' => 'LOGIQ P5 Diagnostics' => 'FRU test' => 'APS' => 'APS Overall'.


5.) All diagnostic test item of APS/APS Pro should be passed.

Figure 4-47 APS/APS Pro Diagnostic Test




GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

4-9-6

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

P3RLY,P2RLY and P2RLY with Dummy Assy function check procedure


2.) After completion of echoloader loading, connect probe on port 1. Refer to 4-3-7-1 "Connecting a probe" on page 4-12 .

3.) Log into “Service Login”. Refer to 5-10-2-2 "Service Login" on page 5-41 .

4.) Click “Diagnostics” on top menu.

5.) On left folder window, select 'LOGIQ P5 Diagnostics' => 'FRU test' => 'P3RLY'

6.) Select 'P3RLY Overall' and execute test

7.) All diagnostic test items must be passed.

Figure 4-48 P3RLY diagnostic test



10.)Activate probe. Refer to 4-3-7-2 "Activating the probe" on page 4-12 .

11.)Check the system basic functions. Refer to 4-3-4 "System B/M-Mode Checks" on page 4-8 and refer to 4-3-5 "System CFM and PWD Checks" on page 4-9 .

For LA5 system, omit CFM test

12.)Disconnect probe. Refer to 4-3-7-4 "Disconnecting the probe" on page 4-12 .

13.)Connect probe on port 2 and repeat step 8) ~ 10)

14.)Connect probe on port 3 and repeat step 8) ~ 10)

For LA5 system, omit port 3 test

15.)All basic functions must show correct operation as described.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

4-9-7

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

SOM Function Validation Procedure


2.) Press the 'del' key in A/N key within 3 sec. to enter BIOS setting mode.

3.) Set the system time and the system Date.

4.) Check the SOM version (HW version & BIOS version)

3.)

4.) BIOS version

4.)HW version

Figure 4-49 Set the system time and the system Date and Check SOM version on BIOS setting mode

5.) Press the 'F10' key to save configuration changes and exit bios mode. The system will restart.


4-9-8 ASIG Assy Function Validation Procedure

1.) Turn on the system

2.) Check the basic function of system's different modes.

Refer to 4-3-4 "System B/M-Mode Checks" on page 4-8 and Refer to Section 10-5 "System

Maintenance" on page 10-7 .


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

4-9-9

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

BackPlane Assy Function Validation Procedure

1.) Turn on the system

2.) All of attached ASSY should be tested.

3.) Refer to the 4-9-4 "SYSCONML Assy Function Validation Procedure" on page 4-47 .

4.) Refer to the 4-9-7 "SOM Function Validation Procedure" on page 4-50 .

5.) Refer to the 4-9-1 "CL1TRX Assy / BL1TRX Assy Function Validation Procedure" on page 4-41 .

6.) Refer to the 4-9-6 "P3RLY,P2RLY and P2RLY with Dummy Assy function check procedure" on page

4-49 .

7.) Refer to 4-9-5 "APS/APS Pro Assy PCB Function Validation Procedure" on page 4-48 .

8.) Refer to 4-9-2 "ACWD Assy Function Validation Procedure" on page 4-42 .(Optional)


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

4-9-10

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Nest fan Function Validation Procedure

1.) After replace Nest fan assy, turn on the system. Refer to 3-5-1 "Power On/Boot Up" on page 3-11 .

2.) Confirm the fan rotating with naked eye and check the fan operating by rotating sound. No strange sound should be heard.

NOTE:

4-9-11

4-9-12

Figure 4-50 Checking Nest fan rotating

Do not close the right EMI bracket and right plastic cover before check the fan operation.

Transbox Function Validation Procedure

1.) Turn on the system. Refer to 3-5-1 "Power On/Boot Up" on page 3-11 for power up sequence to check Transbox Assy function. The system must show correct operation as described on sequence.

2.) Check the peripheral operation. Refer to Section 4-5 "Peripheral Checks" on page 4-26 to confirm the peripheral operation. All peripheral must work correctly as described Section 4-5.

ACPC Assy set Function Validation Procedure




GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

4-9-13

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Transbox Assy Function Validation Procedure

1.) Turn on the system. Refer to 3-5-1 "Power On/Boot Up" on page 3-11 for power up sequence to check AP950 Assy function. The system must show correct operation as described on sequence.

2)Check the peripheral operation. Refer to Section 4-5 "Peripheral Checks" on page 4-26 to confirm the peripheral operation. All peripheral must work correctly as described Section 4-5.

4-9-14

4-9-15

Fuse set Function Validation Procedure



ARP Assy Function Validation Procedure

1.) ARP Assy function can be validated by the result of 'Peripheral Test'. Once ARP Assy is replaced, do peripheral test in order to confirm the successful installation. Refer to the Section 4-5 "Peripheral

Checks" on page 4-26 .

4-9-16 ASIG ASSY Function Validation Procedure

1.) Turn on the system. R

2.) Check the basic function of system's different modes. Refer to 4-3-4 "System B/M-Mode Checks" on page 4-8 and Refer to 10-5-2-1 "System Checks" on page 10-8 .


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 4-10

Site Log

Table 4-11 Site Log

Date Service person Problem

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Comments


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1


LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Chapter 5

Components and Functions (Theory)

Section 5-1

Overview


This chapter explains system concepts, component arrangement, and subsystem function of LOGIQ™

P5 and LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro. It also describes the Power Distribution System (PDS) and probes.

Section

5-5

5-6

5-7

5-8

5-1

5-2

5-3

5-4

5-9

5-10

5-11

5-12

5-13


Description

Overview

General Information

Block Diagram

Main Board Detail

Top Console

ARP (Rear Panel)

Power Diagrams

Cable Connection

Filters

Service Platform

RFS (Service For Request)

Machine RFS

Fast Polling

Page Number

5-26

5-30

5-32

5-35

5-1

5-2

5-3

5-9

5-39

5-40

5-52

5-56

5-59


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 5-2

General Information

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro is a phased and linear array ultrasound imaging scanner. It has provisions for analog input sources like ECG. A Doppler probe may also be connected and used.

The LOGIQ™ P5 can be used for:

-

-

-

2D Gray Scale and 2D Color Flow Imaging

M-Mode Gray Scale Imaging

Color M-Mode

-

-

Doppler

Different combinations of the above modes

4D(Optional)

And the LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro can be used for:

-

-

-

2D Gray Scale Imaging

M-Mode Gray Scale Imaging

Doppler

-

-

Different combinations of the above modes

2D Color Flow Imaging(Optional)

LOGIQ™ P5 and LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro is a digital beamforming system.

Signal flow travels from the Probe Connector Panel to the Front End Electronics, to the Back-End

Processor, and finally displayed on the monitor and peripherals. System configuration is stored on the hard drive and all necessary software is loaded from the hard drive on power up.

Monitor

Speaker

Keyboard

5 - 2

DVD R Drive

Figure 5-1 LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro Major Components

Section 5-1 - Overview

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 5-3

Block Diagram

5-3-1

LOGIQ™ P5 Block Diagram

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 5-2 LOGIQ™ P5 System Block Diagram

Section 5-3 - Block Diagram 5 - 3

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

5-3-1 LOGIQ™ P5 Block Diagram

(cont’d)

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

5 - 4

Figure 5-3 LOGIQ™ P5 System Block Diagram (cont’d)

Section 5-3 - Block Diagram

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

5-3-1 LOGIQ™ P5 Block Diagram

(cont’d)

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

L P 5 k e y b o r d

Figure 5-4 LOGIQ™ P5 System Block Diagram (cont’d)


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

5-3-2

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro Block Diagram

Differences between LOGIQ™ P5 and LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro are followings :

-

-

-

CPU Module : LOGIQ™ P5 is Pentium M and LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro Celeron M

Transmit pulse driver circuit : LOGIQ™ P5 is dual puse driver for CFM mode, but LOGIQ™

A5/A5Pro is single pulse driver. So LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro circuit is more simple and cheap then

LOGIQ™ P5.

Keyboard : LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro keyboard doesn’t have CFM and PDI, CWD button.

5 - 6

Figure 5-5 LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro System Block Diagram


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

5-3-2 LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro Block Diagram

(cont’d)

F r o m T R A N S B O X

A R P A S S Y

C ir c u it B r e a k e r f o r A C

A C O u t le t

L A N C o n n

V id e o I n / O u t

V G A C o n n

U S B c o n n x 6

S O U N D I n / O u t

S - v id e o I n / O u t

F o o t S W c o n n

U S B H U B

H o s t U S B c o n n

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

A P S A S S Y

L V b lo c k

I / F & C o n t r o l

H V b lo c k

D 3 . 3 V

D 5 . 0 V

D 1 2 V

A 6 P

A 6 M

A 1 2 P

A 1 2 M

F A N 9

L P 5

S H V P ( + 8 0 )

S H V M ( - 8 0 )

T H V H P ( 0 ~ 6 0 )

T H V H M ( - 6 0 ~ 0 )

T H V L P ( 0 ~ 6 0 )

T H V L M ( - 6 0 ~ 0 )

B

S Y S C O N C M A S S Y

D S P

T M S 3 2 0 C 6 4 1 5

F E B C

F P G A

C P D I

F P G A

P e r ip h e r a l I / F B ( F la t c a b le )

P C I B U S

S D R A M

( 3 2 M x 2 )

V id e o

D e c o r d e r

S O M C P U m o d u le

I n t e l C e le r o n M C P U

5 1 2 M B S D R A M

I / O c o n t r o l

V G A / A u d io

C H A C O M

P G C

G e n .

S D R A M

( 6 4 M x 2 )

A P S

C o n t r o l

L C D I / F

E t h e r n e t

A u d io w i t h A M P

I D E I / F

4 p o r t

U S B

V id e o e n c o d e r

B a c k p la n e A S S Y


C


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

5-3-2 LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro Block Diagram

(cont’d)

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

L A 5 k e y b o r d

5 - 8



GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 5-4

Main Board Detail

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 5-8 LOGIQ™ P5 Main board Structure

Figure 5-9 LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro Main board Structure

The Front End generates the strong burst transmitted by the probes as ultrasound into the body. It also receives weak ultrasound echoes from blood cells and body structure, amplifies these signals and converts them to an digital signal.

Section 5-4 - Main Board Detail 5 - 9

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 5-4 Main Board Detail

(cont’d)

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

The digital representation of this signal is presented to the Mid Processor section.

• P3RLY (Relay) : This P3RLY is for LOGIQ™ P5 or LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro with 3port upgrade kit.

P3RLY Assy contains 3 connectors for probe interface and arrays of relays for switchable connection. High voltage multiplexer provide connection between 128 signal of probe and selectable 64 channels transmit/receive signals.

• P2RLY(Relay) : This P2RLY is for LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro. P2RLY Assy contains 2 connectors for probe interface and arrays of relays for switchable connection. High voltage multiplexer provide connection between 128 signal of probe and selectable 64 channels transmit/receive signals

• CL1TRX (Color single acquisition Tx and Rx) : This board is for LOGIQ™ P5 and LOGIQ™ A5/

A5Pro with Color upgrade. This consists of two main board, L1BFC(Single acquisition Beam

Forming Control) and CTX(Color TX) ASSY. L1BFC has transmit/receiving switch to isolate rx signal circuit from transmit pulse. The preamplifier on L1BFC amplifies 64 small echo signals. The amplified receiving signals are converted to digital and sent to the delayed summing block. CTX board has 64 channel Transmit pulse generator, bipolar pulse drivers and delay controller.

• SYSCONPM (System Control board with Pentium M module): SYSCONPM is for LOGIQ™ P5 or

LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro with color upgrade kit. SYSCONPM controls scan operation and transfer the scan parameters to other boards like P3RLY, CL1TRX, ACWD(option). Proper signal processing for tissue and Doppler are done in SYSCONPM.

• SYSCONCM (System Control board with Celeron M module): SYSCONCM is for LOGIQ™ A5/

A5Pro. SYSCONPM controls scan operation and transfer the scan parameters to other boards like

P2RLY, BL1TRX. Proper signal processing for tissue and Doppler are done in SYSCONCM.

• APS/APS Pro(Advanced Power Supply) : Includes Low voltage power and High voltage power in one module. It generates 3.3V, 5V, and 12V for digital parts and 6V, -6V, 12A, -12V for analog parts.

Additionally, It generate THV(Transmit High Voltage) and SHV(Static High Voltage) for transmit pulse driver and High voltage MUX.

• ASIG(Signal) : Transfers the TX pulse signals from CL1TRX(BL1TRX) to the probe port on

P3RLY(P2RLY). Receives echo signals from P3RLY(P2RLY) are transfer to CL1TRX(BL1TRX) through this ASIG. For ACWD, the pre-amplified received signals go to the ACWD though ASIG.

5 - 10 Section 5-4 - Main Board Detail

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

5-4-1 P3RLY and P2RLY

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Control

Circuit

Control

FPGA

Temperature

Sensor

Control

Circuit

5-4-1-1

Figure 5-10 P3RLY & P2RLY Block Diagram

P3RLY ASSY contains of 3 probe connectors and provides switchable connection between probes and

64ch transmitters/receivers. P2RLY contains 2 probe connector

The main function of P3RLY ASSY and P2RLY ASSY is as follows.

-

-

-

-

-

3-to-1 selectors with three probe ports for P3RLY board.

2 to 1 selector with two probe ports for P2RLY board

Interface with FEBUS (control bus)

Supply/Cut control and failure detection of supply voltage for Mux circuit in a Probe.

Device: Mechanical Relay.

Interface to Probe

• Probe Status detection

Detects whether or not a probe is connected.(POPEN)

Detects ID code of a connected probe.(PCODE)

• Mux Interface

-

-

Transfers control data of Mux to a probe.(CONSYS,CONSTA)

Enables/Disables control of data.

Detects whether Mux data setting is finished or not.

• Power Supply for Mux

Supply/Cut control:

+5V and +12V on a connector are supplied while a probe is connected to the connector.

+/-SHV are supplied only while a probe is selected.

• LED Blinking

The LED in a probe blinks when the probe is selected.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

5-4-2 CL1TRX and BL1TRX

5-4-2-1

5-4-2-2

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Overview

CL1TRX have two PWAs. Both are CTX PWA and L1BFC PWA. CTX generates the TX pulse and

L1BFC receives the echo signal to amplify it and convert the amplified echo signal into digital signal.

These RF digital signals delayed and summed by beam-forming in OQx2 ASICs.

BL1TRX have also two PWAs, BTX PWA and L1BFC PWA. The difference between BTX and CTX is trasntmit pulse firver circuit. BTX have single pulse driver per each channel, but the CTX have dual pulse driver circuit per each channel for high performance in B/CFM mode

The CL1TRX ASSY or BL1TRX ASSY is located in the Nest box

Limiter in CL1TRX and BL1TRX

+V bias

To P3RLY board

R

R

R

R

From

TX _Block

Coupling

Diode

Isolation

Diode

To RX_Block

R

-V bias

Figure 5-11 LMT Block Diagram

The main functions are as follows.

• 64ch transmit/receiving switches protect a Pre-amp from a high voltage transmit pulse


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

5-4-2-3 Preamp in CL1TRX/BL1TRX

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 5-12 Pre Amp Block Diagram For a Channel

The Pre-Amplifier receives and amplifies each 64 echo signals. Then, all 64 echo signals (from 0 to

63ch) are outputted to the Analog to Digital converter to delay and sum. Following 32 echo signals (from

32 to 63ch) are simultaneously outputted to the ACWD ASSY via the ASIG ASSY.

The preamp module have main three blocks: Pre-amp and Gain Control and Mode control block.

The preamp module amplifies the echo signals. The mode control block selects a maximum gain code via dedicated control signals from SYSCONPM(SYSCONCM). The analog signal provided by Gain

Control block gives total amplified gain. The block diagram above of the preamp module for a received signal is given. Actually, there are 64 channels equivalent to figure above for a preamp module.

The Pre-amp block consists of Low Noise Amplifier (LNA) and Variable Gain Amplifier (VGA). A received signal is amplified by LNA (fixed gain), then amplified by VGA (variable gain).


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

5-4-2-4 Delayed Sum Module

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

f o r

O Q x 2 & T P G 2

F

E

B

F

E

B

U

S

U

S

5 - 14

Figure 5-13 DELAYED SUM Block Diagram

The Delayed Sum is the receive beam former and consist of 4 OQx2 ASICs. Each OQx2 ASIC has 16 receiving channels. The each digital beamforming output data of the OQx2 transferred to the next OQx2 and the output of final OQx2 transferred to the SYSCONPM(SYSCONCM)to make it into image data through some digital signal processing.

Delay control data for receive beam forming are contained in SDRAM. Typically only 1 selected probe data are saved in SDRAM. If new probe is connected, additional probe data will be downloaded from

HDD to SDRAM.

Main items are

• TRBC FPGA : Provide interfaces with SYSCONPM(SYSCONCM)through FE Bus. This FPGA control all OQx2 asic for receive beamforming. All of parameter information for ASIC operation are loaded into OQX2 ASIC from SYSCONPM(SYSCONCM) through this FPGA.

• OQX2 :Digital receive beamforming ASIC. Each OQX2 have capability of 16 channel receiving data inputs. Each input data can be 12 bits. Operation clock is 40 MHz. 4 OQX2 ASICs are used in a

Delayed Sum module and each OQX2 summed output are cascaded to next OQX2 ASIC. So, the last summed output of the last OQX2 are transferred to SYSCONPM(SYSCONCM) to make a meaningful image data. The receive beamforming control logic in OQX2 ASIC need delay information data for each channel's control logic. This delay information data are downloaded into

ASIC from SDRAM by TRBC FPGA.

• SDRAM(TD and RD Memory) : SDRAM keeps the receive delay data for OQX2 ASIC. During scan time, these data are downloaded into OQX2 ASIC by TRBC FPGA. Memory capacity is 32Mbytes for a probe.

Section 5-4 - Main Board Detail

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

5-4-2-5 Transmit Pulse Generation Block

6 4 c h

T X s ig n a l fo r H V L

T X s ig n a l fo r H V H

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 5-14 Tx pulse Generation Block Diagram

The CTX in CL1TRX generate bipolar transmit pulse and have dual driver for each scan mode, for example, low voltage driver for PWD or CFM and high voltage for B. This board has 64 channels transmit signal drivers, Transmit Pulse Generator ASIC, control FPGA and so on. Transmit pulse are generated by TPG2 ASIC. Each TPG2 ASIC makes 16 channels signals, so total 4 ASIC are used in

CTX in CL1TRX. All of control informations for pulse generation, pulse width, time delay of each channel are come from SYSCONPM(SYSCONCM) in real time via Backplane. The control FPGA, TRBC FPGA provide interface between SYSCONPM(SYSCONCM) and TPG2 ASICs and control operation condition of CTX in CL1TRX Main items are

• TPG2 ASIC: A TPG2 ASIC can generate 16 channels logic level transmit pulse signal. This ASIC use 2 phase 40MHz clocks for transmit delay control and pulse generation. 40Mhz operation clocks are come from L1SYSCON assy via Backplane.

• Transmit Pulse Driver : TPG2 ASIC generated logic level signal for transmit pulse. So this signal need to be expanded to high voltage signal. Driver circuit make logic level signal to high voltage level signal.

• THV Switch : LOGIQ™ P5 system use dual transmit high voltage for transmit driver because B mode and CFM mode use different voltage level of transmit pulse. So in duplex of triplex mode, B/

CFM or B/DOP, Low THV and High THV are switched in CTX in CL1TRX in real time.

• TRBC FPGA : This FPGA is located on L1BFC board interfacing with SYSCONPM(SYSCONCM) and updating the TPG data in real time.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

5-4-3 SYSCONPM(SYSCONCM)

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

5-4-3-1

5-4-3-2

Figure 5-15 SYSCONPM(SYSCONCM) Block Diagram

Overview

SYSCONPM(SYSCONCM) ASSY includes Mid processor and Back End Processor. DSP generate the scan control data and the FEBC FPGA adjust the time and manipulate the FEBUS to control Front End boards and APS/APS Pro. CPDI transfer the Image or Doppler data to the Image Ring buffer through

DSP. Finally the data goes to the SOM module to make displaying image or sound.

SYSTEM ON MODULE(SOM)

The SYSCONPM(SYSCONCM) Assy has System On Module PC(SOM) and PWA which is able to dock

SOM. In LOGIQ™ P5 system and LOGIQ™ P5 system, PWA is used the same one. But the System

On Module, which computes received Scan data, and interfaces the external peripheral devices (ex. B/

W printer, Digital Video Recorder etc.) are divided high grade for LOGIQ™ P5 and low grade for

LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro by it's CPU performance.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

5-4-3-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

PERIPHERAL BLOCK

• IDE Interface :

SYSCONPM(SYSCONCM) Assy has SATA bus for HDD and PATA bus for DVD-R drive interface.

Primary Master SATA: HDD

Secondary Master PATA: DVD-R Drive

• DISPLAY (VGA, DVI, TV input) BLOCK

Basically SOM support 2 kinds of display output. One is LVDS level for Plat panel display, and other is analog RGB for CRT monitor.

To obtain advanced and stable quality image, SYSCONPM(SYSCONCM) Assy convert LVDS signal to

Digital Video Interface (DVI) and transport TMDS signal to main display of system.

• ETHERNET BLOCK

SOM on the SYSCONPM(SYSCONCM) has one integrated Ethernet port : Intel 82562 10/100 Mbps

Fast Ethernet controller

• SOM supply four USB 1.1/2.0 port. Each USB ports are used for the keyboard, BW digital printer,

USB port for usb memory stick, etc.

• VCR INPUT

For Video play back, SYSCONPM(SYSCONCM) has Video Decoder device. It support NTSC/ PAL mode both. It transfers encoded data to SOM through PCI bus.

-

-

-

Supports capture resolutions up to 768x576(Full PAL mode)

CCIR 656 Interface

S-Video & composite input interface

5-4-3-4 FPGA BLOCK

• FEBC FPGA(FEBUS Control):

A major function of FEBC is that generate FEBUS to control scan sequence, access register on the each other front end assy, and interface to DSP through EMIFB bus. Other roles are below

-

-

-

-

Generates a stable PGC curve for getting better image quality.

Gathers the diagnostic information: LV, HV, Probe temperature, Nest temperature.

Supervises the system safety

-

Manages the each ASSY information with IIC Bus: SYSCONPM(SYSCONCM), CL1TRX,

P3RLY(P2RL), ACWD (option) and Probes

Controls HV Voltage output level: Transfer the voltage reference data from DSP to APS/APS

Pro via IIC interface.

• CPDI FPGA(CHACOM Processing Data Interface):

The major function of CPDI is that transfer mid processed data from CHACOM to DSP local process.

CPDI has 2EA 8x1024 Dual port as one scan line image data buffer. Address sequencer indicates to

DSP that buffered data is full one scan line. then DSP can transfer a scan line data to one's SDRAM.

For debugging, CPDI generate test pattern image data. It will be able to check CHACOM run normally.

5-4-3-5 CLOCK DISTRIBUTION BLOCK

Each operation clock is divided from 160MHz. Also ECL logic is used to remove clock skew for all clock distribution.

Required clocks is following:

• 40MHz In-phase and 40MHz Quad-phase for ACWD, CL1TRX assy

• 40MHz In-phase for P3RLY assy


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

5-4-3-6

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

POWER CONTROL BLOCK

ON/OFF power sequence control is needed to prevent system to boot up abnormally, and protect to loose important diagnostic information of patient from unexpected power failure.

• Live power

: Whenever main AC power is supplied, Microprocessor on the SYSCONPM(SYSCONCM) must live always by live power supplied by APS/APS Pro Assy.

• System boot-up sequence

Peripheral power -> LV power -> SOM (Main PC) on the SYSCONPM(SYSCONCM).

• Software shut down sequence

Because not ATX power, Main Operation System (Windows XP) have to inform about time to shutdown to DSP by interrupt. So DSP can allow FPGA to assert shutdown signal to MICOM.

• Abnormal shut down sequence

SYSCONPM(SYSCONCM) can force to shutdown system abnormally by pressing power button during

15 second. But live power for MICOM has to alive.

5-4-3-7

5-4-3-8

CHACOM BLOCK

This ASIC have two main function. One is the CHAF, which have functions of coded excitation decorder and 2nd harmonic filter. The other is COMSO, which has functions of detector, B/M mode edge enhance, Log compression, and dynamic range control.

PGC and TEST SIGNAL GENERATION BLOCK

SYSCONPM(SYSCONCM) generate Power Gain Control signal in order to get better quality scan image from CL1TRX. This signal goes into a preamp on the CL1TRX(BL1TRX) Assy. Additionally,

SYSCONPM(SYSCONCM) generate test signal used to test analog path of CL1TRX(BL1TRX) Assy.

These signals are converted to analog from 8bit digital data from FEBC FPGA, and DSP could update digital PGC and Test data table whenever needed.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

5-4-4

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

SOM Module

The SOM means System On Module which integrates the PC motherboard and CPU and memory and peripheral device for BEP (Back End Process) functionality into a small size PWA. There are 2 kinds of

SOM module for LOGIQ™ P5 and LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro. One is PM SOM Assy with high performance

Pentium M CPU and the other is CM SOM Assy with lower performance Celeron M CPU.

PM SOM PWA include moble Pentium M CPU and 915GM chipset and 1G DDR2 memory on small size form factor PCB(3.75 inch x 4.5 inch). CM SOM PWA include mobile Celeron M CPU 915GM chipset and 512MB DDR2 memory.

This SOM module is attached on the SYSCON PWA. So SYSCONPM Assy include PM SOM module and SYSCONCM Assy include CM SOM module.

Figure 5-16 PM SOM and CM SOM Block Diagram


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

5-4-4-1

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

PM SOM and CM SOM

The difference on both module is BIOS boot screen and label on the module. The label include FRU number.

• PM SOM FRU number is 5178410 and CM SOM FRU number is 5178834

Figure 5-17 Different Label on PM SOM and CM SOM

• BIOS display screen are different. The BIOS boot screen come up when power on the system. The number on the screen is FRU number of each SOM assy. The system with PM SOM assy show

5178410 and the system with CM SOM assy shows 5178834.

5 - 20

Figure 5-18 BIOS Boot Screen of PM SOM and CM SOM


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

5-4-4-2

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

BIOS Content

• To login to Bios mode, press “Del” key in AN keyboard when bios boot screen comes up after system power on.

• The password for bios login is “arirang”

• PM SOM and CM SOM both has same BIOS contents. Only difference is CPU description in main bios screen and CPU configuration menu in advanced menu.

• PM SOM BIOS screen shows the Pentium M CPU configuration. But the CM SOM BIOS screen shows the Celeron M CPU configuration.

Main Advanced

System Time

System Date

BIOS ID

OEM Version

Processor

CPU Frequency

System Memory

Board Information

Product Revision

Serical Number

BC Firmware Rev

Boot Counter

Running Time

BIOS SET UP UTILITY

Boot

[HH:MM:SS]

[xxx MM:DD:YYYY]

: P915RXXX

: GEUKXXXX

: Intel® Pentium® M Processor 1.8

: 1800MHz

: 1016MB

: x.x

: xxxxx

: xxx

: xxx

: xxxh

Security Power Exit Main Advanced

System Time

System Date

BIOS ID

OEM Version

Processor

CPU Frequency

System Memory

Board Information

Product Revision

Serical Number

BC Firmware Rev

Boot Counter

Running Time

BIOS SET UP UTILITY

Boot

[HH:MM:SS]

[xxx MM:DD:YYYY]

: P915RXXX

: GEUKXXXX

: Intel® Celeron® M Processor 1.5

: 150MHz

: 508MB

: x.x

: xxxxx

: xxx

: xxx

: xxxh

Security Power Exit

Figure 5-19 Main BIOS Screen of PM SOM and CM SOM


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

5-4-4-2 BIOS Content (cont’d)

BIOS SET UP UTILITY

Advanced

ACPI Settings

ACPI Aware O/S

ACPI 2.0 Feature

ACPI APIC Support

Suspend Mode

USB Device Wakeup from S3/S4

Active Cooling Trip Point

Passive Cooling Trip Point

Critical Trip Point

Watchdog ACPI Event

GPE1 Function

GPE2 Function

[Yes]

[No]

[Enabled]

[S1 (POS)]

[Disabled]

[Disabled]

[90℃]

[110]

[Shutdown]

[No Function]

[No Function]

LOGIQ™ P5 S

BIOS SET UP UTILITY

Advanced

Advanced PCI/PnP Settings

Plug & Play OS

PCI Latency Timer

Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA

Allocate IRQ to SMBUS HC

[No]

[64]

[Yes]

[Yes]

PCI IRQ Resource Exclusion

PCI Interrupt Routing

ERVICE

BIOS SET UP UTILITY

Advanced

Graphics Configuration

Primary Video Device

Internal VGA Mode Select

Aperture Size Select

DVMT Mode Select

DVMT/FIXED Memory

Boot Display Device

Boot Display Preference

Local Flat Type

Local Flat Type Scaling

SDVO Port B Device

SDVO Port C Device

Backlight Control

TV Standard

[Internal VGA]

[Enabled, 8MB]

[256MB]

[DVMT Mode]

[128MB]

[CRT + LFP]

[LEP SDVO-B SDVO-C]

[Customized EDID]

[Expand Text & Grap]

[None]

[None]

[100%]

[VBIOS-Default]

BIOS SET UP UTILITY

Advanced

Configure advanced CPU settings

Module Version : xxx

Manufacturer : Intel

Brand String : Intel® Pentium® M Processor 1.8

Frequency : 1.80GHz

FSB Speed : 400MHz

Cache L1

Cache L2

: 32KB

: 2048KB

Intel® Speedstep™ tech [Automatic]

Max. CPU Frequency [1800Mhz]

M

ANUAL

BIOS SET UP UTILITY

Advanced

Advanced Chipset Settings

Memory Hole [Disabled]

IOAPC

APIC ACPI SCI IRQ

C4 on C3

DMI Power Management

[Enabled]

[Disabled]

[Disabled]

[Disabled]

PCI Express Configuration

PCI Express Port 1

PCI Express Port 2

PCI Express Port 3

PCI Express Port 4

VC1 for Azlia & Root Ports

[Disabled]

[Disabled]

[Disabled]

[Disabled]

[Disabled]

BIOS SET UP UTILITY

Advanced

I/O Interface Configuration

Onboard Audio Controller

Onboard Ethernet Controller

Onboard Floppy Controller

Floppy A

Serial Port 1 Configuration

Serial Port 2 Configuration

Parallel Port Address

[AC97]

[Enabled]

[Disabled]

[Disabled]

[Disabled]

[Disabled]

[Disabled]

Figure 5-20 Advanced menu in BIOS


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1


BIOS SET UP UTILITY

Advanced

IDE Configuration

ATA/IDE Configuration

Legacy IDE Channels

Primary IDE Master

Primary IDE Slave

Secondary IDE Master

Secondary IDE Slave

Third IDE Master

Third IDE Slave

Fourth IDE Master

Fourth IDE Slave

Hard Disk Write Protect

IDE Defect Time Out (Sec)

ATA(PI) 80Pin Cable Detection

[Compatible]

[SATA Pri, PATA Sec]

[Hard Disk]

[Not Detected]

[ATAPI CDROM]

[Not Detected]

[Not Detected]

[Not Detected]

[Not Detected]

[Not Detected]

[Disabled]

[35]

[Host & Device]

BIOS SET UP UTILITY

Advanced

Keyboard/Mouse Configuration

Boot up Num-Lock

Typematic Rate

PS/2 Mouse Support

[On]

[Fast]

[Auto]

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

BIOS SET UP UTILITY

Advanced

USB Configuration

USB Devices Enabled :

1 Keyboard

USB Functions

USB 2.0 Controller

Legacy USB Support

USB Keyboard Legacy Support

USB Mouse Legacy Support

USB Storage Device Support

Port 64/60 Emulation

USB 2.0 Controller Mode

BIOS EHCI Hand-off

USB Beep Message

USB Stick Default Emulation

USB Mass Storage Reset Delay

[6 USB ports]

[Enabled]

[Enabled]

[Enabled]

[Enabled]

[Enabled]

[Disabled]

[FullSpeed]

[Enabled]

[Enabled]

[Hard Disk]

[20 sec]

BIOS SET UP UTILITY

Advanced

Configure Remote Access type and parameters

Remote Access

Serial Port BIOS Update

[Disabled]

[Disabled]

M

ANUAL

BIOS SET UP UTILITY

Advanced

Hardware Health Configuration

H/W Health Function

Hardware Health Event Monitoring

Board Temperature

CPU Temperature

: xx/xxx

: xx/xxx

[Enabled]

VcoreA

VcoreB

+3.3 In

+5 VIn

Vbat

: 1.3xxV

: 1.0xxV

: 3.3xxV

: 4.8 ~ 5V

: 3.3xxV

BIOS SET UP UTILITY

Advanced

Configure Watchdog Parameters

POST Watchdog [Disabled]

Runtime Watchdog [Disabled]

Figure 5-21 Advanced Menu in BIOS(cont’d)


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1


Main

BIOS SET UP UTILITY

Advanced

Boot Device Priority

Boot Priority Selection

Boot Security Power Exit

[Type Based]

1

ST

Boot Device

2 nd

Boot Device

3 rd

Boot Device

4 th

Boot Device

5 th

Boot Device

6 th

Boot Device

7 th

Boot Device

8 th

Boot Device

[USB CDROM]

[Primary Master]

[Disabled]

[Disabled]

[Disabled]

[Disabled]

[Disabled]

[Disabled]

Boot Settings Configuration

Quick Boot

Quiet Boot

Boot Display

Automatic Boot List Retry

AddOn ROM Display Mode

Halt On Error

Ht "Del" Message Display

Interrupt 19 Capture

PXE Boot to LAN

Power Loss Control

[Enabled]

[Enabled]

[Clear]

[Disabled]

[Keep Current]

[Disabled]

[Disabled]

[Disabled]

[Disabled]

[Remain off]

Figure 5-22 Boot menu in BIOS

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Main

BIOS SET UP UTILITY

Advanced Boot Security Power Exit

Security Seetings

Supervisor Password

User Password

Change Supervisor Password

User Access Level

Change User Password

Password Check

Boot Sector Virus Protection

Hard Disk Security

Hard Disk Security User Passwords

Hard Disk Security Master Passwords

BIOS Update & Write Protection

END-KEY Loads CMOS Default

: Installed

: not Installed

[No Access]

[Setup]

[Disabled]

[Disabled]

[Yes]

Figure 5-23 Security Menu in BIOS


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1


Main

BIOS SET UP UTILITY

Advanced Boot Security Power Exit

Configure power management and control

Power management/APM

Suspend Time Out

Video power Down Mode

Hard Disk Power Down Mode

Keyboard & PS/2 Mouse

FDC/LPT/COM Ports

Primary Master IDE

Primary Slave IDE

Secondary Master IDE

Secondary Slave IDE

Resume On Ring

Resume On PME#

Resume On RTC Alarm

Power Button Mode

[Enabled]

[Disabled]

[Disabled]

[Disabled]

[Monitor]

[Monitor]

[Monitor]

[Monitor]

[Monitor]

[Monitor]

[Disabled]

[Disabled]

[Disabled]

[On/Off]

Figure 5-24 Power Menu in BIOS

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 5-5

Top Console

5-5-1 Keyboard

R A M

( 3 2 K )

E E P R O M

( 3 2 K )

A / N K e y

M a t r ix

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

5 - 26

P O W E R

B u t t o n

E n c o d e r s

4 A r r o w

K e y s

Figure 5-25 Keyboard Block Diagram

LOGIQ™ P5 and LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro Keyboard assy consist of 2 assy, one is main keyboard assy and the other is sub keyboard assy.

• Main keyboard : Has alpha numeric key, Trackball, Encoders, Mode key, TGC controller and lighting components.

• Sub keyboard: Have five encoder with push function and 4 arrow keys. These keys are used for operation menu selection normally.

• Difference between LOGIQ™ P5 keyboard and LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro keyboard is that the LOGIQ™

A5/A5Pro keyboard doesn’t have the CFM key, CWD key, PDI key since the LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro doesn’t support CFM,CWD,PDI mode. But if the LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro has been upgrade with Color

Upgrade kit, LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro should have same keyboard as LOGIQ™ P5.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

5-5-1-1

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

KEYBOARD Signal I/O

Main keyboard assy have two main external I/O connectors. One is for USB connection to scan system for main control signal interface, the other is for 5V power supply and momentary switch of scan system with hard drive operation indicator.

(a)Sub keyboard

CON1

USB

(b)Main Keyboard

Figure 5-26 Main Keyboard and Sub Keyboard connection to system

Table 5-1 CON1 Connector Signal I/O

Pin Number

10

11

12

13

14

3

4

1

2

Pin Name

HDD-

HDD+

Momentary S/W

GND

GND

GND

GND

KBD PWR

KBD PWR

Signal Path

L1SYSCON > Backplane > Main Keyboard> Sub Keyboard



APS/APS Pro > Backplane > Main Keyboard > Sub Keyboard

APS/APS Pro > Backplane > Main Keyboard> Sub Keyboard


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

5-5-2

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

LOGIQ™ P5 Monitor II and LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro Monitor II

LOGIQ™ P5 and LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro system has 15 inch LCD monitor with DVI-I interface. Monitor have also task lamp to light up the A/N key on keyboard assy.

Both monitor of LOGIQ™ P5 and LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro have completely same function and same hardware assembly. Difference is front bezel color. LOGIQ™ P5 bezel color is dar steel blue, and

LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro bezel color is white gray color.

5-5-2-1

Figure 5-27 LOGIQ™ P5 Monitor and LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro Monitor

MONITOR Signal I/O

Monitor assy has two main I/O connectors, One is for DVI-I connection to scan system to display the scan image, the other is for 110V/220V power supply.

PWR

DVI

5 - 28

Figure 5-28 LCDMON connection in system


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

5-5-2-2 LCDMON control button function

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

LCDMON assy has four control buttons; Lamp Power button, Left button, Menu button, Right button.

1

2 3

4

No

1

2

3

4

Figure 5-29 LCDMON control buttons

Table 5-2 main functions of control key buttons

Name

LAMP POWER

LEFT

MENU

RIGHT

Main Functions

Turns ON/OFF the Task Lamp in located bottom of LCDMON

- Moves the highlight icon UP to the function that wants

- Increases the adjustment of the selected function

- When the OSD menu is off, press once

: Performs “Contrast-adjustment” function

- When the OSD menu is off, press twice

: Performs “Brightness-adjustment” function

- When the OSD menu is off, press thee times

: Performs “Dim-Brightness-adjustment” function

- When the OSD menu is off, press more than 5 seconds

: Performs “OSD-adjustment” function

- When the OSD menu is on

: Selects the function that user wants

- Moves the highlight icon Down to the function that wants

- Decreases the adjustment of the selected function

Push “Menu” button to select the mode between Contrast, Brightness, and Dim Brightness mode. Then hold down “Left” and “Right” button until the value you want is set. The default values are 80% for the contrast, 80% for the Brightness, and 50% for the Dim-Brightness.

Figure 5-30 Contrast, Brightness and Dim-Brightness adjustment


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 5-6

ARP (Rear Panel)

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

The LOGIQ™ P5 and LOGIQ™ A5/A5Pro system has the I/O interfaces for peripherals in rear panel.

ARP (Arirang Rear Panel) assy has connectors for peripheral. Composite in/out and S-VHS in/out is for the analog video interface for recording and playback of the VCR or DVD recorder. Audio in/out is for audio interface for audio recording and audio playback of the VCR or DVD recorder. The ARP assy also has a USB hub device for expending the USB ports which provide additional USB ports. The analog

VGA signal also provide display interface for external VGA monitor.

Figure 5-31 AEXP Block Diagram


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

5-6-1 Input/Output Signals for peripheral

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Table 5-3 Input and Output signals for peripherals

Signal Name

Description

Connection from/via/to

Ethernet

Standard TCP/IP Ethernet

Syscon -> ARP -> 7P LAN Connector

External VGA

Foot Switch

Composite out for DVD Recorder

Compositor video signal output for DVDR

Composite in for DVD Recorder

Compositor input from DVDR

S-VHS out for DVD Recorder

VGA signal output for external VGA monitor

Syscon -> ARP -> LG Connector -> 15P DSUB

Connector

Foot Switch is mechanical switch that connect a signal to ground

Foot Switch connector -> ARP(USB HUB)

S-VHS output signal for DVDR Recording

Syscon -> ARP -> BNC Connector

BNC Connector -> ARP -> Syscon

Syscon -> ARP -> S-VHS Connector

S-VHS in for DVD Recorder

S-VHS input signal for DVDR playback

Audio out L/R for DVD Recorder

Stereo audio output for DVDR Recording

Audio In L/R for DVD Recorder

Stereo audio input from DVDR for DVDR playback

S-VHS Connector -> ARP -> Syscon

Syscon -> ARP -> RCA Jack

RCA Jack -> ARP -> Syscon

USB Port for BW Printer

USB Port for ECG

USB Port for 4D

USB Port for Digital Color Printer

USB Port for DMC

USB Port for USB Device

USB Port for Remote

USB Port for BW Printer

USB Port for ECG

USB Port for 4D

USB Port for Color Printer

Syscon -> Backplane -> USB Connector(dual

R_A type) -> Front/BW Printer

ARP(USB HUB) -> USB Connector(R_A type)

-> ECG

ARP(USB HUB) -> USB Connector(R_B type)

-> 4D

ARP(USB HUB) -> USB Connector(S_A type) -

> Color Printer

USB Port for DMC


> DMC

USB Port for USB Device


> USB Device

USB Port for remote control of VCR/DVD

Recorder


> VCR


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 5-7

Power Diagrams

5-7-1

5-7-2

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Overview

The AC Power assy's main tasks are to supply powers the various internal subsystems and to isolate electrically the scanner from the on site Mains Power System. The voltage to peripherals can be confederated to either 110 VAC or 220 VAC. Internal circuit for AC power have the free voltage capability basically but, we should separate the group using of low voltage (100V~127V), high voltage

(200V~240V), and mixed voltage (100V~120V for peripheral and 200V ~ 240V for system).

TRANSBOX(AC Power)

5 - 32

Figure 5-32 AC Power Assy Block Diagram

The mains cord has plugs in one side end. A male plug connects to the mains outlet on site. The mains voltage is routed to the Main Circuit Breaker, located on the rear side of the system. The Main Circuit

Breaker is of the auto fuse type, if for some reason the current grows to high, the switch will automatically break the power. From the Main Circuit Breaker, the AC power is routed via the Mains

Transformer and the Inrush Current Limiter to internal outlet connector for AC distribution.

The Transformer is the galvanic barrier between the rest of the scanner and the on site AC Mains. Input voltage to the transformer can be either 220 VAC or 110 VAC. AC output of transformer is supplied to the APS/APS Pro through Inrush Current Limiter without additional control. AC output of transformer for

LCDMON, 4D BOX(option), and peripheral controlled by the L1SYSCON according to the On/Off status of the system.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

5-7-3 APS/APS Pro (LV Power & HV Power)

NOTE:

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

HVL+ and HVL- are not available for APS PRO.

DC Powers are supplied by APS and source of all assys in nest and nest fan, etc. To turn on the APS, the live power is needed as a standby power. This live power is generated from APS when the APS receive the AC input from the TRANSBOX. When the LP(live power) is supplied to the L1SYSCON and system momentary switch is pushed on, L1SYSCON make the LV_ON signal level into low to turn on the APS. After turning on the APS, the ACPC in TRANSBOX assy change the relay path on itself to supply stable AC power by using of D12V from APS.

DC Output Capacity:

• +D5VLP, 0.42A rms

• +D5V, 6.5A rms

• +D3.3V, 6.48A rms

• +D12V, 3.36A rms

• +D12VFAN, 0.94A rms

• +A6V, 7.92A rms

• -A6V, 1.52A rms

• +A12V, 1.26A rms

• -A12V, 0.6A rms

APS supplies High Voltage power to activate high voltage transmit pulse and static supply bias voltage on high voltage mux and probe. When L1SYSCON makes the HV_STOP signal to low, the APS generates the HV module in APS. The SHV supplies +/-80V to the system constantly and the THVH and

THVL supplies 0~+/- 60V individually.

SYSCONPM(SYSCONCM) control the level of THVH and THVL through the IIC interface.

HV Output Capacity:

• +SHV, +80V, 0.05A rms

• - SHV, -80V, 0.05A rms

• +THVH, 0V~+60V, 0.5A rms

• - THVH, -60V~0V, 0.5A rms

• +THVL, 0V~+60V, 0.5A rms

• - THVL, -60V~0V, 0.5A rms


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

5-7-4

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

AC Power Outlet for Peripheral

The ARP CONN ASSY and ARP CONN 220V ASSY are the ARP assemblies which interconnect external signal and power with the LOGIQ™ P5 system. Both of the assemblies are the same except the circuit breaker's current ratings depending on voltage of the system power source (See 'Safety' described below).

5-7-4-1 Safety

• Circuit Breaker

Assembly

Table 5-4 Circuit Breaker Specification

Power Voltage

Rating (V)

Peripheral Current

Rating (A)

Trip Time

ARP CONN

ARP CONN 220V

110

220

4.0

2.0

1 hour max. @

5.4A, 25 degreeC

1hour max. @

3.5A, 25 degreeC

Reset Time

110 second

180 second

• Electrical Isolation

The ARP's Insite interface is electrically isolated from the system's internal circuit. The isolator's dielectric strength should be 500VAC RMS or higher within 1 minute (in compliance with IEC60601-1-1).


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 5-8

Cable Connection

5-8-1

5-8-2

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Overview

The cable connection can be separated to two group, internal harness and external cable connection for peripheral equipment.

Internal Cable

Figure 5-33 Cable Connection - Internal

The black box with white character is the label of the connector and the adjacent same label connector means that the two connectors should be connected each other. The dotted line means optional connection when the customer uses that option.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

5-8-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Peripherals and Cable connection

A DVD recorder, a Black & White Video Printer and a Color Printer may be installed onboard the scanner. These devices are connected to the External I/O (Rear Panel) or Front Panel in the case of B/

W Printer. LOGIQ™ P5 do not support analog printer but digital printer.

5-8-3-1 Cable Connection - BW printer

Connect the Power cable and USB cable as shown in Figure 5-34.

Figure 5-34 Cable Connection - Digital BW Printer


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

5-8-3-2

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Cable Connection - Color Printer

Connect USB cable listed below between the compatible Color Printer like SONY UP-D21MD and the console.

Figure 5-35 Cable Connection - Digital Color Printer


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

5-8-3-3 Cable Connection - DVD Recorder

LOGIQ™ P5 S

Connect the cable listed below between the SONY DVDR and the console.

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Audio cable with RCA Jack

S-Video Cable

S-Video Cable

Audio cable with RCA Jack

Figure 5-36 Cable Connection - DVD Recorder


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 5-9Filters

5-9-1

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Filters

The scanner contains the two filters located at a.) Right side of TRANSBOX to protect TRANSBOX and NEST from dust.

b.) Left side of TRANSBOX to protect TRANSBOX and NEST from dust.

5-9-2

(a)

(b)

Figure 5-37 Location of Air Filter

Fans

The scanner contains the 5 fans at the following positions for producing an air flow.

a.) One fan : On the surface of heat sink for SOM heat.

b.) Two fans : At the top of the APS/APS Pro for APS/APS Pro heat.

c.) Two fans : At the top of the NEST for NEST Assy and AC Power assy.

(a) Cooling Fan on SYSCOMPM(SYSCONCM)

(b) Cooling Fans on APS

(c) Cooling FAN Assy for NEST Cooling

Figure 5-38 Location of Fans


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 5-10

Service Platform

5-10-1

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Introduction

The Service Platform contains a set of software modules that are common to all ultrasound and cardiology systems containing a PC backend. This web-enabled technology provides linkage to e-

Services, e-Commerce, and the iCenter, making GE’s scanners more e-enabled than ever. The Service

Platform will increase service productivity and reduce training and service costs.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

5-10-2 Global Service User Interface (GSUI)

5-10-2-1

5-10-2-2

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Internationalization

The user interface provided by the service platform is designed for GE personnel and as such is in

English only. There is no multi-lingual capability built into the Service Interface.

Service Login

1.) Touch Utility > Service. It will take about 1p seconds for activations.

2.) Make sure that CAPS is OFF for password entry performed later.

3.) The Service Login window for Service Platform will be shown on the monitor display.

5-10-2-3

NOTE:

NOTE:

Figure 5-39 Login Screen for Global Service User Interface

Access / Security

The service interface has different access and security user levels. Each user is only granted access to the tools that are authorized for their use.

A Service Dongle is necessary for use by GE Service when performing proprietary level diagnostics.

OnLine Center access to the scanner requires the password and they must have ‘Disruptive’ permission and customer input to run diagnostics.

Table 5-5 Service Login User Levels

Access Authorization User Level

Operator

Administrator

External Service

Authorized access to specified diagnostics, error logs and utilities. Same acquisition diagnostic tests as GE Service.

GE Service

Knowledge of a service level password.

A physical Service Key (Dongle) required

Password

uls uls gogems rotating security password

For a GE Field Engineer, the password changes at specific intervals. Access with the password is tied to the service key.

Every access request, whether successful or not, will be logged into a service access log that is viewable to authorized users.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

5-10-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Service Home Page

When the Service Interface is started, the Service Home Page appears. The Home Page contains the software revision along with the hardware inventory and the results of the latest System Health

Information. The navigation bar at the top of the screen allows the user to select from several tools and utilities.

Figure 5-40 GE Service Home Page


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

5-10-4

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Error Logs Tab

From the Error Logs Tab the Log Viewer displays four categories with pull-down sub-menus and an Exit selection. The Service Interface allows scanner logs to be viewed by all service users.

The Filter Error log is keyed to GE Service login access permissions and is not available to customer level analysis.

The log entries are color-coded to identify the error level severity at a glance.

Severity

1

2

3

Table 5-6 Log Entry Key

Error Level

Information

Warning

Error

Color Code

Green

Blue

Red

The Service Interface supports the transfer of these logs to local destinations such as the MOD, and

CD-ROM drive.

Figure 5-41 Log Viewer / Logs / Log Entries


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

5-10-4-1

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Logs

The seven sub-menus of the Logs category are System, Infomatics, Temperature, Probe, Board, and

DICOM.

NOTE: Figure 5-41 provides a graphical example of the log entries for the System Logs.

Log table headings for the different logs are as follows:

• System

Log entry headings include Time Stamp; Error Level; Package; and Error Message.

• Infomatics

Log entry headings include TimeStamp, Revision, PtID, PtDOB, PtSex, PtWeight, PtHeight,

ExamID, Exam Category, ExamCurDate, and ExamStartTime.

• Temperature

Log entry headings include Time Stamp; Error Level; Package; L1SYSCON temperature sensor.

• Probe

Log entry headings include Time Stamp; Error Level; Package; Error Message; Severity; Revision; and three (3) new labels that have not yet been named.

• DICOM

Log entry headings include Time Stamp; Error Level; Package; and Error Message.

5-10-4-2 Exit

The sub-menu, Exit Log Viewer, returns the user to the Service Desktop home page.

5 - 44

Figure 5-42 Exit Log Sub-Menu


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

5-10-5 Diagnostics

NOTE:

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

When Service Login for FRU Diagnostic, scan mode must be B-mode.

Diagnostics should be performed with probes which have 128 or more elements.

Detailed Diagnostic information is found in Diagnostics/Troubleshooting.

NOTE:

5-10-5-1

5-10-5-2

5-10-5-3

Figure 5-43 GE Service Diagnostic Page

After finishing Diagnostic test, the system should be rebooted.

Diagnostics Execution

Diagnostic tests are executable by both local and remote users. The Service Platform provides top-level diagnostic selection based on the user’s level and login access permissions. Remote access will require disruptive diagnostic permissions to run Acquisition diagnostics.

Diagnostic Reports

Diagnostic tests return a report to the Service Platform. The platform retains the report and allows for future viewing of the diagnostic logs.

Proactive Diagnostics

A system of self-monitoring is largely supported with the integration of iLinq. The scheduler, executive, user interfaces, and some of the proactive diagnostic functions are provided by iLinq. Other tasks should be provided by the product team.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

5-10-6 Image Quality

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

The Image Quality page is intended to contain tools for troubleshooting image quality issues.

5-10-7

Figure 5-44 Image Quality Page

Calibration

The Calibration page is intended to contain the tools used to calibrate the system.

Figure 5-45 Calibration Page


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

5-10-8

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Configuration

The Configuration page is intended to be used to setup various configuration files on the system.

The Service Platform is the access and authorization control for remote access to the configuration subsystem.

The enable/disable of software options can be done from this Configuration page.

Figure 5-46 Configuration Page


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

5-10-8-1

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Questra Agent Configuration

These feature that allow the customer to register the system to the GE OnLine Center are available for

Warranty and Contract customers only.

5-10-8-1-1

5-10-8-1-2

5-10-8-1-3

Device Information

Device name and CRM No. are displayed by default.

Advanced Configuration

Select Enterprise Server to check out to

Proxy Configuration.

If Proxy is used in the site, it should be filled proper Proxy Server Address and Proxy Server Port.

And Press “Submit Changes” button to finish check out process

NOTE:

Figure 5-47 Proxy Configuration

The system is needed to reboot to apply settings.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

5-10-9 Utilities

The Utilities page contains several miscellaneous tools.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 5-48 GE Service Utilities Page

Figure 5-49 Customer Utilities Page


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

5-10-10

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Replacement

The Replacement page is intended to contain the tools used to track replacement parts used in the system.

5-10-11

Figure 5-50 Part Replacement Page

PM

The PM page is intended to contain the tools used in periodic maintenance of the system.

Figure 5-51 Planned Maintenance Page


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

5-10-12

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Remote Software/Option Installation and Updates

The Service Platform provides for remote software downloads. Any file transferred to the scanner will be in the form of an installation package. The actual content of the installation package is dependent on each product.

Software installation is simple and automated with a Graphic User Interface (GUI), where applicable.

Supports software upload via remote transmission

Supports software upload via Service Platform

Options can be activated permanently

Options can be activated for a timed period

Options can be limited to a number of uses

Options that expire must give notice to the user that the option has expired

5-10-12-1 Remote System Shutdown and Restart

The Service Platform provides the ability to restart the system as per standard shutdown/startup procedures. Remote shutdown will only be provided if a software-controlled shutdown exists on the scanner. Scanner system restart is always accessible from the OLC.

5-10-12-2 File and/or Image Transfer

The Service Platform supports file transfers and archived image transfers to the OnLine Center. The

Service Platform provides interfaces of the displayed images for transfer to the OLC.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 5-11RFS (Service For Request)

5-11-1

5-11-2

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

General

This describes general RFS functionality.

1.) RFS function is a call for service to be used by customer or FE directly from the system instead of calling GE Cares.

System Checkout Procedure

If the system is checked out already, skip 5-8-2) System Checkout Procedure and proceed from 5-8-

3) Sending RFS Procedure.

1.) Check if the system is connected to the network.

2.) Go to “Utility”

3.) Press “Service”

4.) Log on to the Service Platform with a password.

5.) Press “Configuration”

6.) Press “InSite ExC Agent Configuration”

5 - 52

Figure 5-52 Agent Configuration


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

5-11-2 System Checkout Procedure

(cont’d)

All bold fields should be filled

7.) Device Name and CRM No are pre-populated and can not be changed.

8.) Verify that “Send” button is enabled.

9.) Select Continent and Country

10.)Put City, State, and Institution

11.)Select “Product” for the Enterprise.

12.)If Proxy needs to be configured, select “Enable” for the Proxy filed and input IP address and Port number.

13.)Press “Submit Changes”. “Please Wait” message is displayed while the system is checking out.

Figure 5-53

Figure 5-53 Please Wait

14.)Wait until following screen displays. (Figure 5-54)

Figure 5-54 Configuration done

15.)Configuration is complete.

16.)Close the Service Platform.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

5-11-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Sending RFS Procedure

Service Platform should be turned off in order to open RFS window.

System must be connected to network, configured and checked out to be able to send the RFS

1.) Right Click on “Connect to GE” icon.

Figure 5-55 Contact GE Icon

All the fields that are marked with asterisk * are mandatory and should be filled in order to send

the RFS request to On Line Center.

2.) Fill out the Last name, First name, and Phone number. (Figure 5-56)

3.) Extension, E-mail, and Other system ID fields are optional.

4.) Select Problem Type.

If Problem is about “No Boot”, “No Image”, “Error message”, “Lock up”, “Probe”, “Peripherals”, select

“Service” for the Problem Type.

If Problem is about “Presets”, “Reports”, “Measurements”, or “Probe not recognized”, select

“Applications” for the Problem Type.

5.) Select the Problem Area.

6.) Write the detailed problem description in the Problem Description field.

5 - 54

Figure 5-56 RFS window


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

5-11-3 Sending RFS Procedure

(cont’d)

7.) Then the “Send” button is enabled.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 5-57 RFS send enabled

8.) Click “Send” button and wait for confirmation window with reference number on the screen.

9.) Verify that “confirmation message” pops up in the screen.

10.)RFS request is completed.

11.)On Line Center will contact the customer shortly by phone.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 5-12Machine RFS

5-12-1

5-12-2

NOTE:

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

General

This describes general MRFS (Machine RFS) functionality.

1.) MRFS function is an automatic call for service from the system to the OLC when system detects high temperature or high or low voltage.

Enabling MRFS

In order to enable MRFS, System must be connected to network and should be checked out to a product server. Default MRFS user should also be set.

1.) If a system is not already checked out, the system should be checked out to a product server. Refer to 5-11-2 - System Checkout Procedure.

2.) MRFS function is an automatic call for service from the system to the OLC when system detects high temperature or high or low voltage.


Figure 5-58 Contact GE Icon

4.) When RFS window pops up, click on “Users” tab.

Figure 5-59 User tab


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

5-12-2 Enabling MRFS

(cont’d)

5.) Press “Add User”.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 5-60 Add User

All the fields that are marked with asterisk * are mandatory and should be filled

6.) When fields with asterisk are filled, “Add User” button is enabled.

7.) Press “Add User” button.

Figure 5-61 Add User


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

5-12-2 Enabling MRFS

(cont’d)

8.) check the checkbox next to the name to set to the default contact. Then Press “Set Default Machine

Contact” button,

Figure 5-62 Set Default Machine Contact

9.) Now the MRFS is enabled.

10.)When system detects high temperature or abnormal voltage, the system will send the RFS to the

OLC automatically.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 5-13Fast Polling

5-13-1

5-13-2

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

General

This describes Fast Polling feature that will change the polling rate to 15 seconds for 10 minutes.

Enabling Fast Polling


Figure 5-63

2.) Pressing “OK” will change the polling rate to 15 seconds for 10 minutes.

Figure 5-64 Agent Configuration


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1


LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Chapter 6

Service Adjustments

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Section 6-1

Overview

6-1-1 Purpose of this chapter 6

This section describes how to test and adjust the scanner. These tests are optional. You may use them to check the system for errors.

Table 6-1 Contents in chapter

Section

6-1

6-2

6-3

Overview

Regulatory

Monitor Adjustments


6-1

6-1

6-2

Section 6-2

Regulatory

Verify, where applicable, that any regulatory information or tests required by national law are present and accounted for, and any regulatory tests required by national law are performed and documented.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 6-3

Monitor Adjustments

6-3-1

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Rotate and tilt the monitor

The monitor position can be adjusted for easy viewing.

-

-

-

The monitor can be rotated around its central pivot point.

The monitor can be tilted for the optimum viewing angle.

the monitor can be flipped up and down.

NOTE: When moving the system, flip down the monitor to its lowest possible position to improve stability.

Figure 6-1 LCD monitor Flip up and down

6 - 2 Section 6-3 - Monitor Adjustments

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

6-3-2

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Brightness and Contrast

Adjusting the monitor's contrast and brightness is one of the most important factors for proper image quality. If these controls are set incorrectly, the Gain, TGC, Dynamic Range and even Power Output may have to be changed more often than necessary to compensate.

The proper setup displays a complete gray scale. The lowest level of black should just disappear into the background and the highest white should be bright, but not saturated.

To adjust the contrast:

1.) Press the Toggle button on the display monitor once.

2.) Press the Adjustment (+) button to increase contrast. Press the Adjustment (-) button to decrease contrast.

3.) The amount of contrast is shown on a slide bar on the screen.

To adjust the brightness:

4.) Press the Toggle button on the display monitor twice.

5.) Press the Adjustment (+) button to increase brightness. Press the Adjustment (-) button to decrease brightness.

6.) The amount of brightness is shown on a slide bar on the screen.

Figure 6-2 Brightness and Contrast

3. Dim Brightness Indicator

5. Adjustment (-) Button

7. Adjustment (+) Button

Record any changes to the final brightness and contrast settings and leave this information with the system. Generally speaking, do not change the controls once they have been set. Once set, the display then becomes the reference for the hard copy device(s).

NOTE: After readjusting the monitor's Contrast and Brightness, readjust all preset and peripheral settings.

Section 6-3 - Monitor Adjustments 6 - 3

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

6-3-3 LCD Plastic filter

6-3-3-1

6-3-3-2

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Tools

• Common Phillips screwdrivers

• Allen/Unbraco wrench

• Stubby screwdriver (Flat tip and Cross tip)

Removal procedure

1.) Remove the Monitor cover set. Refer to the 8-2-2 "Monitor cover set" on page 8-5 and the figure below.

2.) Remove the LCD Plastic filter.

Figure 6-3 Removing the LCD plastic filter

3.) Put the LCD plastic filter on the LCD monitor after detaching the tape of the LCD plastic filter.

6 - 4

Figure 6-4 Putting the LCD plastic filter on the LCD monitor

Section 6-3 - Monitor Adjustments

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

6-3-3-2 Removal procedure (cont’d)

4.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.

Table 6-2 Functional Tests

Service Manual

Section

4-3-1

4-3-2

4-8-2

10-5-5

Functional Test / Diagnostic Test

Power On/Boot Up

Power Off / Shutdown

LCD plastic filter Function Validation

Procedure

Physical Inspection

Debrief Script

“Service Manual, Direction

5394141, Rev 2+, 6-3-3. Equipment passed all required tests and is ready for use. “

6-3-3-3 Mounting Procedure

1.) Install the LCD monitor cover parts in the reverse order of removal procedure. Refer to the 8-2-2

"Monitor cover set" on page 8-5 .

2.) Put the label on the rear of the LCD monitor.

Figure 6-5 Putting the label on the rear of the LCD monitor

Section 6-3 - Monitor Adjustments 6 - 5

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

6-3-4

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Flexible LCD arm - locking mechanism

Flexible LCD arm’s rotation movement can be adjusted by using the LCD arm’s locking mechanism.

To unlock the LCD arm:

1.) Pull the LCD arm toggle knob and turn clockwise to unlock the LCD arm.

Figure 6-6 Unlocking the Flexible LCD arm

To lock the LCD arm :

1.) Turn counter clockwise and push the LCD arm toggle knob and to lock the LCD arm.

6 - 6

Figure 6-7 Locking the Flexible LCD arm

Section 6-3 - Monitor Adjustments

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 6-4

Trackball Cleaning

The trackball on the keyboard need to be cleaning periodically.

1.) Open the trackball

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 6-8 Open Trackball

Remove dust inside of bucket

Figure 6-9 Trackball Hole

Section 6-4 - Trackball Cleaning 6 - 7

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1


LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

6 - 8 Section 6-4 - Trackball Cleaning

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Chapter 7

Diagnostics/Troubleshooting

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Section 7-1

Overview

7-1-1

NOTE:

NOTE:

Purpose of Chapter 7

This section describes how to setup and run the tools and software that help maintain image quality and system operation. Basic host, system, and board level diagnostics are run whenever power is applied.

Some Service Tools may be run at the application level.

Be sure to disable ECG function before performing Diagnostic function.

Make sure that convex or linear probe is connected before the system starts. (sector probe is not applicable for the service diagnostics)


Section

7-5

7-6

7-7

7-1

7-2

7-3

7-4

Overview

Gathering Trouble Data

Screen Captures

Diagnostics

Common Diagnostics

LED Descriptions

Trouble Shooting Tree


7-1

7-2

7-4

7-8

7-9

7-20

7-22


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 7-2

Gathering Trouble Data

7-2-1

7-2-2

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Overview

There may be a time when it would be advantageous to capture trouble images and system data (logs) for acquisition through remote diagnostics (InSite) or to be sent back to the manufacturer for analysis.

There are different options to acquire this data that would give different results.

Collect Vital System Information

The following information is necessary in order to properly analyze data or images being reported as a malfunction or being returned to the manufacturer:

Product Name = LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro

From the Utility>System>About screen:

Applications Software

-

-

-

-

Software Version

Software Part Number

System Image Software

Image Part Number

Image Date

7 - 2 Section 7-2 - Gathering Trouble Data

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

7-2-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Collect a Trouble Image with Logs

If the system should malfunction, press the Alt-D keys simultaneously. This will collect a screen capture of the image monitor, system presets and the following logs:

-

-

-

-

-

Keyboard Shadow Log

Error Logs

Crash Log

Power Supply

Temperature

NOTE: Power Supply and Temperature logs are not currently being updated by the LOGIQ™ P5/A5/

A5Pro.

This Alt-D function is available at all times.

Figure 7-1 ALT-D Dialog Box

When Alt-D is pressed, a menu box appears that allows for:

A place to enter a description of the problem

A choice to store to a pre-formatted CD-R/DVD, USB or Network storage.

The subsequent file is compressed and time stamped. The screen capture is a bitmap which eliminates the possibility of artifacts from compression.

Section 7-2 - Gathering Trouble Data 7 - 3

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 7-3

Screen Captures

7-3-1

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

There may be times when the customer or field engineer will want to capture a presentation on the screen so it may be recovered by the OnLine Center through InSite. This is accomplished by first saving the image(s) to the clipboard using a Print Key.

The P2 key is the factory default print key to accomplish a secondary screen capture. However, the default is for the video area only or the customer may have customized the P2 Key function. Therefore, screen capture should involve the following steps:

1.) Check and record any custom settings for the Print2 button.

2.) Set the Print2 button to Whole Screen, Secondary Capture.

3.) Capture the required screens to the Hard Drive or CD-R / DVD-R.

4.) Restore the Print2 button to it’s original settings.

Check and Record the P2 Key Function

Check the function of the Print2 Key in the event that the customer may have made some custom settings.

1.) Select Utility from the FrontPanel.

2.) Select Connectivity from the Menu.

3.) Select the Buttons tab on the Connectivity screen.

4.) In the Button field, select Print2.

The Connectivity/Buttons Screen will be displayed like the one shown in Figure 7-2.

7 - 4

Figure 7-2 Buttons Set Up Screen

P2 is the factory default Screen Capture Key. If it is not set to Whole Screen or Screen Capture, as shown in Figure 7-2, proceed to step 5 to record the customer’s custom settings.

Section 7-3 - Screen Captures

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

7-3-1 Check and Record the P2 Key Function

(cont’d)

5.) In the “Physical Print Buttons”box, record the followings.

* Format

* Image Frames

* Capture Area

* Compression

6.) In the “Printflow View”, record the print flow associated with the Print2 Button.

7-3-2 Setting the P2 Key to Screen Capture

If the P2 Key is not set to screen capture:

1.) While on the Connectivity screen, with the Buttons tab displayed, go to the drop down selection menu in the Destinations section.

2.) Ensure that Capture Area is set to Whole Screen, secondary Capture and None Image

Compression.

3.) The P2 Key should now be set up for whole screen capture, sending the screens to the image buffer (clipboard).

Section 7-3 - Screen Captures 7 - 5

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

7-3-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Capturing a Screen

The following is a generic process to capture any screen from the scanner:

1.) Navigate to and display the image/screen to be captured.

2.) Press P2. This will place a snapshot of the screen on the “clipboard” displayed at the bottom of the scan image display.

7 - 6

Clipboard

Thumbnails

Menu

Figure 7-3 Select Image to Capture

3.) Highlight the snapshot to be stored to the system hard drive or CD-R / DVD-R.

4.) Select Menu on the right side of the image screen, then highlight and select SAVE AS.

Save As

Figure 7-4 Menu > Save As

Section 7-3 - Screen Captures

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

7-3-3 Capturing a Screen

(cont’d)

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

7-3-4

Figure 7-5 Save Dialog Box

5.) A Save dialog box will be opened. Choose the destination as the archive location to save the image on the CD-R/DVD-R, USB or network storage.

Reset the P2 Key to Customer’s Functionality

If the customer had programmed the P2 Key to a function other than screen capture, restore that functionality recorded in section 7-3-1 on page 4. refer to Figure 7-2.

1.) Select Utility from the Keyboard.

2.) Select Connectivity from the Menu.

3.) Select the Buttons tab on the Connectivity screen.

4.) In the Button field, select Print2.

5.) In the “Physical Print Buttons”box, select the options recorded in step 5 , Section 7-3-1 . :

* Format

* Image Frames

* Capture Area

* Compression

Section 7-3 - Screen Captures 7 - 7

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 7-4

Diagnostics

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

As described in - Components and Functions (Theory) , the service platform uses a web-based user interface (UI) to provide access to common service components.

The Diagnostic home page displays a listing of test categories consisting of Common Diagnostics, and

LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro Diagnostics. Expand the desired main category to select groups or individual tests.

Figure 7-6 Global Service User Interface Diagnostic Screen

7 - 8 Section 7-4 - Diagnostics

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 7-5

Common Diagnostics

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Common Diagnostics is the first main heading under the GSUI heading of Diagnostics.

Figure 7-7 shows the top level menu choices under Common Diagnostics. The subheadings and their respective diagnostic/troubleshooting menu choices are called out and described in the sections below.

7-5-1

7-5-1-1

7-5-1-2

Figure 7-7 Common Diagnostics

Utilities

Provides two selections:

Disruptive Mode

Allows you to enable or disable disruptive mode troubleshooting. If you are accessing through InSite, this can only be enabled with the customer/operator confirmation.

System Shutdown

Allows for system shutdown from the diagnostic menu. Select to retain Disruptive Mode or Not.

After submitting to or shutdown a confirmation screen gives one last chance to confirm or cancel the request.

Section 7-5 - Common Diagnostics 7 - 9

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

7-5-2 PC Diagnostics (Non-Interactive Tests)

7-5-2-1

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

CPU Tests

• CPU Test (All) - This diagnostic performs a battery of tests on your CPU to ensure it is working properly. The following tests are a complete list of the tests performed on the PC's CPU.

• CPU: Registers - The CPU registers are tested using the default test patterns defined above. On

32 bit CPUs, the extended registers are also checked. If errors are detected, the failed registers are listed.

• CPU: Arithimetics - Tests the proper function of arithmetic commands ADC, ADD, DEC, DIV, IDIV,

IMUL, INC, MUL, SBB and SUB with 16 and 32-bit operands. If errors are detected, the failed commands and operands are listed.

• CPU: String Operations - Tests the proper operation of string commands LODS, MOVS, SCAS and STOS with 8, 16 and 32-bit operands. If errors are detected, the failed commands and operands are listed.

• CPU: Logical Operations - Tests the proper operation of logical operations AND, NOT, OR and

XOR with 16 and 32-bit operands. If errors are detected, the failed operands are listed.

• CPU: Math Registers - Tests coprocessor register stack, pointers and commands FLDLZ, FLDPI,

FLDLN2, FLDLG2, FLDL2T, FLDL2E and FLD1. If errors are detected, the failed steps and commands are listed.

• CPU: Math Commands - Tests coprocessor commands FBLD/FBSTP, FLD/FST, FXCH, FCOM,

FICOM, FTST, FXAM and FUCOM. If errors are detected, the failed instructions are listed.

• CPU: Math Arithimetics -

• CPU: Transcendental - Tests coprocessor transcendental commands F2XM1, FPATAN, FPTAN,

FYL2X, FYL2XP1, FCOS, FSIN and FSINCOS. If errors are detected, the failed commands are listed.

• CPU: MMX Arithmetic - Tests MMX commands PADD, PSUB, PMUL and PMADD. If errors are detected, the failed commands are listed.

• CPU: MMX Logical - Tests MMX commands PAND, PANDN, POR and PXOR. If errors are detected, the failed commands are listed.

• CPU: MMX Shift - Tests MMX commands PSLL and PSRL. If errors are detected, the failed commands are listed.

• CPU: MMX Data Transfer - Tests MMX commands MOVD and MOVQ. If errors are detected, the failed commands are listed.

• CPU: MMX Misc. - Tests MMX commands PCMPEQ, PCMPGT, PACKSS, PACKUS, PUNPCK and PUNPCK. If errors are detected, the failed commands are listed.

7 - 10 Section 7-5 - Common Diagnostics

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

7-5-2-2

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Hard Drive Tests

• Hard Drive Test (All) - The Hard Drive test examines your hard disk drive using a series of tests to ensure that your drive can perform its functions.

The following tests are performed on your hard drive to ensure the hard disk controller and the drive mechanism are working correctly. The disk surface itself is also checked.

NOTE: The hard drive test can take over ten minutes.

• Hard Drive: Linear Seek - Hard disk drive heads are moved from track 0 to the maximum track one track at a time.

• Hard Drive: Random Seek - Hard disk drive heads are moved randomly several hundred times.

• Hard Drive: Funnel Seek - Hard disk drive heads are moved in a funnel fashion, i.e., from the first track on the drive to the last, then to the second track, then to the second to last track, then to the third track, and so on.

• Hard Drive: Surface Scan - This test scans for surface defects on the hard disk drive.

7-5-2-3 Memory Tests

• Memory Test (All) - Eighteen test patterns are used to test memory locations. If errors are detected, the address of the block the error was detected in is shown. During testing, these diagnostics will also look out for parity errors and other exceptions. These will be added to the Test

Log as errors if encountered.

• Memory: Pattern Test - PC-Doctor uses several test patterns to test as much memory as possible.

• Memory: Parity Test - This test checks for parity errors on the memory bus during intensive string transfer operations. If an error is detected, the address of the failed block is displayed.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

7-5-2-4 CD/DVD Drive Test

NOTE:

NOTE:

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Although the global aspect of the diagnostics allow for DVD testing, the LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro does not have a DVD drive.(Option)

• DVD/CD-ROM Test (All) - The CD-ROM/DVD test examines the CD-ROM/DVD drive to make sure it is working properly. You may use either a data CD-ROM disk or a DVD disk for these tests. You cannot use an audio CD, such as a regular commercial music CD, with this test.

The PC is sometimes slow in recognizing a newly inserted CD-ROM/DVD disk. It is best to wait a few seconds after inserting a disk into the drive before you run any tests.

There are two types of CD-ROM/DVD tests:

1.) Seek Tests: Ensures the drive can access all locations on a disk, and

2.) Read Tests: Ensures the drive can read all the data.

• DVD/CD-ROM: Linear Seek - Tests that all locations can be accessed on a CD-ROM or DVD disk in a linear fashion, starting from the first to the last.

• DVD/CD-ROM: Random Seek - Tests that all locations can be accessed on a CD-ROM or DVD disk randomly.

• DVD/CD-ROM: Funnel Seek - Tests that all locations can be accessed on a CD-ROM or DVD disk in a funnel fashion, starting from the first then moving to the last, then, at the next pass starting from the second location then moving to the next to the last, and so on

• DVD/CD-ROM: Linear Read - Reads the data on the CD-ROM or DVD in a linear fashion, starting from the start to the end.

• DVD/CD-ROM: Random Read - Reads the data on the CD-ROM or DVD randomly.

7-5-2-5 Video Test

• Video Test (All) - This diagnostic tests your system's video capabilities. This involves testing the video memory with 18 patterns, testing your graphics acceleration, and text output. You will see these tests being performed on your monitor.

You can cancel this test at any time by hitting the Escape (Esc) key.

The following tests are performed on your monitor:

• Video: Memory - Video memory is tested by filling the video buffer with 18 test patterns, one pattern at a time. The tests will fill the entire screen with a single color.

• Video: Data Transfer - This tests the graphics acceleration part of your video controller. These tests will appear on your screen as black and white concentric squares and rectangles of various sizes and colors. If errors are detected, the locations of the problems are displayed.

• Video: Text Output - This test prints a text string in random sizes and colors to tests your video device driver and video controller.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

7-5-2-6 USB Test (Not yet supported)

• USB Test (All)

• USB Configuration Test

• USB Devices Test

7-5-2-7

7-5-2-8

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

PCI Board Configuration Test

A bus is a set of circuits, wires or connectors which connect the various components of your system. A

PCI (Peripheral Component Interconnect) bus is a fast standard bus which is common in Pentium systems. Various tests are run on the PCI bus in order to ensure it is working up to speed.

The motherboard is scanned to verify the configuration space and to make sure the diagnostics can communicate with the board.

Network Test


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

7-5-3 PC Diagnostics (Interactive Tests)

7-5-3-1

7-5-3-2

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Keyboard Test

1.) Click Keyboard Test from the PC Diagnostics interactive tests menu.

2.) Click the Test button. A keyboard layout is displayed on which you can see the keys of your keyboard.

3.) Press each key on your keyboard once and make sure that the corresponding keys on-screen are removed from view. If a key on-screen is not removed, that key may be damaged and you may have to have your keyboard repaired or replaced.

4.) To reset the keyboard, click the Reset Keys button.

5.) To exit the test, click Close.

Audio Test

1.) Click Audio Test from the PC Diagnostic interactive tests menu.

2.) To test the WAV sound reproduction click Left Channel, Right Channel, or Both Channels to test your speakers. You should hear a guitar chord.

3.) To test MIDI sound reproduction click the button under MIDI. You should hear a few seconds of recorded music.

4.) Click on the Beep button. You should hear a low “beep” from your PC.

If no sound is produced in these tests, choose the More Info button in the Audio Test dialog box for information about possible causes and solutions.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

7-5-3-3 Mouse Test

1.) Click Mouse Test from the PC Diagnostic interactive tests menu.

The Mouse test dialog box presents you like Figure 7-8.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 7-8 Mouse Test

2.) The Mouse coordinates are displayed when the trackball is moved.

3.) Press the right Button (Set B/Pause Button) on the front panel, the Mouse which is turned to Yellow on the right side is shown on the monitor.

Figure 7-9

4.) Left Button is the same as above.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

7-5-4 FRU Test

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

7-5-4-1 SYSCONPM/SYSCONCM

These programs are provided for testing the SYSCONPM/SYSCONCM board.

Table 7-2 FRU Test, SYSCONPM/SYSCONCM Diagnostics Menu

Descriptions

Menu

Full Test

Performs all of the L1 SYSCON board tests listed below

Assy Revision Test

USC I/F Test

FEBUS Test

TRIG Test

Test EEPROM.

Send test pattern to write to EEPROM and read

Displays the board revision of the SYSCONPM/SYSCONCM board

The CL1TRX, P3RLY, optional ACWD boards are connected to the SYSCONPM/

SYSCONCM via the USC bus.

The DSP in SYSCONPM/SYSCONCM accesses the boards above to check if the

USC bus is connected properly to each board.

Checks if The DSP in SYSCONPM/SYSCONCM accessed the boards, CL1TRX/

BL1TRX and ACWD, via the FEBUS.

Check the trigger max, min and ever interval

All

All

All

All

User

Level Tools

None

None

None

None

All None

PCI I/F Test

DSP Memory Test

Sends the command to the DSP to check the SDRAM in SYSCONPM/SYSCONCM All

Sends the command to the DSP to check the internal DSP memory All

Board Temperature

Read SYSCON Board Temperature.

CHACOM I/F Test

Sends the command to read / write data from DSP to CHACOM

None

None

All None

GE FE

Only

None


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

7-5-4-2 CL1TRX/BL1TRX

These programs are provided for testing the CL1TRX /BL1TRZboard.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Table 7-3 FRU Test, CL1TRX/BL1TRX Diagnostics Menu

Menu

Descriptions

User

Level Tools

Performs all of the CL1TRX/BL1TRX board tests listed below

Full Test

All None

Assy Revision

Test

USC I/F Test

FEBUS Test

Test EEPROM.

Send test pattern to write to EEPROM and read

Displays the board revision of the CL1TRX/BL1TRX board

All

Checks if the DSP in SYSCONPM/SYSCONCM can access the CL1TRX/BL1TRX boards via USB bus.

All

Checks if the DSP in SYSCONPM/SYSCONCM can access the CL1TRX/BL1TRX board via FE bus.

All

Read HV Power All

HV Test

PGC Test

Sends the test data High, Mid, Low level to PGC Register, then CL1TRX/BL1TRX read result data and verify it.

TEST Wave Test

Sends the test data High, Mid, Low level to Test wave Register, then CL1TRX/

BL1TRX read result data and verify it.

TRX Data

Memory Test

Send the command to read / write to TRX data memory.

All

All

All

OQX2 Test

TPG2 Test

The DSP in L1SYSCON reads and writes the OQCARD registers in CL1TRX/BL1TRX via FE bus.

All

The DSP in L1SYSCON reads and writes the TPG2 registers in CL1TRX/BL1TRX via

FE bus.

RX Channel Test

Send test wave pattern to the input stage of preamp on CL1TRX/BL1TRX, perform 64 channel scanning, Read raw data, and analyze it.

TX Channel Test

Send test wave pattern to the CL1TRX/BL1TRX, read returned small signal, Read the data and analyze it.

Note: APS/APS Pro HV test is required prior to the TRX TX channel test.

None

None

None

None

None

None

None

None


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

7-5-4-3 P3RLY/P2RLY

These programs are provided for testing the P3RLY/P2RLY board.

NOTE: A Convex Probe is needed for RLY Channel Test.

Table 7-4 FRU Test, P3RLY Diagnostics Menu

Menu

Full Test

Assy Revision

Test

FEBUS Test

SHV Test

OPEN Test

PROBE CODE

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Descriptions

User

Level Tools

Performs all of the P3RLY/P2RLY board tests listed below

Send the command to SHV resister in P3RLY/P2RLY board to read SHV status.

Checks whether probe connected or not on P3RLY/P2RLY.

GE FE

Only

None

Test EEPROM.

Send test pattern to write to EEPROM and readDisplays the board revision of the

P3RLY/P2RLY board

All None

Checks if the DSP in SYSCONPM/SYSCONCM can access the P3RLY/P2RLY board via FE bus.

GE FE

Only

None

GE FE

Only

None

GE FE

Only

Probe

Checks if the 8 bits of the Probe Code in the probe connector is properly connected.

If connected probe is available, display code and Probe name.

7-5-4-4 ACWD

These programs are provided for testing the ACWD board.

Table 7-5 FRU Test, ACWD Diagnostics Menu

Menu

Full Test

Assy Revision

TEst

USC Interface

Test

FEBUS Test

IQ Data Read

Descriptions

Performs all of the ACWD board test listed below

Test EEPROM.Send test pattern to write to EEPROM and readDisplays the board revision of the ACWD board

All

User

Level Tools

All None

None

Checks if the DSP in SYSCONPM/SYSCNCM can access the ACWD boards via USB bus.

All

Allows SYSCONPM/SYSCNCM to access FE bus interface in the ACWD in order to check if FE bus line is normal.

Send the command to perform CW scanning, read IQ data from assigned memory, analyze the data with FFT algorithm.

None

Probe

Connection

Checks whether ACWD probe connected or not.

Channel Test

Generate test pattern, perform 32 channel scanning in ACWD, read the data and analyze it.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

7-5-4-5 APS/APS Pro

These programs are provided for testing the APS board.

Table 7-6 FRU Test, APS Diagnostics Menu

Menu

Full Test

HV voltage stability

LV voltage stability

Descriptions

Performs all of the APS test listed below

Read HV voltage and display HV values.

Read HV voltage and display LV values.

7-5-4-6

NOTE:

NOTE:

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

User

Level Tools

All None

All None

All

M

ANUAL

None

FRONT PANEL

These programs are provided for testing the Front panel.

Table 7-7 FRU Test, ACWD Diagnostics Menu

Menu

FRONT PANEL

Overall

FRONT PANEL

Revision

ROM

RAM

EEPROM

SWITCH

Echoback

Descriptions

Performs all of the Front Panel tests listed below

User

Level Tools

All

Test EEPROM.Send test pattern to write to EEPROM and read.Displays the board revision of the Front Panel.

All

Makes a check of internal ROM check sum.

Writes / reads data over all address of RAM and also makes a check of control program.

Writes / reads data over all address of EEPROM

All

All

All

Test switch in Front Panel.

All

Rotate or depress any key, Verify that it is displayed on the CRT monitor. To finish the test, press “Abort” key and wait until complete message appears.

All

None

None

None

None

None

None

None

For the EchoBack test, it is highly recommended to press a button less than two times per a second.

When Abort button is pressed to finish EchoBack test, you have to wait until “Completed.” message is displayed to proceed other tests.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 7-6

LED Descriptions

7-6-1

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

CL1TRX/BL1TRX Assy

The CL1TRX/BL1TRX Assy is located at the No.1 slot in the NEST Assy.

Table 7-8 LEDs on CL1TRX/BL1TRX Assy

LED

DS1

Descriptions

FPGA configuration OK status Indicator

Normal State

Normally Blinking

7-6-2

7-6-3

P3RLY/P2RLY Assy

The P3RLY Assy is located at the front of the NEST Assy.

Table 7-9 LEDs on P3RLY/P2RLY Assy

LED

D1

D2

D3

D4

Descriptions

MUX embedded Probe Recognition Indicator

Selected probe connector position number bit 0

Selected probe connector position number bit 1

FPGA Configuration OK status indicator

Normal State

Normally On

Depend on live probe position

Depend on live probe position

Normally On

SYSCONPM/SYSCONCM Assy

The SYSCONPM/SYSCONCM Assy is located at the No.3 slot of the NEST Assy.

Table 7-10 LEDs on L1SYSCON Assy

LED

DS1

DS2

DS3

DS4

Descriptions

CPDI FPGA configuration OK indicator

Frame Start signal. Scan running status indicator

FEBC FPGA configuration OK indicator

DSP operation OK indicator

Normal State

Normally On

Normally blinking on scanning

Normally On

Normally blinking

7 - 20 Section 7-6 - LED Descriptions

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

7-6-4 APS/APS Pro Assy

NOTE:

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

HVL+ and HVL- are not available for APS PRO.

The APS/APS Pro Assy is located at the No. 4 slot of the NEST Assy.

Table 7-11 LEDs on APS/APS Pro Assy

LED

DP5 (Top)

LP5

AP6

DP33

SHV+

HVL+

HVH+ (Bottom)

Descriptions

Digital 5V output indicator

Live Power 5V output indicator

Analog 6V output indicator

Digital 3.3V output indicator

SHV+ output indicator status indicator

HVL+ level indicator

HVH+ level indicator

Normal State

Normally On

Normally On

Normally On

Normally On

Normally On

Normally On in CFM mode or PW mode

Normally On in B mode

Section 7-6 - LED Descriptions 7 - 21

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 7-7Trouble Shooting Tree

7-7-1 System Does Not Power On / Boot Up

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

7 - 22

Make sure the scanner is not plugged into emergency power

(red outlet);

Is the scanner plugged in?

Yes

Is the AC at the wall outlet?

Yes

Is the circuit breaker ON?

Yes

NO

NO

NO

Check if wall power is alive

Press the on/off switch to boot the system. Is the on/off switch illuminated with an green color and can you listen fan sound of inside?

NO

Check if the standby 5V od APS is alive

Make sure AC power connector and control signal connector is plugged properly

Yes

Does the scanner boot up?

Yes

Scanner is ON and ready for use.

NO

If HDD indicator is blinking after power on, check the monitor cable

Check BIOS or replace PM SOM module

Figure 7-10 Power On / Boot Up Flowchart

Section 7-7 - Trouble Shooting Tree

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

7-7-2 System Does Not Boot

System doesn’t boot!

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Is the AC power cable seated to the Scanner and to the wall power outlet?

YES

NO

Connect the AC power cable between the Scanner and the wall power outlet in right way.

Is the main breaker turned

ON?

YES

NO

Turn ON the main breaker of the Scanner.

Has the ON/OFF

key on the Control Panel been pressed once?

NO

YES

Press the ON/OFF button on the

Control Panel.

Go on to the next page.

Figure 7-11 System does not Boot

Section 7-7 - Trouble Shooting Tree 7 - 23

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1


(cont’d)

System doesn’t boot! (cont’d)

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Do the fans start to run?

YES

Is the SOM module starting to display start-up screens on the monitor?

YES

NO

NO

Check;

1.) AC Power

2.) AC Transformer

Check/replace the PM SOM/CM

SOM module.

Is the LOGIQ starting display shown on the monitor?

NO

Turn off the power, wait a few seconds, and try to turn on the power again.

Go on to the next page.

Figure 7-12 System does not Boot (contd.)

7 - 24 Section 7-7 - Trouble Shooting Tree

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1


(cont’d)

System doesn’t boot! (cont’d)

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Are the Control Panel keys lit?

YES

NO

1.) Check the Control

Panel cable connection.

2.) Check/replace

Control Panel.

END

Is regular scan display shown on the monitor?

NO

YES

Press and hold the main switch for five (5) seconds to reboot the system.

Go to Scan Procedure section.

Figure 7-13 System does not Boot (contd.)


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

7-7-3 Noise in Image

Noise is shown in Image.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Is there any electrical devices that affect the

Scanner?

NO

YES

Keep the Scanner away from those electrical devices.

Check probes.

Figure 7-14 Noise in Image


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

7-7-4 Unable to Scan

Unable to scan!

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Are probes connected in right way?

YES

NO

Check the probe connection.

END

Are other operations possible?

NO

YES

Check the HV power supply unit.

Restart the scanner.

Figure 7-15 Unable to Scan


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

7-7-5 Trackball

The trackball is low sensitive!

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Does the trackball move at all?

NO

YES

Remove the ball from the Trackball, and clean it.

Replace the trackball unit.

Figure 7-16 Trackball Troubleshooting


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

7-7-6 Monitor Troubleshooting

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

NOTE: Reset the monitor settings to the factory defaults prior to troubleshooting the monitor.

NOTICE

Comments to remember about the 15” monitor.

The monitor is the diagnostic monitor and is connected to AC 110/220 VAC.

The monitor powers down with the console.

Power output from AC Power assy via AC distributor in AC Transbox assy:

When the monitor is not connected to the AC power there is a leakage current which when measured with a DVM can indicate high voltage.

When a load is applied, the voltage collapses to low voltage if the monitor is not switched on.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

7-7-6 Monitor Troubleshooting

(cont’d)

Press once the on/off switch.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Is the shutdown dialog box displayed?

NO

Press and hold on/off switch until system shut down.

Yes

Shutdown the scanner from a software screen or depress the ON/OFF switch

Did the scanner

Shut off?

NO

Depress and hold the ON/OFF switch on the scanner for approximately 5 seconds.

If the scanner fails to Shut Off, follow the step below.

Check cable connection refer 7-10-5

If the scanner still does not Shut off,

Switch the circuit breaker to the OFF position.

Yes

Switch the breaker to the

OFF position.to completely Power Down the scanner.

Figure 7-17 Monitor Troubleshooting

• Monitor does not work

Check AC circuit breaker

-

-

Verify power is present at monitor outlet

Check if video is present at backplane

• Prints do not match monitor

Verify factory default settings. Chapter 18 in the User Manual calls out suggested settings for various exam and lighting conditions.

• Video test patterns are not clear, bright, parallel or square

Replace the monitor


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

7-7-7 Unable to Record to VCR

Unable to record to VCR!

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Is the VCR properly connected?

YES

Is the VCR tape put into the device?

YES

NO

Check that all signal, and power supply cable connections to the VCR unit are OK.

NO

Put the tape into the device and rewind it.

Is recording unable even by manual operation?

NO

YES

- Check the signal cable connections between VCR and Internal I/O.

- Check the cables between BEP and

Internal I/O

Replace VCR.

Figure 7-18 VCR Troubleshooting


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

7-7-8 Printer Troubleshooting

Unable to use Printer(s)!

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Is the printer(s) properly connected?

YES

Are there print papers left?

YES

NO

Check that all signal, and power supply cable connections between

Printer and Scanner are OK.

NO

Insert the printer papers.

Is proper configuration for the Print key(s) set?

NO

Configure the Print key(s).

See next page.

Figure 7-19 Printer Troubleshooting


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

7-7-8 Printer Troubleshooting

(cont’d)

Still unable to use the Printer(s)!

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Is printing unavailable even by manual operation?

YES

Is there an error message on the monitor display?

NO

NO

Check the USB cables Between backplane and usb port.

YES

Replace SOM module.

Replace the Printer.

Figure 7-20 Printer Troubleshooting (contd.)


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

7-7-9 DVD-RW Troubleshooting

Unable to record to CD-R or DVD -R!

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Is a new, unused CD-R disc inserted to the drive?

YES

NO

Insert a new, un-used CD-R disc.

Are CD-Rs rated at the proper write speed?

YES

NO

Acquire CD-Rs rated at the proper write speed.

Replace SOM Module.

Figure 7-21 CD-RW Troubleshooting


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

7-7-10 Network Troubleshooting

7-7-10-1

7-7-10-2

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

No Connection to the Network at All

1.) Check that the network cable between the scanner and the wall network is connected and well seated in both ends.

2.) Try a network cable that is known to be OK.

3.) Check the cable between the SYSCONPM(SYSCOMCM) and Rear Panel.

4.) Connect a Crossed network cable between the Scanner and your PC. Try to ping from the scanner to the IP address on the PC. If OK, the hardware connection inside the scanner is OK.

No Contact With Server, But Connection to Network is OK

Check Network setup on the scanner.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

7-7-10 Network Troubleshooting

(cont’d)

No Connection to the Network

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Is the

TCP/IP Cable between

LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro and network outlet connected and well

YES

Try a network cable that is known to be OK

NO

Connect the cable and verify that it is well seated in both ends.

7 - 36

Is the connection OK now?

YES

NO

Replace the AEXP cable between

SYSCON and Rear panel.

Is the cable between SYSCON and Rear Panel OK?

NO

Replace the Rear Panel.

YES

Connect a Crossed Network Cable between the Scanner and your PC/

Laptop.

Try to ping from the PC/Laptop to

LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro.

If OK, the hardware connection inside LOGIQ™ P5/A5/A5Pro is OK.

Figure 7-22 Network Troubleshooting

Section 7-7 - Trouble Shooting Tree

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Chapter 8

Replacement Procedures

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Section 8-1

Overview


This chapter describes replacement procedures for the following modules and subsystems.

Section Description

8-5

8-6

8-7

8-1

8-2

8-3

8-4

Overview

DISASSEMBLY/RE-ASSEMBLY

Software Loading Procedure

Software Installation

Full Backup/Restore Procedure

Software Reloading

Mechanical Option Installation instruction


Page Number

8-1

8-2

8-117

8-129

8-159

8-163

8-173


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 8-2 DISASSEMBLY/RE-ASSEMBLY

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

ONLY QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL SHOULD REMOVE ANY COVERS OR

PANELS. ELECTRICAL HAZARDS EXISTS AT SEVERAL POINTS INSIDE. BECOME

THOROUGHLY FAMILIAR WITH ALL HAZARDOUS VOLTAGES AND HIGH CURRENT

LEVELS TO AVOID ACCIDENTAL CONTACT

CAUTION

Do not wear the ESD wrist strap when you remove a part of power supply unit. Turn OFF power and unplug the power cord before removing a part of power supply unit. However be sure to turn off power and wear the strap before you remove a circuit boards.

DO NOT SERVICE OR DISASSEMBLE PARTS UNDER FRU UNIT LEVEL AT ANY

CIRCUMSTANCES.

8 - 2 Section 8-2 - DISASSEMBLY/RE-ASSEMBLY

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-1 LCD Plastic filter

8-2-1-1

8-2-1-2

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Tools

• Common Phillips screwdrivers




1.) Remove the LP5 Monitor cover set. Refer to the 8-2-2 "Monitor cover set" on page 8-5 .

2.) Remove the LCD Plastic filter.

Figure 8-1 Removing the LCD plastic filter

3.) Put the LCD plastic filter on the LCD monitor after detaching the tape of the LCD plastic filter.

Figure 8-2 Putting the LCD plastic filter on the LCD monitor

Section 8-2 - DISASSEMBLY/RE-ASSEMBLY 8 - 3

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL




Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-8-2

Section 10-5-5


Power On/Boot Up



Procedure

Physical Inspection

Debrief Script


5394141, Rev 1+, Section 8-2-1. Equipment passed all required tests and is ready for use. “


1.) Install the LCD monitor cover parts in the reverse order of removal procedure. Refer to the 8-2-2

"Monitor cover set" on page 8-5 .

2.) Put the label on the rear of the LCD monitor.

Figure 8-3 Putting the label on the rear of the LCD monitor


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-2 Monitor cover set

8-2-2-1

8-2-2-2

Tools

• Common pilIips screwdrivers




1.) Remove the LCD cable cover.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 8-4 Removing the LCD cable cover

2.) Unscrew 1 screw (2306565, BH M4x16 WHT) to remove the power cord bracket assembled under the LCD cable cover.

Figure 8-5 Removing the power cord bracket


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1


3.) Disconnect power cable and DVI cable.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 8-6 Disconnecting power cable and DVI cable

4.) Unscrew 2 screws(5177684, HSH M5x20 WHT) to separate LCD monitor.

Figure 8-7 Separating the LCD monitor

5.) Unscrew 4 screws to remove the LCD rear cover.

8 - 6

Figure 8-8 Removing the LCD rear cover

Section 8-2 - DISASSEMBLY/RE-ASSEMBLY

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


6.) Unscrew 4 screws to remove the OSD key assy and disconnect the connect.

Figure 8-9 Separating the OSD key assy

7.) Separate the LCD tact knob and LCD lamp window from the OSD key assy.

Figure 8-10 Separating the LCD tact knob and LCD lamp window

8.) Unscrew 5 screws to remove LCD front cover.

Figure 8-11 Removing the LCD front cover


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL




Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-8-2

Section 10-5-5


Power On/Boot Up



Procedure

Physical Inspection

Debrief Script




Install the each of the new part in the reverse order of removal procedure.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-3 OSD button and lamp set, LCD Plastic Filter

8-2-3-1

8-2-3-2

8-2-3-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Tools


Preparations

• Shut down the system and switch off the main breaker.

• Maneuver control console to a suitable position for removing the monitor.


1.) Unscrew 4 screws (1-4) from the LCD front cover.

(1)

(2) (3) (4)

8-2-3-4

Figure 8-12 Unscrews 4 screws



Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-6-2

Section 10-5-5


Power On/Boot Up


15" OSD Key Assy Function Validation

Procedure

Physical Inspection

Debrief Script



Mounting Procedure

Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-4 LCD Std Arm with Cover

8-2-4-1

8-2-4-2

8-2-4-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Tools



Preparations




1.) Remove the Power Cable, DVI Cable.

POWER CABLE

Figure 8-13 Removing the Cable

2.) Unscrew 1 screw to remove the LCD arm cover.

DVI CABLE

Figure 8-14 Unscrews 1 screw


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL




Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-8-8

Section 10-5-5


Power On/Boot Up


Flexible LCD Arm Function Validation

Procedure

Physical Inspection

Debrief Script






GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-5 Monitor Assy

8-2-5-1

8-2-5-2

8-2-5-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Tools



Preparations




1.) Detach the monitor assy from arm.

-

-

Open monitor cable cover

Unscrew a screw of the power connector fixture bracket

-

-

-

Unplug the power plug and DVI connector

Flip down the monitor

Unscrew the 2 hexa screw of the monitor hinge

8-2-5-4

8 - 12

Figure 8-15 Disassemble Monitor from STD arm

While unscrew the hinge hexa screw from the arm, keep hold the monitor to prevent drop down.



Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-6-1

Section 10-5-2


Power On/Boot Up

Debrief Script


15" LCDMON II Assy & LCD Panel with filter

Function Validation Procedure



Functional Checks (See Also Chapter 4)


Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-6 Flexible LCD Arm Removal Procedure

8-2-6-1

8-2-6-2

8-2-6-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Tools




Preparations




1.) Remove the LCD cable cover.

Figure 8-16 Removing the LCD cable cover

2.) Unscrew 1 screw (2306565, BH M4x16 WHT) to remove the power cord bracket assembled under the LCD cable cover.

Figure 8-17 Removing the power cord bracket


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1


3.) Disconnect power cable and DVI cable.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 8-18 Disconnecting power cable and DVI cable

4.) Unscrew 1 screw (2329677, TAP M4X16) to remove the Fold cover.

Figure 8-19 Removing the Fold cover

5.) Unscrew 2 screws (2159634, BH M4x10 WHT) to remove the Cable clamp.

8 - 14

Figure 8-20 Removing the Cable clamp


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


6.) Unscrew 2 screws (5177684, HSH M5x20 WHT) to separate the LCD MONITOR and 1 screw

(2159625, PH M4x8 W/SP) to remove the Cable bracket.

NOTE: While unscrewing the hinge hexa screw from the arm, keep hold of the monitor to prevent dropping down.

Figure 8-21 Separating the LCD monitor & Removing the Cable bracket.

7.) Unscrew 2 screws (2337572, FH M3x6 WHT) to remove the Arm cover L & R.

Figure 8-22 Removing the Arm cover L & Arm cover R

8.) Unscrew 2 screws (2159632, BH M4x6 WHT) to remove the Cam cover L & R.

Figure 8-23 Removing the Cam cover L & Cam cover R


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


9.) Unscrew 4 screws (2159634, BH M4x10 WHT) to remove the Arm bottom cover.

Figure 8-24 Removing the Arm bottom cover

10.)Unscrew 1 screw (2329677, TAP M4X16) to remove the Lock cover.

Figure 8-25 Removing the Lock cover

11.) Unscrew 2 screws (2159625, PH M4x8 W/SP) to remove the Lower arm guide bracket.

8 - 16

Figure 8-26 Removing the Lower arm guide bracket


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


12.)Unscrew 2 screws (2159626, PH M4X20) to remove the Arm stopper.

Figure 8-27 Removing the Arm stopper

13.) Pull out power cable & DVI cable. Make sure flexible arm not to rotate.

Figure 8-28 Pulling out power cable & DVI cable

14.) Unscrew 4 screws (2159625, PH M4x8 W/SP) to remove the Lower arm cable bracket and pull out power cable & DVI cable.

Figure 8-29 Unscrewing 4 screws


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


15.)Unscrew 3 screws (2159634, BH M4x10 WHT) after removing the rubber caps to remove neck front cover, neck rear cover.

Figure 8-30 Unscrewing 3 screws and removing the neck front cover & neck rear cover

16.)Unscrew 3 screws(5327646, HSH M6X16 WHT) to separate the flexible arm neck pipe.

8 - 18

Figure 8-31 Separating the neck pipe


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


17.)Unscrew 1 screw (2159625, PH M4x8 W/SP) to remove the OP bracket.

Figure 8-32 Removing OP bracket

18.) Unscrew 3 screws (2373562, FH M4x10 YEL) to separate the Flexible arm stopper (A+B).

Figure 8-33 Separating the flexible arm stopper


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


19.)Pull out power cable & DVI cable and remove the oilless bush after separating the neck pipe.

8 - 20

Figure 8-34 Pulling out power cable & DVI cable and removing the stopper


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


20.)Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.


Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-8-8

Section 10-5-5


Power On/Boot Up


Flexible LCD Arm Function Validation

Procedure

Physical Inspection

Debrief Script




GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-6-4

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Assembly procedure

First, remove LP5/LA5 Main K/B Assy and LP5/LA5 Sub K/B Assy

1.) Change the MON PWR CONN LONG cable and remove the cable tie of the DVI cable for flexible arm.

MON PWR CONN LONG cable

8 - 22

Figure 8-35 Changing the MON PWR CONN LONG cable


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

8-2-6-4 Assembly procedure (cont’d)

2.) Assemble the LCD locking mechanism.

a.) Put the stopper pin inside the spring and then put them inside the spring holder. Fix it with spring pin.

Figure 8-36 Assembling the spring holder Assy

b.) Put lock tite 290 on the M16 tap of the spring holder Assy and screw it.

Figure 8-37 Screwing the spring holder Assy


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

8-2-6-4 Assembly procedure (cont’d) b-1) Mold die of AL neck frame modified as seen in the figure below does not need a nut.

Figure 8-38 Screwing the spring holder Assy

c.) Insert holder grip as seen the picture below and fix it with 2set screws(2327580, M2.6X4).

Figure 8-39 Assembling the holder grip


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


3.) Insert two of the flexible arm stoppers (A+B) to the Power Cable and DVI cable in the Order illustrated on the figure below. Make sure that chamfered shape of the flexible Arm stopper should face inside.

Flexible Arm Stopper

Figure 8-40 Inserting cables to the flexible arm stopper

4.) Insert oilless bush into the flexible arm neck pipe and insert two cables into the flexible arm neck pipe.

Figure 8-41 Inserting the oilless bush

5.) Insert the flexible arm into the flexible arm neck pipe.

Figure 8-42 Inserting the flexible arm


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


6.) Screw 3 screws (2373562, FH M4X10 YEL) to fix the flexible arm stopper after adjusting the holes.

Figure 8-43 Fixing the flexible arm stopper

7.) Screw 1 screw (2159625, PH M4X8 W/SP) to install OP bracket.

Figure 8-44 Installing OP Bracket

8.) Screw 3 screws (5327646, HSH M6X16 WHT) to install the arm neck pipe. Make sure place DVI cable be on the right side, power cable on the left side.

8 - 26

Figure 8-45 Assembling the arm neck pipe


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


9.) Screw 2 screws (5177684, HSH M5X20 WHT) to assemble the LCD monitor with flexible arm Top part.

Figure 8-46 Screwing 2 screws

10.)Insert the two cables inside the Flexible arm and Screw 4 screws (2159625, PH M4X8 W/SP) to assemble the Lower arm cable bracket.

Figure 8-47 Screwing 4 screws

11.)Put in the two cables. Make sure place DVI cable be on the right side, power cable on the left side.

Figure 8-48 Putting in the cables


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


12.)Screw 2 screws (2159626, PH M4X20) to assemble the Arm stopper.

Figure 8-49 Installing the Arm stopper

13.)Screw 2 screws (2159625, PH M4X8 W/SP) to assemble the Lower arm guide bracket.

Figure 8-50 Assembling the Lower arm guide bracket

14.)Tie the Cables with Cable tie.

8 - 28

Figure 8-51 Tying the cables


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


15.)Place the cables inside the slot and connect power cable and DVI cable.

Figure 8-52 Placing the Cables

16.)Assemble the Cable bracket with 1 Screw (2159625, PH M4X8 W/SP)

Figure 8-53 Assembling the Cable bracket

17.)Screw 2 screws (2159634, BH M4X10 WHT) to assemble the Cable clamp.

Figure 8-54 Assembling the Cable clamp


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1


18.)Place the cables like the figure below.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 8-55 Placing the cables

19.)Screw 1 screw (2306565, BH M4X16 WHT) to fix the Power cable.

Figure 8-56 Assembling the power cord bracket


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1


20.)Assemble the LCD cable cover.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 8-57 Assembling the LCD cable cover


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


21.)Screw 3 screws (2159634, BH M4x10 WHT) after placing the neck front cover and neck Rear cover.

Figure 8-58 Assembling the neck front cover and the neck rear cover

22.)Screw 1 screw (2159625, PH M4X8 W/SP) to assemble the Lock Knob.

8 - 32

Figure 8-59 Assembling the Lock Knob


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


23.)Screw 1 screw (2329677, TAP M4X16) to assemble the Lock Cover.

Figure 8-60 Assembling the Lock Cover


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


24.)Screw 2 screws (2159632, BH M4X6 WHT) to assemble the Cam Cover L & R.

Figure 8-61 Assembling the Cam Cover L & R

25.)Screw 1 screw (2329677, TAP M4X16) to assemble the Fold Cover.

8 - 34

Figure 8-62 Assembling the Fold Cover


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


26.)Screw 2 screws (2337572, FH M3X6 WHT) to assemble the Arm cover L & R.

Figure 8-63 Assembling the Arm Cover L & R

27.)Screw 4 screws (2159634, BH M4X10 WHT) to assemble the Arm bottom Cover.

Figure 8-64 Assembling the Arm bottom cover


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


28.)Attach LCD Arm Caution Label, LCD Arm Rotation Label, LCD Lock Caution Label.

LCD Arm Caution Label

LCD Arm Rotation Label

LCD Lock Caution Label

Figure 8-65 Flexible Arm


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-7 Main Keyboard Assy

8-2-7-1

8-2-7-2

8-2-7-3

Tools


Preparations



1.) Remove the 3 Probe holders & Cup holder from the keyboard.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 8-66 Removing holders

2.) Unscrew 4 screws from the bottom front of the keyboard.

(2) (3)

(1)

(4)



GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1


3.) Unscrew 2 screws from the rear side of the keyboard.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

(1)

(2)


4.) Lift the top cover of the keyboard and disconnect 4 cables from the keyboard.

Figure 8-69 Lifting the top cover & Disconnecting 5 Cables


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL




Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-7-1

Section 4-3-4

Section 4-3-5

Section 10-5-2


Power On/Boot Up


Main Keyboard Assy Function Validation

Procedure

System B/M-Mode Checks

System CFM and PWD Checks


Debrief Script






GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-8 Sub Keyboard Assy

8-2-8-1

8-2-8-2

8-2-8-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Tools


Preparations



1.) Remove the Main Keyboard Assy. Refer to the 8-2-7 "Main Keyboard Assy" on page 8-37 .

2.) Unscrew 4 screws (1-4). 2 screws(1-2) are back side or the speaker and 2 screws(3-4) are bottom of sub keyboard.

(1) (2)

(3) (4)

Figure 8-70 4 Screw Sub Keyboard Assy



Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Debrief Script



Section 4-7-2


Power On/Boot Up


Sub Keyboard Assy Function Validation

Procedure


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-8-4

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


1.) The product emblem is attached on the sub keyboard, so proper elblem should be attached on the sub keyboard when replace the sub keyboard.

The sub keyboard FRU include 4 kinds of emblem which are LOGIQ P5, LOGIQ P5 Ob, LOGIQ A5,

LOGIQ A5 pro.

Figure 8-71 Emblems

2.) Attache proper product emblem as same as install base system before assemble the sub keyboard assy.

Figure 8-72 Emblem on Sub Keyboard

3.) Refer Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-9 Trackball Assy

8-2-9-1

8-2-9-2

8-2-9-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Tools


Preparations




2.) Unscrew 4 screws (1-4) and disconnect the cable.

connector

4 screws

8-2-9-4

Figure 8-73 Screws and connector for Trackball



Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-7-3


Power On/Boot Up


Trackball Assy validation

Debrief Script






GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-10

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

English, Greek, Russian, Swedish, Norwegian A/N Key assy

8-2-10-1

8-2-10-2

8-2-10-3

Tools


Preparations




Figure 8-74 A/N Key in keyboard

2.) Remove USB PCB by unscrewing 6 screws (1-6) and disconnecting the 6 cables.

Connectors

1 ~ 3

Connector 3

4~ 6

Figure 8-75 USB PCB


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1


3.) Unscrew 6 screws from the back side of the A/N key assy.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

1

2

3

4

5

6

8-2-10-4

Figure 8-76 Screws on the A/N Key



Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-7-4


Power On/Boot Up


A/N Key assy validation

Debrief Script






GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-11 Freeze key assy

8-2-11-1

8-2-11-2

8-2-11-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Tools


Preparations




Figure 8-77 Freeze Key in the main keyboard

2.) Remove the 3 screws (1-3) and disconnect 1 cable.

2

1

1

3

Figure 8-78 Freeze Key connector

connector


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL




Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-7-5


Power On/Boot Up


Freeze key validation

Debrief Script






GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-12 TGC key assy / TGC Knob Set

8-2-12-1

8-2-12-2

8-2-12-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Tools


Preparations



1.) Remove the CFUNCKEY Assy. Refer to the 8-2-7 "Main Keyboard Assy" on page 8-37 .

2.) Remove the TGC Knobs.

3.) Unscrew 4 screws (1-4).

Figure 8-79 8 TGC Knobs

1 2

3 4

Figure 8-80 TGC PCB Assy in Keyboard


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1


4.) Disconnect 1 connector from the PCB.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

8-2-12-4

Figure 8-81 TGC Key Connector



Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-7-6


Power On/Boot Up


TGC key assay / TGC Knob Set validation

Debrief Script






GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-13 Sub Keyboard Encoder Knob Set

8-2-13-1

8-2-13-2

8-2-13-3

Tools


Preparations



1.) Remove all the Encoder Knobs from the keyboard.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

8-2-13-4

Figure 8-82 Knob in Sub Keyboard



Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-7-7

Functional Test / Diagnostic Test Debrief Script

Power On/Boot Up


Sub Keyboard Encoder Knob Set validation






GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-14 Keycap set, Main Keyboard Encoder Knob set

8-2-14-1

8-2-14-2

8-2-14-3

Tools


Preparations



1.) Remove key caps from the keyboard.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

8-2-14-4

Figure 8-83 Key Caps



Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-8-4

Section 10-5-5


Power On/Boot Up

Debrief Script


TGC key assy/TGC Knob Set, Sub keyboard encoder Knob Set, Keycap set, Main Keyboard

Encoder Knob set Function Validation

Procedure



Physical Inspection




GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-15 Side Left Cover

8-2-15-1

8-2-15-2

8-2-15-3

Tools


Preparations




LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 8-84 2 screw on Side left cover

2.) Remove the left cover.

8-2-15-4

Figure 8-85 Open Side left cover



Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-8-1

Section 10-5-5


Power On/Boot Up


Cover Parts Function Validation

Physical Inspection

Debrief Script






GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-16 Side Right Cover

8-2-16-1

8-2-16-2

8-2-16-3

Tools


Preparations




LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 8-86 2 screw on side right cover

2.) Remove the Right cover.

8-2-16-4

8 - 52

Figure 8-87 Open side right cover



Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-8-1

Section 10-5-5


Power On/Boot Up



Physical Inspection

Debrief Script






GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-17 Front Cover

8-2-17-1

8-2-17-2

8-2-17-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Tools


Preparations



1.) Remove the Left, and Right side covers. Refer to the 8-2-15 "Side Left Cover" on page 8-51 and 8-

2-16 "Side Right Cover" on page 8-52 .

2.) Remove the dummy left and right covers. Refer to the Figure 8-88.

3.) Unscrew 2 screws (1-2) from the left side of the front cover.

Figure 8-88 Screws of Dummy Cover

4.) Unscrew 2 screws (1-2) from the right side of the Front cover.

Figure 8-89 Screws of the front cover


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1


5.) Remove the front cover.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

8-2-17-4

Figure 8-90 Removal of front cover



Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-8-1

Section 10-5-5


Power On/Boot Up



Physical Inspection

Debrief Script






GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-18 Rear Cover

8-2-18-1

8-2-18-2

8-2-18-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Tools


Preparations




2-16 "Side Right Cover" on page 8-52 .

2.) Remove 4 rubber caps from the rear cover of the system.

Figure 8-91 4 rubber caps on Rear Cover

3.) Unscrew 4 screws (1-4) from the rear cover.

(1)

(2)

(3)

Figure 8-92 4 screws on rear cover

4.) Remove the Rear Cover.

(4)


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL




Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-8-1

Section 10-5-5


Power On/Boot Up



Physical Inspection

Debrief Script






GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-19 Middle Cover

8-2-19-1

8-2-19-2

8-2-19-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Tools



Preparations




2-16 "Side Right Cover" on page 8-52 . And Remove the Rear Cover. Refer to the 8-2-18 "Rear

Cover" on page 8-55 .

2.) Remove 2 rubber caps (1-2) from the middle cover of the system.

1

2

Figure 8-93 2 rubber cap of middle cover

3.) Unscrew 2 screws (1-2) from the middle cover.

1 2

Figure 8-94 2 screws of middle cover


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL




Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-8-1

Section 10-5-5


Power On/Boot Up



Physical Inspection

Debrief Script






GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-20 Top Cover

8-2-20-1

8-2-20-2

8-2-20-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Tools


Preparations



1.) Remove the Dummy Cover L/R. Refer to the 8-2-25 "Dummy Cover L / R" on page 8-66 .

2.) Remove the Top Bottom Cover. Refer to the 8-2-21 "Top Bottom Cover" on page 8-60 .

3.) Remove 2 rubber caps (1-2) from the top cover of the system and unscrew 2 screws (1-2).

(1)

(2)

8-2-20-4

Figure 8-95 2 rubber caps of top cover

4.) Unscrew 5 screws (1-5) from the bottom of the top cover.

5.) Remove the Top Cover.



Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-8-1

Section 10-5-5


Power On/Boot Up



Physical Inspection

Debrief Script






GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-21 Top Bottom Cover

8-2-21-1

8-2-21-2

8-2-21-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Tools



Preparations




2.) Unscrew 7 screws (1-7) from the bottom of the top cover.

8-2-21-4

Figure 8-96 Top bottom cover

3.) Remove the Top Bottom Cover.



Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-8-1

Section 10-5-5


Power On/Boot Up



Physical Inspection

Debrief Script






GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-22 Pole Cover

8-2-22-1

8-2-22-2

8-2-22-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Tools


Preparations




2.) Remove the Top Bottom Cover. Refer to the 8-2-21 "Top Bottom Cover" on page 8-60 .

3.) Remove the Top Cover. Refer to the 8-2-20 "Top Cover" on page 8-59 .


(1)

(2)

8-2-22-4

Figure 8-97 Pole Cover



Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-8-1

Section 10-5-5


Power On/Boot Up



Physical Inspection

Debrief Script






GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-23 Neck Front

8-2-23-1

8-2-23-2

8-2-23-3

Tools


Preparations



1.) Remove 1 rubber cap.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 8-98 rubber cap of neck front cover

2.) Unscrew 1 screw and remove the Neck Front.

8 - 62

Figure 8-99 Open neck front cover


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL




Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-8-1

Section 10-5-5


Power On/Boot Up



Physical Inspection

Debrief Script






GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-24 Neck Rear

8-2-24-1

8-2-24-2

8-2-24-3

Tools


Preparations



1.) Remove 2 rubber caps (1-2).

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

(1)

Figure 8-100 rubber cap of neck rear cover

2.) Unscrew 2 screws and remove the Neck Rear.

(2)

Figure 8-101 Open neck rear cover


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL




Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-8-1

Section 10-5-5


Power On/Boot Up



Physical Inspection

Debrief Script






GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-25 Dummy Cover L / R

8-2-25-1

8-2-25-2

8-2-25-3

Tools


Preparations



1.) Remove 2 rubber caps (1-2).

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 8-102 rubber cap of dummy cover

2.) Unscrew 2 screws and remove the dummy cover L.

Figure 8-103 screws of dummy cover

3.) Same process is applied for dummy cover R.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL




Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-8-1

Section 10-5-5


Power On/Boot Up



Physical Inspection

Debrief Script






GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-26 EMI Cover L

8-2-26-1

8-2-26-2

8-2-26-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Tools


Preparations



1.) Remove the Side Left Cover. Refer to the 8-2-15 "Side Left Cover" on page 8-51 .


8-2-26-4

Figure 8-104 EMI Cover L



Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-8-1

Section 10-5-5


Power On/Boot Up



Physical Inspection

Debrief Script






GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-27 EMI Cover R

8-2-27-1

8-2-27-2

8-2-27-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Tools


Preparations



1.) Remove the Side Right Cover. Refer to the 8-2-16 "Side Right Cover" on page 8-52 .


8-2-27-4

Figure 8-105 EMI Cover R



Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-8-1

Section 10-5-5


Power On/Boot Up



Physical Inspection

Debrief Script






GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-28 APS/APS Pro Assy

NOTE: APS Power Supply can not be adjusted.

8-2-28-1

8-2-28-2

8-2-28-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Tools


• Nipper

Preparations



1.) Remove the Side Left Cover. Refer to the 8-2-15 "Side Left Cover" on page 8-51 .

2.) Remove the EMI Cover L. Refer to the 8-2-26 "EMI Cover L" on page 8-68 .

3.) Remove Hard Disk assy to unplug the APS/APS Pro connectors on backplane easily.

Unplug the HDD power connector on the HDD and the SATA connector from the bottom side of the backplane. Pull out the connector.

4.) Unscrew 4 screws of the HDD bracket.

HDD Connector

SATA Connector

Figure 8-106 Remove HDD

5.) Unplug the DC power connector from DVD RW drive.

6.) The APS/APS Pro assy have 5 connectors, 3 connectors are pluged on backplane and 1 connector is connected to nest cooling fan power and 1 connector is AC power connector.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


7.) Unplug 3 connectors from the backplane and disconnect the 3P AC connector near bottom of the backplane and disconnect the 2P connector near the nest cooling fan.

Cut the tie wrap

ODD Power Connector

ODD SATA Connector

Figure 8-107 APS/APS Pro Connectors of backplane


9.) Remove the EMI Cover R. Refer to the 8-2-27 "EMI Cover R" on page 8-69 .

10.)Unplug the J14 connector and unscrew 2 screws (1-2). Pull out the APS/APS Pro assy carefully.

During take out the APS/APS Pro assy, the power connector on the backplane side should be passed through the square hole on the backplane.

Figure 8-108 Pull out the APS/APS Pro Assy


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL




Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-9-5

Section 10-5-2

Section 10-5-5


Power On/Boot Up

Debrief Script


APS/APS Pro Assy PCB Function Validation

Procedure




Physical Inspection




GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-29 CL1TRX Assy / BL1TRX Assy

8-2-29-1

8-2-29-2

8-2-29-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Tools


Preparations





3.) Unscrew 2 screws (1-2) and eject the PCB.

Figure 8-109 Eject ASIG Assy

4.) The CL1TRX(BL1TRX) board is located on the most left slot in the nest box.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1


5.) Pull the CL1TRX Assy out.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

8-2-29-4

Figure 8-110 Eject the CL1TRX(BL1TRX) Board



Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-9-1

Section 4-3-4

Section 4-3-5

Section 10-5-2


Power On/Boot Up


CL1TRX Assy / BL1TRX Assy Function

Validation Procedure




Debrief Script






GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-30 P3RLY / P2RLY Assy & P2RLY with Dummy

8-2-30-1

8-2-30-2

8-2-30-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Tools


Preparations



1.) Remove the side right cover. Refer to the 8-2-16 "Side Right Cover" on page 8-52 .

2.) Remove the side left cover. Refer to the 8-2-15 "Side Left Cover" on page 8-51 .

3.) Remove the Front Cover. Refer to the 8-2-17 "Front Cover" on page 8-53 .

4.) Remove the ASIG Board. Refer to the 8-2-35 "ASIG Assy" on page 8-86 .

5.) Unscrew 8 screws (1-8) and remove the metal cover.

(2)

(1)

(8)

(7)

(3)

(4)

Figure 8-111 RLY Cover

6.) Unscrew 6 screws (1-6) and remove the PCB.

(5)

(6)

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4) (5)

(6)

Figure 8-112 Screws of the RLY board


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL




Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-9-6

Section 4-3-4

Section 4-3-5

Section 10-5-2

Section 10-5-7


Power On/Boot Up

Debrief Script


P3RLY,P2RLY and P2RLY with Dummy Assy function check procedure






Probe Maintenance




GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-31 Backplane Assy

8-2-31-1

8-2-31-2

8-2-31-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Tools


Preparations



1.) To detached the backplane, all pwas in the cardcage should be removed from cardcage.

2.) Open the Side Left Cover and Side Right Cover. Refer to the 8-2-15 "Side Left Cover" on page 8-

51 and 8-2-16 "Side Right Cover" on page 8-52 .

3.) Open the EMI Cover L and EMI Cover R. Refer to the 8-2-26 "EMI Cover L" on page 8-68 and 8-2-

27 "EMI Cover R" on page 8-69 .

4.) Remove all pwas from the nest box.

Figure 8-113 PWAs in the nest box

5.) Open the front cover. Refer to the 8-2-17 "Front Cover" on page 8-53 .

6.) Remove the P3RLY / P2RLY Board. Refer to the 8-2-30 "P3RLY / P2RLY Assy & P2RLY with

Dummy" on page 8-75 .

7.) Remove the DVD, HDD. Refer to the 8-2-44 "DVD R/W Drive" on page 8-98 and 8-2-47 "SATA HDD

Assy" on page 8-104 .

8.) Unplug all the cable connectors all in Backplane Assy.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1


9.) Unscrew 16 screws from the Backplane Assy.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

8-2-31-4

Figure 8-114 Backplane



Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-9-9

Section 4-3-4

Section 4-3-5

Section 10-5-2


Power On/Boot Up


BackPlane Assy Function Validation

Procedure




Debrief Script






GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-32 ACWD Assy

8-2-32-1

8-2-32-2

8-2-32-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Tools


Preparations





3.) Remove the ASIG Board. Refer to the 8-2-35 "ASIG Assy" on page 8-86 .

4.) Pull the ACWD assy out from Nest box. The ACWD assy is located in slot #2.

Figure 8-115 PWAs in Nest Box


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL




Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-9-9

Section 4-3-5

Section 10-5-2

Section 10-5-5


Power On/Boot Up

Debrief Script


ACWD Assy Function Validation Procedure





Physical Inspection




GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-33 SYSCON PM Assy/SYSCON CM Assy

8-2-33-1

8-2-33-2

8-2-33-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Tools


Preparations





3.) Remove the SYSCONPM(SYSCONCM) assy in slot #3 in the nest box.

Figure 8-116 PWAs in Nest Box

4.) Eject one ASIR ROM from old SYSCONML with regular screw driver.

Separate ASIR ROM form new SYSCONML as same procedure.

Figure 8-117 ASIR location


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1


LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 8-118 Separation of ASIR ROM

5.) Mount ASIR ROM to new SYSCONML Assy. Refer to the Figure 8-119.

6.) Confirm mounting direction and pin number.

NOTE:

Figure 8-119 ASIR ROM mounting direction

It is important to swap ASIR ROM(U23). Because it contains the serial Number and option the system.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL




Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-9-4

Section 4-3-4

Section 4-3-5

Section 4-5

Section 10-5-2

Section 10-5-2-2

Section 10-5-5


Power On/Boot Up


SYSCONML Assy Function Validation

Procedure



Peripheral Checks


Peripheral/Option Checks

Physical Inspection

Debrief Script






GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-34 PM SOM Assy with 1G/ CM SOM Assy with 512M

8-2-34-1

8-2-34-2

8-2-34-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Tools


Preparations





3.) Remove the SYSCOM PM / CM Assy. Refer to the 8-2-33 "SYSCON PM Assy/SYSCON CM Assy" on page 8-81 .

4.) Unscrews 4 screws.

Figure 8-120 4 screws for SOM on SYSCON

5.) Remove the SOM Assy.

8 - 84

Figure 8-121 Detached the SOM from SYSCON PWA


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL




Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-9-7

Section 4-3-4

Section 4-3-5

Section 4-5

Section 10-5-2

Section 10-5-2-2

Section 10-5-5


Power On/Boot Up


SOM Function Validation Procedure



Peripheral Checks



Physical Inspection

Debrief Script






GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-35 ASIG Assy

8-2-35-1

8-2-35-2

8-2-35-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Tools


Preparations





3.) Unscrew 2 screws (1-2) and eject the PCB.

(1)

(2)

8-2-35-4

Figure 8-122 Eject the ASIG



Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-9-16

Section 4-3-4

Section 4-3-5

Section 10-5-2


Power On/Boot Up

Debrief Script


ASIG ASSY Function Validation Procedure









GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-36 Battery on SYSCONPM/CM Assy

NOTE:

NOTE:

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

If the battery on SYSCONPM/CM Assy runs out, the system date will be reset. Then can not exit to maintenance mode.

The Battery is UL critical component. So must use the battery approved. The recommended one is CR2450 manufactured by TOSHIBA.

8-2-36-1

8-2-36-2

8-2-36-3

Tools


• Option strings

Preparations





3.) Unplug the J13 connector. Refer to the Figure 8-123.

4.) Remove the SYSCONPM(SYSCONCM) assy in slot #3 in the nest box.

Unplug the J13 Connector

Figure 8-123 Pull out the SYSCONPM(SYSCONCM) Assy


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1


5.) Remove the battery.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

8-2-36-4

Figure 8-124 Pull out the battery from SYSCON PWA



Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-9-4

Section 4-3-4

Section 4-3-5

Section 4-5

Section 10-5-2

Section 10-5-2-2

Section 10-5-5


Power On/Boot Up


SYSCONML Assy Function Validation

Procedure



Peripheral Checks



Physical Inspection

Debrief Script






GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-37 Front Caster / Rear Caster

NOTE:

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Both Front Casters and Rear Casters are swivel type in LOGIQ™ P5 but in LOGIQ™ A5, only

Front Casters are swivel type (Rear Casters are “Fixed” type).

8-2-37-1

8-2-37-2

8-2-37-3

Tools



Preparations



1.) Unscrew 8 screws (1A-8A) to remove the front caster.

2.) Unscrew 8 screws (1-8) to remove the rear caster.

Figure 8-125 Casters


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL




Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-8-6

Section 10-5-5


Power On/Boot Up

Debrief Script


Front caster/Rear caster Function Validation

Procedure



Physical Inspection




GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-38 Rear Handle

8-2-38-1

8-2-38-2

8-2-38-3

Tools



Preparations



1.) Unscrew 1 screw. Remove the Handle Dummy brkt.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 8-126 Handle Dummy Bracket

2.) Unscrew 2 screws (1-2) from the back of the rear handle.

8-2-38-4

(1)

(2)

Figure 8-127 Rear Handle



Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-8-1

Section 10-5-5


Power On/Boot Up



Physical Inspection

Debrief Script






GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-39 Rear Hook

8-2-39-1

8-2-39-2

8-2-39-3

Tools


Preparations



1.) Unscrew 2 screws (1-2) and remove Rear hook.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 8-128 Screws on rear hook

2.) Unscrew 2 screws (1-2) and remove.

Figure 8-129 Screws on the rear hook fix brkt


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL




Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-8-1

Section 10-5-5


Power On/Boot Up



Physical Inspection

Debrief Script






GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-40 Probe Holder

8-2-40-1

8-2-40-2

Tools

• No need tool


1.) Remove the probe holders from the Keyboard.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

8-2-40-3

Figure 8-130 Probe Holders



Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-8-7

Section 10-5-5

Functional Test / Diagnostic Test Debrief Script

Power On/Boot Up


Probe holder Function Validation Procedure



Physical Inspection




GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-41 Cup Holder

8-2-41-1

8-2-41-2

Tools

• No need tool


1.) Remove the cup holder.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

8-2-41-3

Figure 8-131 Cup holder



Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-8-1

Section 10-5-5


Power On/Boot Up



Physical Inspection

Debrief Script






GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-42 ECG Cable Hook

8-2-42-1

8-2-42-2

Tools



1.) Unscrew 2 screws (1-2) to remove the ECG Cable Hook.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

(1) (2)

8-2-42-3

Figure 8-132 Screws of cable hook



Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-8-1

Section 10-5-5


Power On/Boot Up



Physical Inspection

Debrief Script






GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-43 Air Filter Set

8-2-43-1

8-2-43-2

8-2-43-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Tools

• No need tool

Preparations



1.) Pull out the 2 Air filters from the bottom left and right side of the system (1-2).

(1)

(2)

8-2-43-4

Figure 8-133 Air filters



Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-8-3

Section 10-5-5


Power On/Boot Up


Air filter set Function Validation Procedure

Physical Inspection

Debrief Script






GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-44 DVD R/W Drive

8-2-44-1

8-2-44-2

8-2-44-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Tools


Preparations




2.) Remove EMI L Cover. Refer to the 8-2-26 "EMI Cover L" on page 8-68 .

3.) .) Remove the HDD assy. Refer to the 8-2-47 "SATA HDD Assy" on page 8-104 .

4.) Disconnect the HDD power cable and unscrew 4 screws of the HDD fixture bracket.

SATA Cable

ODD SATA Power CAble

Figure 8-134 ODD SATA Power Cable and SATA cable of DVD Drive

5.) Remove the Front Cover. Refer to the 8-2-17 "Front Cover" on page 8-53 .


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


6.) Unscrew the 4 screws on the front of the DVD drive and remove the DVD Assy.

Figure 8-135 Unscrew 4screws and remove the DVD Assy

7.) Unscrew 8 screws to remove the bracket from the DVD Assy.

8-2-44-4

Figure 8-136 Unscrew 8screws and remove the DVD Drive from the bracket



Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2


Power On/Boot Up


Debrief Script






GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-45 Nest Fan Assy

8-2-45-1

8-2-45-2

8-2-45-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Tools


Preparations



1.) Remove the Left Cover. Refer to the 8-2-15 "Side Left Cover" on page 8-51 .

2.) Remove the EMI Cover Left. Refer to the 8-2-26 "EMI Cover L" on page 8-68 .

3.) Unplug the Connection.

Figure 8-137 Power connector of Nest fan

4.) Remove the Right Cover. Refer to the 8-2-16 "Side Right Cover" on page 8-52 .

5.) Remove the EMI Cover Right. Refer to the 8-2-27 "EMI Cover R" on page 8-69 .

6.) Unscrews 2 screws.

8 - 100

Figure 8-138 2 screws on the Nest Fan


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1


7.) Remove the Nest fan assy.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

8-2-45-4

Figure 8-139 Pull out the nest fan



Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-9-10

Section 10-5-5


Power On/Boot Up


Nest fan Function Validation Procedure

Physical Inspection

Debrief Script






GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-46 ARP Assy 110V/220V

8-2-46-1

8-2-46-2

8-2-46-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Tools


Preparations



1.) Remove side right cover and EMI cover. Refer to the 8-2-16 "Side Right Cover" on page 8-52 and

8-2-27 "EMI Cover R" on page 8-69 .

2.) Remove the Rear Cover. Refer to the 8-2-18 "Rear Cover" on page 8-55 .


(1)

(2)

(3)

Figure 8-140 Screws of the rear panel

4.) Disconnect J15 connector.

(4)

8 - 102

Figure 8-141 AEXP Cable of rear panel


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


5.) Disconnect three (3) USB connectors or 5 USB connectors from the rear panel and 2 AC power connector. The 4D controller USB and ECG USB connector also connect to this rear panel PWA.

8-2-46-4

Figure 8-142 Open Rear Panel



Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-9-15

Section 4-5

Section 10-5-2-2

Section 10-5-5

Section 10-6-3


Power On/Boot Up

Debrief Script


ARP Assy Function Validation Procedure

Peripheral Checks


Physical Inspection

Outlet Test - Wiring Arrangement - USA &

Canada






GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-47 SATA HDD Assy

8-2-47-1

8-2-47-2

8-2-47-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Tools


Preparations




2.) Remove EMI L Cover. Refer to the 8-2-26 "EMI Cover L" on page 8-68 .

3.) Disconnect the HDD power cable and unscrew 4 screws of the HDD fixture bracket.

HDD Power Cable

Figure 8-143 HDD in System


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


4.) Unplug the SATA cable from the backplane on the bottom of backplane.

Figure 8-144 Unplug the SATA Cable

5.) Disconnect the SATA Power Cable and SATA Cable from HDD Assy after removing 2ea cable ties.

And unscrew 4screws to remove the HDD Fixture bracket.

Cable Tie

Figure 8-145 Separate HDD and HDD Fixture Bracket


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL




Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2


Power On/Boot Up


Debrief Script






GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-48 ACPC Assy

8-2-48-1

8-2-48-2

8-2-48-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Tools




Preparations



1.) Remove the AC Input Box Assy. Refer to the 8-2-49 "Transbox Assy 110V/220V" on page 8-109 .

2.) Disconnect 5 connectors.

Figure 8-146 ACPC in Transbox

3.) Unscrew 5 screws to remove the ACPC Assy.

Figure 8-147 Screws of ACPC assy


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL




Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-9-12

Section 10-5-2-2

Section 10-5-5

Section 10-6-2

Section 10-6-3

Section 10-6-4

Section 10-6-5

Section 10-6-6

Section 10-6-7

Section 10-6-9


Power On/Boot Up

Debrief Script


ACPC Assy set Function Validation Procedure


Physical Inspection

GEMS Leakage Current Limits


Canada

Grounding Continuity



Chassis Leakage Current Test

Isolated Patient Lead (Source) Leakage–Lead to Ground

Isolated Patient Lead (Source) Leakage–Lead to Lead

Probe Leakage Current Test




GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-49 Transbox Assy 110V/220V

8-2-49-1

8-2-49-2

8-2-49-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Tools



Preparations



• To detached the AC Power assy, All open 4 pcs console cover that are left, right, front, rear cover

1.) Remove side left cover and right side cover. Refer to the 8-2-15 "Side Left Cover" on page 8-51 and

8-2-16 "Side Right Cover" on page 8-52 .

2.) Remove rear side cover and front cover. Refer to the 8-2-17 "Front Cover" on page 8-53 and 8-2-

18 "Rear Cover" on page 8-55 .

3.) Unscrew 2 pcs M4 screw and 2 pcs hexa screw on the front of AC trans box. And unscrew 4 pcs screw and 2pcs hexa screw on the rear side of Transbox assy and open inlet panel.

2 hexa Screws

Figure 8-148 4 screw on the front of the AC transbox assy

4.) Unplug 4 connectors inside of AC transbox and pull out the transbox assy.

5.) Pull out the transbox assy.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


6.) Unplug 4 connectors inside of AC transbox and pull out the transbox assy.

8 - 110

Figure 8-149 Pull out the Transbox assy



Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-9-11

Section 10-5-2-2

Section 10-5-3

Section 10-5-5

Section 10-6-2

Section 10-6-3

Section 10-6-4

Section 10-6-5

Section 10-6-6

Section 10-6-7

Section 10-6-9


Power On/Boot Up

Debrief Script


Transbox Function Validation Procedure


Input Power

Physical Inspection

GEMS Leakage Current Limits


Canada

Grounding Continuity



Chassis Leakage Current Test

Isolated Patient Lead (Source) Leakage–Lead to Ground

Isolated Patient Lead (Source) Leakage–Lead to Lead

Probe Leakage Current Test


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-49-4

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL



When installing the Transbox assy, the transbox chassis should be inserted into the guide rail which is under the frame chassis.

Figure 8-150 Insert the Transbox assy


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-50 Fuse Set

8-2-50-1

8-2-50-2

8-2-50-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Tools




Preparations



1.) Remove the AC Transbox assy. Refer to the 8-2-49 "Transbox Assy 110V/220V" on page 8-109 .

2.) Replace the 2 fuses located on the ACPC assy in the transbox assy.

8-2-50-4

8 - 112

Figure 8-151 FUSE in Transbox assy



Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-9-14

Section 10-5-2-2


Power On/Boot Up


Fuse set Function Validation Procedure


Debrief Script






GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-51 Read and Write Serial Info

8-2-51-1

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

How to start serial no read/write program

1.) Plug the service dongle on the usb port on rear panel.


3.) When the Start Application dialog box appears, press [F2] before it automatically starts

Echoloader.)

Figure 8-152 Start Application Dialog Box

4.) When the Maintenance Access dialog box pops up, type in the service password.

Figure 8-153 Maintenance Access Dialog Box


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

8-2-51-1 How to start serial no read/write program (cont’d)

5.) If the win XP screen appears, run the window explorer. Move the cursor to bottom of the screen. If the task bas appear, click the explorer icon.

Figure 8-154 Windows Explorer

6.) Run the “asn.exe” by double click. This execution file is in “C:\Arirang\target\bin” directory

8 - 114

Figure 8-155 “asn.exe”


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

8-2-51-1 How to start serial no read/write program (cont’d)

7.) When asn.exe starts running, Logon windows pops up. Type in maintenance password to start asn.exe.

Figure 8-156 Execute the “ASN.EXE”


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-2-51-2 How to read Serial No

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

1.) Check checkboxes of system boards you want to read or System Serial No checkbox.

M

ANUAL

NOTE: You can read System Serial No, L1SYSCON board, CL1TRX board, P3RLY board, and ACWD board information.

8-2-51-3

Figure 8-157 Reading System Info

How to write info on the system

1.) Check checkboxes of system boards you want to write or System Serial No checkbox.

2.) Put the Serial No, Part No, or Rev on the blank box.

3.) Press “Write” Button.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 8-3

Software Loading Procedure

8-3-1

8-3-2

NOTE:

NOTE:

8-3-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

General

This describes a full system software loading (Base Software Load Image + Arirang Application Load

Image) procedure.

Use this instruction when:

- Performing the HDD with new one (Base Software Load Image + Arirang Application Load Image)

- Performing the system revision-up (Application)

Parts Required

LOGIQ™ P5 Base Software DVD

LOGIQ™ P5 Application Software CD

Blank CD-Rs (for patient image backup) or DVDs

Service Dongle

Patient Image Data will be deleted when all the drives are ghosted. Back up them on the CD-R or DVD before starting software loading

Insert the service dongle into this service port located at the rear panel before installing the

Base System Software Load image

TimeRequired

Approximately 2hours

Section 8-3 - Software Loading Procedure 8 - 117

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-3-4 Software Loading Steering Guide

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 8-158 Flow Chart - Installation of Base and Application CD

8 - 118 Section 8-3 - Software Loading Procedure

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-3-5 Before Starting Software Loading

8-3-5-1

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Saving Connectivity

Before starting upgrade, write down the Connectivity Setting for back-up.

1.) Go to Utility > Connectivity and click the Tcpip tab.

2.) Write down the following parameters:.

Parameters Descriptions (Entry for Stand-Alone System)

Computer Name

Enable DHCP

IP-Address

Subnet Mask

Default Gateway

Note : For a stand-alone system, preset values of IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway, shown above, must entered.

Figure 8-159 Connectivity


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-3-5-2 Image Management Guide

NOTE:

NOTE:

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Before upgrade to R4.X.X software, perform recommended image backup procedure.

Export/Import Data/Images Between Systems - Use this to copy both patient data and images for specified patient(s) from one system to another.

To move exams from one Ultrasound system to another, you need to export/import exam information.

Both database information and images are exported. No data is deleted from the local archive when exporting data.

Exporting Data

To export an exam(s) to a compatible Ultrasound system:

1.) Format the removable media (DVD or CD-ROM). Label the removable media. Answer Yes/OK to the messages.Press Patient. Deselect any selected patient(s) in the search portion of the

Patient screen. Press Data Transfer (located at the upper, right-hand corner of the Patient menu).


2.) Select Export task Button.

8 - 120


3.) The [From] combo box is not active. It displays Local Archive. The [To] combo box is active.

Select the type of removable media CD/DVD. Then please wait until the patient list is visible.

Figure 8-162 To Combo Box

Section 8-3 - Software Loading Procedure

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

8-3-5-2 Image Management Guide (cont’d)

4.) In the patient list at the top of the Patient menu, select the patient(s) you want to export. You can use Windows commands to select more than one patient. To select a consecutive list of patients, click the cursor on the first name, move the cursor to the last name, then press and hold down the Shift+right Set key to select all the names.To select a non-consecutive list of patients, click the cursor at the first name, move the cursor to the next name, then press and hold down the Ctrl+right Set key, move the cursor to the next name, then press and hold down the Ctrl+right Set key again, etc.You can also search for patients via the Search key and string.

Or, Select All Button from the Patient Menu:

NOTE:

Figure 8-163 Source Section

You need to use your best judgment when moving patients' images. If there are lots of images or loops, then only move a few patients at a time.

5.) Once you have selected all of the patients to export, press Transfer Button as shown in Figure

8-163 on page 8-121 from the Patient Menu.

6.) The progress bar appears as the copy is taking place. Once transfer completed, the exported patient list will be shown as Figure 8-164.

Figure 8-164 Destination Section of Patient Screen

7.) Press F3 to eject the media. Specify that you want to finalize the CD-ROM or DVD.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

8-3-5-2 Image Management Guide (cont’d)

Importing Data

To import an exam(s) to another Ultrasound system:

1.) At the other Ultrasound system, insert the CD-ROM/DVD.

2.) Press Patient. Press Exam Data Transfer (located at the upper, left-hand corner of the Patient menu).


3.) Select Import task Button.


4.) The [TO] combo box is not active. It displays Local Archive. The [FROM] combo box is active.

Select the type of removable media CD/DVD Rom. Then please wait until the patient list is visible.

8 - 122

Figure 8-167 From

5.) The Patient menu just shows the patients available for import from the removable media you just loaded onto the system.

6.) Select the patients to be imported.

7.) Once you have selected all of the patients to import, press Transfer Button.

8.) Please wait for the patient information to be copied to this Ultrasound system. Progress bar appears while the import is taking place.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-3-5-3 Printer setting Back-up

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

Before starting upgrade, write down, print out or save the printer setting for back-up.

M

ANUAL

NOTE:

NOTE:

All the customized image setting of digital printer will be lost after software loading. Take the back up and restore all the digital printers setting at software loading.

This printer setting is for only digital printers, not analog printers.

1.) Insert the CD or removable media and Format.

2.) Go to Utility -> System -> Peripherals and click the Printers.

Figure 8-168 Printer set backup

3.) Press the left button of the trackball on the printer which need to be backup -> Click “properties”.



GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-3-5-3 Printer setting Back-up (cont’d)

4.) Select “Printing Preferences”.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


5.) If Sony D897 is used, Click “Write”.

8 - 124



GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1


6.) Select removable disk or other media.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


7.) Click the “Save” to write the printer configuration.



GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1


8.) Click the “OK” until all printer windows are closed.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


9.) If Sony D895 is used, repeat the step1 to setp4 and write down the Orientation set.

8 - 126



GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


10.) Click the “Advanced”, then writhe down the Paper size and scaling parameters.


Parameters

Orientation

Paper size

Scaling

Table 8-52 Parameters

Descriptions

Portrait or Landscape

Paper size

Rate of length and width

11.)Click “Properties” of the “Density Adjust”.



GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


12.)Click “Save” -> select a removable disk or other media -> save the printer configuration.

NOTE:


13.)Click the “OK” until all printer windows are closed.

14.)If the printer does not support the configuration save or write option, write down or print out the following parameters.

Parameters

Orientation

Paper size

Scaling

Density


Descriptions


Paper size


AdjustGamma curve

The parameters depend on printers, so the above parameters are shown to another names and more parameters setting could be needed.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 8-4Software Installation

8-4-1

NOTE:

NOTE:

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Installing Base Image Software

While we do not believe it is necessary, It would not hurt to disconnect the system from the network and remove all transducers.

All digital peripherals, reporting systems connected via the USB ports should be either power off or disconnected prior to the software installation

1.) Power ON the scanner.

2.) Tap gently the DEL key until the following screen appears.Enter “arirang” as a password if the system request a password, then press the Enter key.

Figure 8-179 Enter Current Password

3.) Move to Advanced and select IDE Configuration.

Figure 8-180 IDE Configuration


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

8-4-1 Installing Base Image Software

(cont’d)

4.) If the BIOS setting value in Primary IDE Slave is ATAPI CDROM, the 1st Boot Device in Boot menu should be Primary Slave. If the 1st Boot Device is not Primary Slave, please change the setting value using Enter key and Arrow key.

Figure 8-181 Boot Device Priority

5.) If the BIOS setting value in Secondary IDE Master is ATAPI CDROM, the 1st Boot Device in Boot menu should be Secondary Master. If the 1st Boot Device is not Secondary Master, please change the setting value using Enter key and Arrow key.

Figure 8-182 IDE Configuration


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1


(cont’d)

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 8-183 Boot Device Priority

6.) Insert the BT11 Base Image Software Disk into the CD/DVD ROM drive.

7.) After restarting the system, the following screen will be displayed.

Figure 8-184 Installation Warning


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


(cont’d)

8.) Press Enter key and then the following screen will be shown. (If you want to abort installation procedures, press CTRL+C.)

8 - 132

Figure 8-185 Base Image Software Installation Menu

9.) Press A key to install the complete disk.

NOTICE

Select A when installing the new HDD or upgrading from BT09. (HDD capacity should be minimum

120GB)

Select B when replacing C:\ partition only. It means all customer data are NOT deleted. The Ghost procedure is performed with data of the drivers D, E, F and Z left.

Select C when replacing C:\ partition and Z:\ partition. It means all customer data are NOT deleted. The

Ghost procedure is performed with data of the drivers D, E and F left. Z:\ partition used for reloading

C:\ partition and Application software will be replaced.

Drive Partition

(GRUB)

C

D

E

F

Usage grub data

System Files and Application

User Defined and Preset

Patient Archive data

Swap

Z

Table 8-54 Drive Partition

C:\partition Repository for Reloading Function


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


(cont’d)

10.)Approx. twenty(20) minutes later, the following screen appears. Eject the Base Image Software Disk from the CD/DVD ROM drive.

NOTE:

Figure 8-186 Installation Completion

11.)After removing the disk from the drive, Press ALT + CTRL + DEL key.

After Installing Base Image Software, the “General failure reading drive A. Abort, Retry, Fail?” message can be appeared, but Ignore it! All procedure would be successfully done.

Remove the disk from the drive. Otherwise you will be encountered the Base Image

Software installation screen iteratively.

12.)The following message box can be displayed after the SYSTEM boot up. Press Yes.

Figure 8-187 System Setting Change


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-4-2 Verifying Base Image Software

8-4-2-1

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Partition Checks

1.) Reboot the SYSTEM and the Desktop screen will be shown as blow.

Figure 8-188 Desktop Screen

2.) Click Start button and Run menu, then type explorer and click OK

Figure 8-189 Executing Windows Explorer

3.) Right-click My Computer icon on the Desktop and click Manage.

8 - 134

Figure 8-190 Opening the Manage Window


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

8-4-2-1 Partition Checks (cont’d)

4.) Select Storage -> Disk Management and check that only File System, Status, Capacity and

Drive Letter of each partition are same as follows

NOTE: If 160GB HDD is used, refer to the Figure 8-191.

NOTE:

Figure 8-191 Disk Management 160G HDD

Repo partition and CD/DVD-ROM Drive's Drive Letter should be assigned as Z:, G: respectively.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-4-2-2

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

Driver Checks

1.) On the window XP desktop, left click on My Computer then right click on Properties.

2.) The System Properties window appears. Select Hardware > Device Manager.

3.) Verify that ?, X, or ! is not displayed

M

ANUAL

Figure 8-192 Device Manager

• If X or ! is displayed:

-

-

Left-click on the device with X mark, then right -click on Enable

Left-click on the device with ! mark, then right click on Properties to perform the device driver recognition. When some files are required, designate the file in the directories of

C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32 or C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS. If they are not found, search them using a window search function.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

8-4-2-3 USB Printer Checks (USB Printer User Only)

Without any newly additional user invention, LOGIQ™ P5 will recognize the below 19 kinds of USB printer

Printer Name

Sony UP-D895/D895MD

Sony UP-D897

Mitsubishi P93D

Sony UP-D23MD

Sony UP-D25MD

Mitsubishi CP30DW

HP 990cxi

LexMark Z65

HP 5550

HP 6122

HP 6540

HP 5650

HP 1000

HP 1200

Xerox Phaser 8400

HP Office jet Pro K550


HP Deskjet D4360

HP Deskjet 6940

HP Officejet 6000 Special Edition

Comment

Digital BW Printer

Digital Color Printer

Standard Printer

This procedure assumes that the P5 software is installed and is functioning properly.

1.) Attach the USB cable from the printer to the USB port on assigned position

Table 8-55 USB Port Position

USB Port Position

Right USB Port on Rear Connector Panel

Left USB Port on Rear Connector Panel:

USB Port on OP Printer Bracket Back Panel

Peripheral

Standard Printer

Digital Color Printer

Digital BW Printer

NOTICE

If you plug in USB printer for the first time to the system, restart the system.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-4-2-3 USB Printer Checks (USB Printer User Only) (cont’d)

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

NOTICE

Once a USB printer is connected to one of the USB ports, don't take out the USB printer and plug it in another USB port.

Figure 8-193 USB Port - Rear Panel Connector

8 - 138

Figure 8-194 USB Port - OP Printer Bracket Back Panel

2.) Make sure that printer properties are proper. (Image orientation and size). Refer to the latest

Release Notes.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-4-2-4 DMC Checks (DMC User Only)

NOTE: DMC Cable is supplied only as an option.

1.) Check DMC Cable (USB to Serial Bridge).

2.) Plug in the Cable as shown on the right side of the USB port.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

DMC Cable

Plug on the right

Figure 8-195 DMC Cable

3.) Ensure USB to Serial Bridge port is recognized by the system.

4.) Trackball to My computer icon and left click

5.) Right click on Properties.

6.) Right click on the Hardware tab.

7.) Right click on the device manager in the middle right of the hardware tab window.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

8-4-2-4 DMC Checks (DMC User Only) (cont’d)

8.) Make sure“USB to Serial Bridge” is displayed as shown the Figure 8-196

Figure 8-196 Device Manager Windows


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-4-3 Installing Application Software

NOTE:

NOTE:

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

First time SW installation with peripherals on can cause the BlueScreen.

When connecting peripherals to the system, make sure to turn off the system first in order to avoid the

BlueScreen.

Base Image software should also be installed prior to the application.

1.) Place the “Application Software” CD into the DVD drive.

2.) Press the Start button on the tool bar at the bottom of the LCD screen and select “Run”.

Enter “G:\LoadSoftware” into the dialog box as shown below.

Figure 8-197 Run Load Software

3.) You will see a screen that warns you that you are about to load software, press the Y key to continue. Then the program requests confirmation “Are you sure?”, Press the Y key again.

4.) Select the application type to install.

5.) You will see a Command (CMD) window open as shown in the Figure 8-198 .

Figure 8-198 Command Window

6.) Press the “Y” key twice and copying backup files starts. This takes a few minutes.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1


(cont’d)

7.) After copying backup files, the following options appear.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 8-199 Select system

8.) elect a product to be installed.

1.) LOGIQ P5 [R4.0.1] is only for LOGIQ P5 BT11 product.

2.) LOGIQ P5 [R3.0.4] is only for LOGIQ P5 BT09 product.

3.) LOGIQ A5 [R3.0.4] is only for LOGIQ A5 BT09 product.

4.) LOGIQ A5 Pro [R3.0.4] is only for LOGIQ A5 PRO BT09 product.

9.) Then, press the “Y” key to continue. Then the program requests confirmation - “Are you sure?” then

Press the “Y” key again.

10.)The installation process will be started. it will take about 20 minutes.

11.)To apply the preset by region, select one of the below options.

8 - 142

Figure 8-200 Region selection


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


(cont’d)

12.)After the installation is completed the system will power off automatically.

NOTE:

NOTE:

NOTE:

Figure 8-201 Installation Complete Message

Some of systems doesn’t power off automatically. In this case, press and hold power button more than 5 sec. to power off.

Do not operate with using mouse or keyboard during installation procedures.

13.)Turn on the system and immediately eject the button on the DVD drive to eject the DVDROM Verify that the system boots up no error.(It will take a few minutes)

The application installation is completed, reboot is required.

14.)Shut down the system.

15.)Start the system


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-4-4

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Standard Confirmation & Functional Checks

Configure the system settings and perform functional checks after installation of software.

Items for configuration and functional checks include:

-

-

-

-

Confirmation of the software version

Preset Data (if necessary)

Patient Image Data (if necessary)

Functional Checks for Service Platform (Diagnostic Program)

8-4-4-1 Confirming software version

1.) Touch the Utility button on the Touch Panel

2.) Click on About tab. The software version will be shown on the monitor as shown. Confirm the following: Refer to the Figure 8-202.

Figure 8-202 Confirmation of software version

3.) Make sure that Application Software Version (R4.x.x), Software Part Number (described on the

Application Software CD-ROM) and Image Part Number (described on the Base Image Software

CD-ROM).


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-4-4-2 Setting Computer Name

1.) Click on Utility, then select Connectivity.

2.) Click on TCP/IP tab.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 8-203 TCPIP tab

3.) Type Computer Name

NOTICE

NOTICE

The Computer name is unique. Check the scanner serial number printed on the label located at the rear lower side of the scanner. For example, when 12345SU1 is printed, P5-12345SU1 must be entered as a computer name.

If Enable DHCP checkbox is checked and LAN cable is disconnected from the system, the system bootup time might slow down.

4.) Verify that Enable DHCP has no check mark. If checked, remove the mark.

NOTE: If Enable DHCP mark is checked, the system cannot checkout by VOLC.

5.) Check if Computer Name, IP Address, Subnet Mask, and Default Gateway are proper ones which you wrote down in section 8-3-5-1Saving Connectivity.

NOTE: If the “Save” is NOT performed, you can NOT enter Patient screen and NOT perform

Export/Import

6.) Click on Save button

7.) Click OK for confirmation dialog box

8.) The system will power OFF automatically.

9.) Turn on the system for functional checks


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-4-4-3 Setting Printer Preferences

NOTE:

LOGIQ™ P5 S

If the 1-3-5 printer setting back-up is NOT performed, ignore this section.

1.) Insert removable disk or media that the printer setting was saved.

2.) Go to Utility -> System -> Peripherals click the Printers.

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 8-204 Printer set restore

3.) Press the left button of the trackball on the printer which need to be restore from the saved printer setting -> Click “properties” -> Click “Printing Preferences”.

4.) If Sony D897 is used, click “Read”.



GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

8-4-4-3 Setting Printer Preferences (cont’d)

5.) Select removable disk or media that the printer setting was saved -> Click “Open”.


6.) Click the “OK” until all printer windows are closed.

7.) If Sony D895 is used, repeat the above step 1 and 3, then set the parameters below in the layout tab and advanced tab.

Parameters

Orientation

Paper size

Scaling


Descriptions


Paper size



GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1


8.) Click the properties of the Density Adjust”.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

9.) Click “Load”.



10.)Select removable disk or media which the printer setting was saved -> click “Open”.

11.)Click the “OK” until all printer windows are closed.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


12.)If the printer is not support restore option, restore the printer set from the recorded parameters.

NOTE:

Parameters

Orientation

Paper size

Scaling

Density


Descriptions


Paper size


AdjustGamma curve

The parameters depend on printers, so the above parameters are shown to another names and more parameters setting could be needed.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-4-4-4

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Functional Checks for Service Platform (Diagnostic Program)

The Service platform uses a web-based user interface (UI) to provide access to common service components.

NOTE: After perform diagnostics, shut down and restart to make the system working properly.

1.) Go to Utility and press Service to launch Service Platform. It will take some seconds for activating.

2.) Make sure that CAPS is not selected (should be dimmed) for password entry performed later.

Figure 8-209 Utility -> Service

3.) The Service Login window for Service Platform will be shown on the monitor display.

Figure 8-210 Log in screen

CAUTION

If the Login window for Service Platform is not displayed on the monitor, the installation of the

Service Platform has failed. Reload the application software or Base System Software (OS) + application software. Contact a Technical Support for details.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

8-4-4-4 Functional Checks for Service Platform (Diagnostic Program) (cont’d)

4.) Select GE Service at the “Select User Level” field.

5.) Enter the password for the Service Platform.

6.) Click on Okay.

Figure 8-211 Select User Level

7.) Verify that the following screen (Service Platform) is displayed on the monitor.

NOTICE

When the service platform is NOT displayed, check if CAPS lock is selected. The CAPS should not be selected.

8.) Click on x located at the upper right corner of the service platform screen to close the Service

Platform and return to the scan panel.

Figure 8-212 Service Platform screen


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-4-4-5

LOGIQ™ P5 S

Setting the VCR (if necessary)

1.) Select Utility > System > Peripheral tab.

2.) Under Video Settings, PAL or NTSC.

3.) Under VCR, select Composite or S-Video.

4.) Under VCR, select Panasonic LQ-MD800 or Mitsubishi MD3000, as appropriate.

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 8-213 Utility > System>Peripherals

5.) Click on Save.

6.) Shut down the scanner, then restart the scanner.

7.) Verify that the VCR can be properly operated.

NOTICE

Be sure to connect the converter and cable before booting up the system. Otherwise the LOGIQ™ P5 system does not recognize the peripheral devices



Service Manual

Section

Section 4-3-1

Section 4-3-2

Section 4-5


Power On/Boot Up


Peripheral Checks

Debrief Script




GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-4-4-6 Verifying the VCR (if necessary)

LOGIQ™ P5 S

1.) Press Record button, VCR menu shows up at the bottom of the screen.

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 8-214 VCR Menu

2.) Click Counter Reset, then Press Record menu to start recording.

Figure 8-215 Record Menu

Displays a red dot in the VCR status area on the Title bar to indicate that recording has begun.

Figure 8-216 VCR Status

3.) Press Stop to stop recording the tape at the desired moment.

4.) Press Search to adjust the starting time for video playback.

5.) Press Play to start VCR playback.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-4-4-7 Setting Printer Properties in Application Software (if necessary)

1.) Select Utility -> Connectivity -> Service tab

2.) Select Standard Printer, and Add

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 8-217 Utility > Connectivity > Service

3.) Under Properties, select desired Printer, and Save.

8 - 154

Figure 8-218 Select the Printer


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-4-4-8

LOGIQ™ P5 S

Print Key Assignment and Checkout (if necessary)

1.) Select Utility-> Connectivity-> Button tap.

2.) Choose the desired print button (for example, Print1) under Physical Print Button.

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 8-219 Physical Print Button

3.) Select Standard Print, and press > >Standard Print is added under printflow View.

NOTICE

Press << to delete a existing Standard Print.

Figure 8-220 Standard Print

4.) Press the print key just configured.

The screenshot prints to the destination printer.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-4-4-9

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Regional Setup Procedure for Japanese

You can set up the keyboard for Japanese. If you select Japanese, the following items display or may be entered in Japanese.

• Patient Name

• Exam Comment (on Patient screen and Worksheet)

• Annotation (Comments)

• Error/Warning Messages

• DICOM/Worklist

1.) In Utility--> System--> General, set the Language as JPN. Save this setting, but do not reboot the system yet.

Figure 8-221 Changing the System Language to JPN

2.) Press Regional Options, under Standards and Formats select Japanese, under Location select

Japan. Press Apply.

8 - 156

Figure 8-222 Regional Options


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

8-4-4-9 Regional Setup Procedure for Japanese (cont’d)

3.) Select the Language tab, press Details, under Installed Services add the Japanese-Microsoft IME

Standard 2002 ver. 8.1 keyboard, under Default input language select Japanese, press Apply,

Press OK.

NOTE:

Figure 8-223 Regional and Language Options—Language Tab

4.) Select the Advanced tab, then select Japanese in the Language for non-Unicode programs pulldown menu. Press Apply. Answer Yes to use files already loaded on the hard disk, then answer No to not reboot the system yet, press OK. Press Save and Exit the Utility screen.

5.) Reboot the system. When your system restarts, the system appears in the selected language.

To have the settings take effect, you MUST turn off the system and turn it back on.

6.) In Utility --> System --> General, press Regional Options. Select Language Tab and press Details.

Remove English under Installed Services. Press Apply and OK.

7.) To type in Japanese, press Alt + tilde/accent key (located between the Esc and F1 keys) in order to start the Input Method Editor (IME).


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-4-4-10

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Product Type Check of the System

To verify that the correct version of Application software was installed, check the Product Type of the

Application software. Verification steps are listed below.

1.) Turn on the system. Wait until the screen comes up.

2.) Press the Utility key and click Admin tab.

3.) Check the value of Product item.

Figure 8-224 Checking Product Type

4.) The following table is the matching table.

Installed Application

P5

A5

Value of Product item

Radiology.Arirang

Radiology.Arirang.BW

A5Pro (A5 w/o PW) Radiology.Arirang.BW2

Table 8-59 Product Type Matching Table


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 8-5Full Backup/Restore Procedure

8-5-1

8-5-2

8-5-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

General

This describes a Full Backup (Database, Image, User preset, Service Data) procedure.

Use this instruction when you need to save the data :

• before changing a HDD with a new one

• before reinstalling Base Application

• when you just want to save all of the current data.

Parts Required

• USB HDD

Full Backup Procedure

1.) While the Echoloader is running, press ‘Utility’ button and click on the ‘Admin’.

2.) When Title Login window pops up, select an operator with admin authorization.

3.) Type in the password.

4.) press “OK”.

5.) Select “System Admin” page.

6.) press “Execute” button under Full Backup box and the window below pops up.

Figure 8-225 Backup and Restore Window


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-5-3 Full Backup Procedure

(cont’d)

7.) Press “Backup”. Then the below window pops up.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

NOTE:

Figure 8-226 Emergency Disk Making Wizard

8.) Insert a USB HDD.

It might take about 30 seconds for the system to recognize the USB HDD.

9.) Press “Next”.

10.)Select USB HDD for backup when Select Drive window is displayed.

8 - 160

Figure 8-227 Drive select

11.)Verify that USB HDD is in the list.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

8-5-3 Full Backup Procedure

(cont’d)

12.)If USB HDD with enough space is not already plugged in, plug in one.Then press Next

Figure 8-228 Storage Information

13.)Press next to continue. Then the below windows appear.

Figure 8-229 Emergency Disk Making Preparation

Figure 8-230 Emergency Disk Making in Progress

14.)Verify that “Backup was completed!” message is displayed.

15.)Press Finish to complete.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-5-4 Restore procedure

1.) From Figure 8-225, press “Restore” button.

2.) Rest of the procedure is the same with “Backup” procedure.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

NOTICE

The system should be rebooted after finishing of Restore procedures.

3.) After reboot,

Press “Patient”. Verify that Patient data are restored

Press “Utility”. Verify that Userdefined data are restored.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 8-6Software Reloading

8-6-1

8-6-2

8-6-2-1

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

General

This describes general Software Reloading of C:\ partition functionality.

Software Reloading Procedure

Perform Software Reloading in the Service Platform

No media (CD/DVD) is needed to perform this function. This can be done in two ways.

A) By logging on to the Service Platform

B) To access the system remotely.

In case of performing Software Reloading remotely, you will need the assistance of the customer to switch the system back on and put it in disruptive mode.

The following procedure applies to both Locally and Remotely.

1.) Go to Utility->System->General

2.) Press “Date/Time”

Figure 8-231 Date/Time


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-6-2-1 Perform Software Reloading in the Service Platform (cont’d)

3.) Press “Time Zone”

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 8-232 Time Zone

4.) Register the current Time Zone

Current Time Zone

Table 8-1 Current Time Zone

5.) Press “Cancel”.

6.) Log onto the Service Platform.

7.) Go to “Utilities”->”Common Utilities”.

8.) Go to “Utility”->”System”->”About”

Verify that Software version and software build version are same with the ones before the Software

Reloading.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1


9.) Select “Reload System Software”

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 8-233 Reload system Software

10.)Verify that “Local Archive” is available under Dataflow.

11.)Press “ReLoad”.

12.)Confirmation message pops up.

13.)Press “Yes” to proceed.

14.)Progress bar is displayed

Figure 8-234 Reloading setup in progress


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


15.)Setup is completed successfully a.) If you do s/w reloading from the system directly, please shut down the system now.

b.) For remote s/w reloading, please enable Disruptive mode.

Figure 8-235 setup completed message

16.)Press “Disruptive mode”

8 - 166

Figure 8-236 Disruptive mode


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


17.)If “Disruptive Mode Status” is disabled, Press “Yes” to enable disruptive mode.

For the remote reloading, customer has to agree to the diruptive mode. The following window

(Figure 8-237) pops up in the system screen and customer has to press “Yes” to enable Disruptive mode.

Figure 8-237 Insite Notification

18.)Press “System Shutdown”

NOTE:

Figure 8-238 System Shutdown

If the service dongle is inserted or the system is logged on to the maintenance mode, “System shutdown” will not work. Please close programs and reboot the system manually.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1


19.)Select “Restart System”

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 8-239 Restart System

20.)Press “Submit”

21.)Press “Confirm” when confirmation message is displayed.

22.)After a while, the system restarts automatically.

23.)Verify that correct date and time are displayed correctly.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-6-2-2 Software Reloading

1.) The Base S/W load starts automatically immediately after boot up

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 8-240 Reloading C:\ partition from Reloading Ghost Image

2.) After finishing C: partition reloading, the system restarts automatically.

3.) When the system restarts, an application installation starts automatically.

Figure 8-241 Application installation


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

8-6-2-2 Software Reloading (cont’d)

4.) When installation is finished, the system shuts down automatically.

5.) Press Power Button to start the system.

6.) When system fully boots up after the software reloading, please shutdown system again.

NOTE: For the following procedure, disruptive mode should be approved in order to be in done remotely.

7.) Start the system.

8.) Press “Patient” button, and verify under Dataflow that “Local Archive” is available. If it's not available, shut down the unit one more time.

9.) To put the Local Time Zone back, Go to Utility->System->General

10.)Click “Date/Time”

Figure 8-242 Date/Time


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1


11.)Press Time Zone

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 8-243 Time Zone

12.)Change the time zone to the local time zone from Table 1.

13.)Press “Apply”

14.)Press “Date & Time” tab.

Figure 8-244 Date & Time


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1


15.)Change the Date and Time correctly if needed.

16.)Press “Apply”

17.)Press “OK”

18.)Turn off the system.

19.)Start the system.

20.)Check if the correct date and time are displayed.

Figure 8-245 Date and Time check

21.)The software reloading is completed.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 8-7

Mechanical Option Installation instruction

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

These service in subtractions describe the installation procedures of following mechanical options to

LOGIQ™ P5.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-7-1 Endo Probe Holder Installation

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

1.) Check out the 2 screw holes to be used to install Endo Probe Holder.

Figure 8-246 Endo Probe Holder Installation

2.) Install Endo Probe holder on the bottom side of the Cable Arm Hook by screwing 2 screws(2159634, BH M4x10 WHT).

Figure 8-247 Endo Probe Holder


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-7-2 Microphone Option fixture Installation

1.) Use 2 holes at the bottom of the keyboard.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 8-248 Microphone option holes

2.) Screw 2 screws (5178673, FH M4x6 WHT) to fix the Microphone fixture.

Figure 8-249 installation of Microphone


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-7-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

BT11 BW Printer Option Installation

1.) This section describes the installation procedure of the BW Printer option.

2.) Assemble the BW PRINTER to BW PRINTER FIX BRKT with screwing 4 screws (2306562, FH

M3X6).

Figure 8-250 BT11 BW PRINTER Option Installation

3.) Assemble the BT11 BW PRINTER ASSY to SYSTEM using 2 SCREWS (5176744, BH M4X20).



GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

8-7-3 BT11 BW Printer Option Installation

(cont’d)

4.) Connect the PRT CABLE ASSY 3 (5168835-2) between BW PRINTER and SYSTEM REAR

PANEL.

Attach the CABLE MOUNT (5399222) on the REAR COVER and fix the cable as the picture below.


5) Finished feature of BW PRINTER option.



GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-7-4 Drawer Option installation

1.) Push the drawer from the front to the rear direction.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 8-254 Drawer Option Installation

2.) Unscrew 2 existing screws from the middle cover.

3.) Using the bracket, fix the drawer by screwing 3 screws each of left and right side of the drawer.

2337572

(Screw, FH M3x6 WHT)

5176744

(Screw, BH M4x20 WHT)

Middle Cover

Figure 8-255 Installation of Drawer Option


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-7-5

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Cable Arm Hook installation

1.) Cable Arm Hook should be installed in prior to installing Probe Cable Hanger, or Endo Probe

Holder.

2.) Unscrew 1 existing screw(2159634, BH M4x10 WHT) from the rear side of the keyboard.

Figure 8-256 Cable Arm Hook installation

3.) Screw 2 screws(2306565 BH M4x16 WHT, 2159634 BH M4x10 WHT) to fix the Cable Arm hook.

User longer screw provide on the upper hole, and use existing screw removed in the step 2 on the figure below.

Figure 8-257 Cable Arm Hook installation


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-7-6 BW Printer Fixture Keyboard installation

1.) Put loctite 290 on the screw(2159634, BH M4X10 WHT) edge.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 8-258 BW Printer Fixture Keyboard installation

2.) Fix the BW printer cover beneath the keyboard by the screw(2159634, BH M4X10 WHT).

8 - 180

Figure 8-259 BW Printer Cover Keyboard installation

3.) Fix the BW printer base bracket to the BW Printer by screwing 4 screws(2306562, FH M3x6 YEL)

(1-4).

(2)

(1) base bracket

(4)

(3)



GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


(cont’d)

4.) Slide and place the BW printer with printer plate to the BW printer cover and screw 2 screws

(5178673, FH M4x6 WHT) (1-2) to fix it.


5.) Connect the Power Cable and USB Cable from the printer to the system and tie the cable properly.



GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


(cont’d)

6.) Install the BW Printer rear cover.

a.) Push the BW Printer rear cover to the rear of BW printer cover.

b.) Fix the hook of BW Printer rear cover on the BW Printer cover.

c.) Push the bottom of BW printer rear cover and install the rear cover.



GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-7-7 BW printer Fixture Middle installation

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

1.) Install BW Printer on the top of the base bracket by screwing 4 screws(2306562, FH M3x6 YEL).

Mitsubishi P93DW

SONY UP-D897

Figure 8-264 BW Printer Fixture Middle installation

2.) Unscrew 2 existing screw from the middle cover.

3.) Place the BW printer with base bracket on the middle cover and screw 2 screws(5176744, BH

M4x20 WHT) to fix it.



GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

8-7-7 BW printer Fixture Middle installation

(cont’d)

4.) Connect the USB cable and power cable from the printer to the system.


5.) Install BW hide bracket to the rear side of the BW printer and screw 2 screws(2159633, BH M4x8

WHT) to fix it.


6.) Tie the cables using the tie wrap as illustrated in the figure below.

8 - 184



GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-7-8

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Color Printer Fixture Middle installation - UP23MD Printer

1.) Install color printer on the top of the base bracket by screw 4 screws(2306562, FH M3x6 YEL).

Figure 8-269 Color Printer Fixture Middle installation


3.) Screw 1 screw (5176744, BH M4x20 WHT) on each side of the system to fix the Color printer with base bracket to the system.



GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

8-7-8 Color Printer Fixture Middle installation - UP23MD Printer

(cont’d)

4.) Connect the USB cable and Power cable from the color printer to the system as shown in the figure below.


5.) Install Color printer hide bracket and screw 4 screws(2159633, BH M4x8 WHT) to fix it.



8 - 186



GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-7-9

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Color Printer Fixture Middle installation - UP-D25MD Printer

1.) Install color printer on the top of the base bracket by screw 4 screws(2306562, FH M3x6 YEL).



3.) Screw 2 screws (5176744, BH M4x20 WHT) on each side of the system to fix the Color printer with base bracket to the system.



GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

8-7-9 Color Printer Fixture Middle installation - UP-D25MD Printer

(cont’d)

4.) Connect the USB cable and Power cable from the color printer to the system as shown in the figure below.


5.) Install Mid Color Cable Bracket and screw 4 screws(2159633, BH M4X8) to fix it.



8 - 188



GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-7-10

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Printer VCR DVD Fixture Top installation - UP23MD Printer

1.) Unscrew 2 existing screws from the top cover.

Figure 8-279 Printer VCR DVD Fixture installation top

2.) Install Fixture DVD bot bracket on the top cover by screwing 2 screws(2327592, FH M4x14 YEL).


3.) Install color printer to the DVD top bracket by screwing 4 screws(2306562, FH M3x6 YEL).



GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

8-7-10 Printer VCR DVD Fixture Top installation - UP23MD Printer

(cont’d)

4.) Screw 4 screws(2159633, BH M4x8 WHT) on both sides to fix the color printer and DVD with top bracket to the color printer top bracket.


5.) Connect the USB cable and Power cable from the color printer and DVD to the system. For more wiring information, refer to the Basic Service Manual.

6.) Install hide bracket by screwing 2 screws(2159633, BH M4x8 WHT).


7.) Tie the cable properly using the tie wrap.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-7-11

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Color Printer Fixture Top Installation - UP-D25MD Printer


Figure 8-284 Color Printer Fixture Top Installation

2.) Connect the USB cable and Power cable to the Color Printer.


3.) Install Fixture DVD bot bracket on the top cover by screwing 2 screws (2327592, FH M4x14).



GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

8-7-11 Color Printer Fixture Top Installation - UP-D25MD Printer

(cont’d)

4.) Install Top Cable BRKT_UPD25MD by screwing 2 screws(2159633, BH M4X8).


5.) Install Color Printer to the DVD top Bracket by screwing 4 screws (2306562, FH M3X6).


6.) Screw 4 screws(2159633, BH M4X8) on both sides to fix the color printer with TOP Bracket to the color printer bottom bracket.

8 - 192



GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

8-7-11 Color Printer Fixture Top Installation - UP-D25MD Printer

(cont’d)

7.) Connect the USB cable and Power Cable to the system.

8.) Tie the cables using the tie wrap.



GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-7-12

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Printer VCR DVD fixture Top installation - CP900 Printer


Figure 8-291 Printer VCR DVD Fixture Top installation

2.) Install Fixture VCR bot bracket on the top cover by screwing 2 screws(2306565, BH M4x16 WHT).


3.) Install color printer to the VCR top bracket by screwing 4 screws(5161586, M3x8 WHT).

8 - 194



GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

8-7-12 Printer VCR DVD fixture Top installation - CP900 Printer

(cont’d)

4.) Screw 2 screws(2159633, BH M4x8 WHT) on each sides to fix the color printer with base bracket to the color printer top bracket.

(3)

(4)

(1)

(2)


5.) Connect the USB from the color printer as shown in the figure below.


6.) Connect the cable from the color printer to the system.



GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

8-7-12 Printer VCR DVD fixture Top installation - CP900 Printer

(cont’d)

7.) Install hide bracket by screwing 3 screws(2159633, BH M4x8 WHT).


8.) Tie the cable properly using the tie wrap.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-7-13 Printer VCR DVD Fixture Top Installation (MD-3000)

8-7-13-1

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

VCR Remote Port Configuration

1.) LOGIQ™ P5 control the Mitsubishi MD-3000 VCR through USB. Hence the VCR remote control port must be configured as USB

2.) Open the remote control module in the VCR.

Figure 8-298 VCR Remote Control Panel

3.) Unscrew 2 screws on the VCR remote control port panel and out the remote control module from

VCR. Unscrew 1 screw on the module.

Figure 8-299 VCR Remote Control Panel 2


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

8-7-13-1 VCR Remote Port Configuration (cont’d)

4.) Set the DIP switch on the VCR remote control panel. The SW 7 in DIP switch should be set to “ON” position for the USB remote control.

Figure 8-300 DIP Switch on the Panel

5.) Insert the remote control module into the VCR and connect the USB cable between the “Remote”

USB on the console rear panel and USB port of VCR.

6.) Plug the service dongle and turn on the VCR and System.

7.) Login to maintenance mode and open the device manager.

8.) Check if the VCR remote device is identified by OS.

8 - 198

Figure 8-301 Remote device in the device manager


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-7-13-2 Bracket Installation


LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


2.) Install Fixture Top bracket on the top cover by screwing 2 screws(2306565, BH M4x16 WHT).


3.) Install VCR recorder to the base bracket by screwing 4 screws(2159634, BH M4x10 WHT).



GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

8-7-13-2 Bracket Installation (cont’d)

4.) Screw 2 screws(2159633, BH M4x8 WHT) on each side of the system to fix the VCR recorder with base bracket to the VCR top bracket.


5.) Connect the cables (Power Cable, USB cable, S-VHS Cable, and Sound cables) from the VCR to the system.


6.) Connect the cables to the system on the rear panel.

8 - 200



GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

8-7-13-2 Bracket Installation (cont’d)

7.) Connect the cables (Power Cable, USB cable, S-VHS Cable, and Sound cables) from the VCR to the system.




9.) Install VCR hide bracket by screwing 3 screws(2159633, BH M4x8 WHT).



GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1



LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 8-311 Printer VCR DVD Fixture Top installation (LQ MD800)

2.) Install Fixture DVD bot bracket on the top cover by screwing 2 screws(2327592, FH M4x14 YEL).


3.) Install Fixture Top bracket on the top cover by screwing 4 screws(2373565, FH M4x20).

8 - 202



GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


(cont’d)

4.) Install DVD recorder to the base bracket by screwing 2 screws(2159633, BH M4x8 WHT) on each side.


5.) Connect the USB cable and power cable from the DVD to the system.





GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


(cont’d)

7.) Install DVD hide bracket by screwing 2 screws(2159633, BH M4x8).



GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-7-15 Rear Handle installation

1.) Unscrew 2 screws (1-2) and remove Rear hook.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 8-318 Rear Handle Installation

2.) Unscrew 2 screws (1-2) and remove the rear handle bracket.



GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

8-7-15 Rear Handle installation

(cont’d)

3.) Screw 2 screws(5172296, HSH M8x25) from the back of the rear handle.


4.) Screw 1 screw(5178673, FH M4x6 WHT) and Install handle dummy bracket.

(1)



GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-7-16 Additional Task Lamp installation

1.) This is the installation instruction of additional task lamp.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 8-322 Additional Task Lamp Installation

2.) Connect the USB connector to the location of light bulb mark.


3.) Install plastic holder to the task lamp bracket.



GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

8-7-16 Additional Task Lamp installation

(cont’d)

4.) Install task lamp bracket to the rear side of keyboard by screwing 2 screws(5178673, FH M4x6

WHT).


5.) Fix the task lamp light as shown on the figure below.


6.) Install BW hide bracket if it is uninstalled during the installation process.

8 - 208



GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-7-17 Protect Cover Installation

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

1.) Refer to the figure below the location of the protect covers to be installed.

Front Protect Cover Rear Protect Cover

Figure 8-328 Protect Cover Installation

2.) Install the protect cover using the double stick tape.

Figure 8-329 Protect Cover Installation


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-7-18 Swivel Lock Caster Installation

NOTE:

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Both Front Casters and Rear Casters are swivel type in LOGIQ™ P5 but in LOGIQ™ A5, only

Front Casters are swivel type (Rear Casters are “Fixed” type).

1.) This is the installation instruction of the Protect Cover. Refer to the figure below for the location of the protect covers to be installed.

2.) Lift the system up front and fix it not to move during installation.

3.) Unscrew 8 screws (1A-8A) to remove the existing front casters. Refer to the figure below. keep the screws for use.

4.) Replace them to Swivel Lock Casters by screwing 8 screws (1A-8A).

8 - 210

Figure 8-330 Swivel Lock Caster


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-7-19

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

LOGIQ A5 Rear Swivel Caster Installation

1.) Refer to the figure below for the location of the Rear Swivel Caster to be installed.

2.) Lift the system up front and fix it not to move during installation.

3.) Unscrew 8 screws (1-8) to remove the existing front casters. Refer to the figure below. keep the screws for use.

4.) Replace them to Rear Swivel Casters by screwing 8 screws (1-8).

Figure 8-331 Rear Swivel Caster


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-7-20

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

BT11 Drawer Option Installation

1.) This section describes the installation procedure of the drawer option.

2.) Assemble the BW PRINTER to DRAWER FIX BRKT with screwing 4 screws (2306562, FH M3X6).

Figure 8-332 BT11 Drawer Option Installation

3.) Assemble the BT11 DRAWER to DRAWER FIX BRKT using 2 hooks.



GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-7-20 BT11 Drawer Option Installation

(cont’d)

4.) Screw 2 screws (2159634, BH M4X10) behind the Assembly.

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL


5.) Screw 2 screws (5176744, BH M4X20) to fix the DRAWER Assy to the system.



GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

8-7-20 BT11 Drawer Option Installation

(cont’d)

6.) Connect the BW Printer cable and fix the cables with CABLE MOUNT. Refer to the pictures below.


7.) Installation Completion.

8 - 214



GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-7-21

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

MTZ PROBE HOLDER Installation

1.) This section describes the installation procedure of the MTZ PROBE HOLDER.

2.) Assemble the MTZ PROBE HOLDER FIX BRKT to MTZ HOLDER with 3 screws (2160212, FH

M4X8)

Figure 8-338 MTZ PROBE HOLDER Installation

3.) Assemble the Holder to bottom of the Keyboard with 2 screws (2159634, BH M4X10).


4.) Installation completion.



GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

8-7-22

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

DVR Fixture Top Installation - SONY DVO-1000MD DVD Recorder

1.) This section describes the installation procedure of SONY DVO-1000MD DVD recorder.

2.) Unscrew 2 existing screw from the TOP COVER.

Figure 8-341 SONY DVR Fixture Top Installation

3.) Assemble the FIXTURE DVD BOTTOM BRKT on the TOP COVER by screwing 2 screws

(2327592, FH M4X14).

8 - 216



GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

8-7-22 DVR Fixture Top Installation - SONY DVO-1000MD DVD Recorder

(cont’d)

4.) Assemble the SONY DVO-1000MD to TOP FIXTURE BRKT by screwing 4 screws (2306562, FH

M3X6).


5.) Assemble the DVO-1000MD with TOP FIXTURE BRKT to FIXTURE DVD BOTTOM BRKT by screwing 4 screws (2159333, BH M4X8).



GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

8-7-22 DVR Fixture Top Installation - SONY DVO-1000MD DVD Recorder

(cont’d)

6.) Connect the cable connector with the reference to the picture below.


7.) Assemble the TOP CABLE BRKT behind the SONY DVR to cover the Cables by screwing 2 screws

(2153633, BH M4X8) and tie the cable using the CABLE TIE with the hole in the red rectangle shown in the right picture of Figure 8-346 below.



GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Chapter 9

Renewal Parts

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Section 9-1Overview

This chapter gives you an overview of Renewal Parts for LOGIQ™ P5 and A5/A5Pro.


Section

9-5

9-6

9-7

9-8

9-1

9-2

9-3

9-4

9-9

9-10

9-11

9-12

9-13

Overview

List of Abbreviations

MONITOR

KEYBOARD

COVERS

PCB

BODY

POWER

Cables

Options

Software

Probes

Peripherals


9-7

9-9

9-11

9-14

9-1

9-2

9-3

9-5

9-16

9-20

9-21

9-22

9-23


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 9-2List of Abbreviations

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

• Assy - Assembly

• Ctrl - Control

• FRU 1 - Replacement part available in part hub

• FRU 2 - Replacement part available from the manufacturer (lead time involved)

• Int - Internal

• I/O - Input/Output

• KB - Keyboard

• LCD - Liquid Crystal Display

• MON - Monitor

• PAT - Patient

• PC - Personal Computer (Back End Processor)

• SYSCONCM - System control cellular SOM

• SYSCONPM - System control Pentium SOM

• APS - Arirang Power supply

• ARP - Arirang RearPanel

• ACWD - Arirang Continuous Wave Doppler

• P3RLY - Port 3 Relay

• P2RLY - Port 2 Relay

• CL1TRX - COLOR MLA1 TX/RX

• BL1TRX - BLACK & WHITE MLA1 Tx/Rx

• ARC - Arirang Remote control

• ACPC - AC Power Control

• AEXP - Arirang External Pheriperal

• ASIG - Analog Signal connection

9 - 2 Section 9-2 - List of Abbreviations

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 9-3 MONITOR

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 9-1 Monitor

Section 9-3 - MONITOR 9 - 3

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 9-3 MONITOR

(cont’d)

Item

101

102

103

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Part Name

LA5 monitor cover set

LP5 Monitor cover set

LP5 Monitor Cover Set

LCD Arm with cover

LCD Flexible Arm KIT

LCD Arm with cover


P5 LCDMON II Assy

A5 LCDMON II Assy

P5 BT11 LCDMONII Assy

Table 9-2 MONITOR

FRU Number

5144589-3

5144590-3

5252337-2

5144507

5264538

5399274

5257303-3

5328696

5328697

5399193

Description

LOGIQ A5

LOGIQ P5

LOGIQ A5

LOGIQ P5

LOGIQ P5

Common with LP6

LOGIQ P5

LOGIQ A5

LOGIQ P5

Qty FRU R1.0.X

R2.0.X

R3.0.X~ R4.0.X~

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

9 - 4 Section 9-3 - MONITOR

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 9-4 KEYBOARD

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 9-2 KEYBOARD BLOCK

Section 9-4 - KEYBOARD 9 - 5

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 9-4 KEYBOARD

(cont’d)

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

204

205

206

207

208

209

210

Item

200

201

202

203

Part Name FRU Number

LOGIQ P5 Main Keyboard Assy

LOGIQ A5 Main Keyboard Assy

LOGIQ P5 Main Keyboard Assy for

JPN

LOGIQ A5 Main Keyboard Assy for

JPN

Main Keyboard Assy

Main Keyboard Assy for JPN

LOGIQ P5 Sub Keyboard Assy

LOGIQ A5 Sub Keyboard Assy

LOGIQ P5 Sub Keyboard Assy for

JPN

LOGIQ A5 Sub Keyboard Assy for

JPN

LP5 Sub Keyboard Assy

LP5 Sub Keyboard Assy for JPN

Trackball Assy

English A/N Key Assy

Greek A/N Key Assy

Russian A/N Key Assy

Swedish A/N Key Assy

Norwegian A/N Key Assy

English A/N Key Assy

Greek A/N Key Assy

Russian A/N Key Assy

Swedish A/N Key Assy

Norwegian A/N Key Assy

Freeze Key Assy

TGC Key Assy

TGC Knob Set

Sub Keyboard Encoder Knob set

LOGIQ P5 Keycap set

Main Keyboard Encoder Knob set

Speaker Pad

5144536

5171625

5334846

5334848

5252353

5334850

5144538-2

5177533-2

5334847

5334849

5252354

5252355

5252356

5252357

5252358

5144540

5144541

5144542

5399194

5399192

5144543

5144533

5168937

5167845

5177708

5176980

5144539

5144547

5177823

5224928

Table 9-3 KEYBOARD

Description

LOGIQ P5 ONLY

LOGIQ A5 ONLY

LOGIQ P5 Japan Only

LOGIQ A5 Japan Only

Common with LP6

Common with LP6

LOGIQ P5 ONLY

LOGIQ A5 ONLY

LOGIQ P5 Japan Only

LOGIQ A5 Japan Only

LOGIQ P5

LOGIQ P5

LOGIQ P5/A5

LOGIQ P5/A5

LOGIQ P5/A5

LOGIQ P5/A5

LOGIQ P5/A5

LOGIQ P5/A5

Common with LP6

Common with LP6

Common with LP6

Common with LP6

Common with LP6

LOGIQ P5/A5

LOGIQ P5/A5

LOGIQ P5/A5

LOGIQ P5/A5

LOGIQ P5 ONLY

LOGIQ P5/A5

LOGIQ P5/A5

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Qty FRU R1.0.X

R2.0.X

R3.0.X~ R4.0.X~

1

1

1

1

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

9 - 6 Section 9-4 - KEYBOARD

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 9-5 COVERS

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 9-3 COVERS

Section 9-5 - COVERS 9 - 7

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 9-5 COVERS

(cont’d)

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

311

312

313

314

Item

300

301

302

303

304

305

306

307

308

309

310

Part Name FRU Number

Side Left Cover

Side Left Cover

Side Right Cover

Side Right Cover

Front Cover

Front Cover

Rear Cover

LP6 Rear Cover

Middle Cover

LP6 Middle Cover

Top Cover

LP6 Top Cover

Top Bottom Cover

LP6 Top Bottom Cover

Pole Cover

LP6 Pole Cover

Neck Front

Neck Front

Neck Rear

LP6 Neck Rear

Dummy Cover L

Dummy Cover L

Dummy Cover R

Dummy Cover R

EMI Cover L

EMI Cover R

Flexible Arm Cover Set

Flexible Arm Cover Set

Table 9-4 COVERS

5144517

5399195

5144519

5252312

5168108

5257053

5167096

5257042

5327123

5327124

5306791-2

5257033-2

5144513

5252310

5144514

5252319

5144515

5252318

5144516

5252314

5327119

5327214

5327120

5327215

5144511

5336567

5144512-2

5252315

Description

LOGIQ P5/A5

Common with LP6

LOGIQ P5/A5

Common with LP6

LOGIQ P5/A5

Common with LP6

LOGIQ P5/A5

Common with LP6

LOGIQ P5/A5

Common with LP6

LOGIQ P5/A5

Common with LP6

LOGIQ P5/A5

Common with LP6

LOGIQ P5/A5

Common with LP6

LOGIQ P5/A5

LOGIQ P5

LOGIQ P5/A5

Common with LP6

LOGIQ P5/A5

Common with LP6

LOGIQ P5/A5

Common with LP6

LOGIQ P5/A5

LOGIQ P5/A5

LOGIQ P5

Common with LP6

Qty FRU R1.0.X

R2.0.X

R3.0.X~ R4.0.X~

Yes Yes Yes

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

9 - 8 Section 9-5 - COVERS

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 9-6PCB

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 9-4 PCB BOARDS

Section 9-6 - PCB 9 - 9

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 9-6 PCB

(cont’d)

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Item

400

401

402

403

404

405

406

Part Name

APS Assy

CL1TRX Assy

BL1TRX Assy

P3RLY assy

P2RLY assy

P2RLY with dummy

Backplane assy

ACWD Assy

SYSCONPM Assy

SYSCONCM Assy

PM SOM Assy with 1G

407

CM SOM Assy with 512M

DualCore SOM

FRU Number

5166108

5144578

5172144

5144579-2

5144580-2

5177273-2

5144581-2

Description

LOGIQ P5 / LOGIQ A5

LOGIQ P5 or LOGIQ A5 with

Color Option

LOGIQ A5 ONLY

LOGIQ P5 or LOGIQ A5 with 3 port option

LOGIQ A5 ONLY

LOGIQ P5 ONLY

Make sure to check the removal procedure and notice of “8-2-31 -

Backplane Assy“before removing and installation the Assy.

Qty FRU R1.0.X

R2.0.X

R3.0.X~ R4.0.X~

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

5144582-2 1 1 Yes Yes Yes Yes

5144584-4

5177111-4

5178410-2

5178834-2

5252327-2

LOGIQ P5 ONLY


SYSCON PM Assy/SYSCON CM

Assy“before removing and installation the Assy

LOGIQ A5 ONLY

Make sure to check the removal procedure and notice of 8-2-33 -



LOGIQ P5 or LOGIQ A5 with

CPU Upgrade or Color Upgrade

Option

LOGIQ A5 ONLY

PC module

Common with LP6

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

408

409

ASIG Assy

ECG Assy

5144588

5196517

1

1

1

1

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

410

L1SYSCON BASE

BOARD

5179267-4




1 1 Yes Yes Yes Yes

411 ASIR Assy 5264181 1 1 Yes Yes Yes Yes

412 1 1 Yes Yes Yes Yes Nest Fan Assy 5144556

Table 9-5 PCB BOARDS

9 - 10 Section 9-6 - PCB

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 9-7 BODY

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 9-5 BODY BLOCK

Section 9-7 - BODY 9 - 11

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 9-7 BODY

(cont’d)

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

502

503

504

505

506

507

Item

500

501

509

510

511

512

513

514

517

Part Name

Front Caster

Front Caster

Rear Caster

Rear Caster

Rear Handle

Rear Hook

Probe Holder

Cup Holder

ECG Cable Hook

Air Filter Set

SATA (80G) HDD Assy

P5 BT09 160G SATA HDD

Assy

SATA HDD 250G Assy

ARP Assy 110V

ARP Assy 220V

LP6 ARP Assy 110V

LP6 ARP Assy 220V

Cable Arm Hook

160G HDD for Consip

Touch UP paint

Touch UP paint

UPS Fixture brkt Kit

FRU Number

5144523

5178525

5144524

5177898

5144525

5165418

5165304

5168950

5164599

5144526

5177519

5328125

5400701

5144586-2

5144587-2

5252328

5252329

5178888-2

5264671

5176646

5257041

5212390

Option Dummy Brkt 5363935-2

Description

LOGIQ P5 ONLY

LOGIQ A5 ONLY

LOGIQ P5 ONLY

LOGIQ A5 ONLY

Option

Option

Common with LP6

Common with LP6

Common with LP6

Option

Only Italy Consip System

Option

Common with LP6

Option

Option

Common with LP6

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Qty FRU R1.0.X

R2.0.X

R3.0.X~ R4.0.X~

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

1

1

1

1

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Table 9-6 BODY BLOCK

9 - 12 Section 9-7 - BODY

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Item

508

515

516

Part Name

Samsung Slim DVD Drive

DVD drive

DAB Assy

DVD Assy Set

FRU Number

5264920-2

5269594-2

5315404

5327112-2

Description

Samsung latptop type

Slim DVD drive

Pioneer DVD Drive

Samsung Slim DVD driver adapter Assy

Samsung SATA DVD +

BRKT

Qty FRU R1.0.X

R2.0.X

R3.0.X~ R4.0.X~

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes Yes

Table 9-7 DVD

Section 9-7 - BODY 9 - 13

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 9-8 POWER

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 9-6 POWER BLOCK

9 - 14 Section 9-8 - POWER

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 9-8 POWER

(cont’d)

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Item

600

601

602

603

Part Name

ACPC Assy

LOGIQ P5 Transbox Assy 110V

LOGIQ P5 Transbox Assy 220V

LOGIQ A5 Transbox Assy 110V

LOGIQ A5 Transbox Assy 220V

Fuse Set 110

Fuse Set 220

Power Cord for 110v

Power Cord for 220v

Power Cord for China

Power Cord for Israel

Power Cord for Argentina

Power Code for Italy

Power Cord for Denmark

Power Cord for ANZ

Power Cord for UK/HK

Power Cord for Switzerland

Power Cord for India

Table 9-8 POWER BLOCK

FRU Number

5308254

2389074

5189985

5189874

5189619

5189461

5189439

5189398

5189311

5189127

5144559

5144560

5144562

5177417

5177276

5168996

5177924

2389073

Description

LOGIQ P5 ONLY

LOGIQ P5 ONLY

LOGIQ A5 ONLY

LOGIQ A5 ONLY

110v

220v

Only China

Qty FRU R1.0.X

R2.0.X

R3.0.X~ R4.0.X~

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Section 9-8 - POWER 9 - 15

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 9-9Cables

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 9-7 Cable

9 - 16 Section 9-9 - Cables

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 9-9 Cables

(cont’d)

Item

700

701

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Part Name

Multi Cable Assy 1

Multi Cable Assy 2

FRU Number

5169853

5168859

Description

DVI Cable + Speaker Cable

+ KBD Control Cable

1. DVI Cable

Connect one side

(Label:DVI) to LCDMON II

Assy and another side

(Label:J206) to PCB Silk

J206 of Backplane Assy

2. Speaker Cable

Connect one side (Label: L

& R) to Label L,R of

Speaker Assy and another side (Label:J207) to PCB

Silk J207 of Backplane

Assy

3. Keyboard Control Cable

Connect one side

(Label:CON1) to Keyboard


(Label:J209) to PCB Silk

J209 of Backplane Assy

Mon Pwr Cable + BW PWR

Cable + BW USB Cable +

KB USB Cable

1. Monitor Power Cable

- Connect one side

(Label:CON7) to Label

CON 7 of Monitor power

Con cable or Monitor power con long cable and another side (Label: CON

11) to Lable CON 11 of

Internal AC Power cable assy

2. BW Printer Power Cable

- Connect one side

(Label:CON10) to Label

CON10 of USB CON Cable and another side (Label:

CON9) to Lable CON9 of

LP5 ARP Assy

3.Keyboard USB Cable

- Connect one side

(Label:KBD) to LP5

Keyboard Assy and another side (Label:

J221) to PCB Silk J221 of

LP5 Backplane Assy”

4. BW Printer USB Cable

- Connect one side

(Label:PRN) to BW Printer

Bracket and another side

(Label: J223) to PCB Silk

J223 of LP5 Backplane

Assy”

Qty FRU R1.0.X

R2.0.X

R3.0.X~ R4.0.X~

1

1

1

1

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Table 9-9 Cables

Section 9-9 - Cables 9 - 17

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Item

702

703

704

705

706

Part Name

Multi Cable Assy 3

Monitor Power Conn Cable

Monitor Power Conn Long

Cable

ACPC Cable

Printer Cable Assy 1

FRU Number

5168797

5166286

5168941

5168846

5177395

Description

Front USB Cable + MIC

Cable

1. Front USB Cable

- Connect one side (Label:

F_USB) to Front USB

Bracket and another side

(Label: J14) to Label J14 of

LP5 ARP Assy

2. MIC Cable

- Connect one side

(Label:MIC) to LP5 Front

USB Bracket and another side (Label: J205) to PCB

Silk J205 of LP5 Backplane

Assy

Connect one side

(label:CON7) to Label

“CON7” of Monitor power cable and another side

(Label:MON) to LCDMON II

Assy

Connect one side

(label:CON7) to Label

“CON7” of Monitor power cable and another side

(Label:MON) to LCDMON II

Assy

Connect one side (Label:

J203) to PCB Silk “J203” of

LP5 Backplane and another side (Label:CON2) to Label

“CON2” of Internal ACPC

ConCable

Connect one side to BW

Printer Power cable and another side to External

Printer (short cable)

Qty FRU R1.0.X

R2.0.X

R3.0.X~ R4.0.X~

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

707

708

709

9 - 18

Printer Cable Assy 2

EIDE Cable

APS AC Power Cable

5168842

5168955-2

5168913

Connect one side to BW

Printer Power cable and another side to External

Printer (long cable)

Connect one side

(Label:ODD) to LP5 ODD


(Label: J204) to PCB Silk

J204 of LP5 Backplane

Assy

Connect one side

(Label:APS) to Label APS of LP5 APS Assy and another side (Label:

CON3) to Label CON3 of

LP5 AC Out Cable

1

1

1


1

1

1

Section 9-9 - Cables

Yes Yes

Yes Yes

Yes Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Item

710

711

712

713

714

Part Name

Peripheral AC Power Cable

AEXP Cable

DCWD Cable Assy

IEC Type ECG CABLE

AHA Type ECG CABLE

FRU Number

5165244

5172066

5174403

5341188

5341189

Description

Connect one side (Label


LP5 AC Out Cable and another side (Label:


LP5 ARP Assy

Connect one side (Label

J13) to Label PCB Silk J13 of LP5 Syscon Assy and another side (Label:

J15) to Label J15 of LP5

ARP Assy

Connect one side to DCWD

Bracket and another side(Label: J7) to PCB Silk

J7 of ACWD Assy

ECG Patient Cable only for

Japan

ECG Patient Cable for Asia,

US, and Europe.

Qty FRU R1.0.X

R2.0.X

R3.0.X~ R4.0.X~

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes


Section 9-9 - Cables 9 - 19

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 9-10Options

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Table 9-10 OPTIONS

818

819

820

813

814

815

816

817

Item

800

805

806

807

808

801

802

803

804

809

810

811

812

Part Name

Endo Probe Holder

VCR DVD Fixture Top

BW Printer Fixture Keyboard

BW Printer Fixture Middle

VCR Color Printer DVD Fixture Middle

Paper Holder


Probe Cable Hanger

Drawer

ECG Kit with AHA cable

ECG kit with IEC cable

4D KIT

3 Button Foot Switch

1 Button Foot Switch

Additional Task Lamp KIT

Microphone

Protective Cover

Swivel Lock Caster

3rd probe Ports kit

CW Doppler kit

ARC Switch Set

ARC Receiver Dongle

FRU Number Description Qty FRU R1.0.X

R2.0.X

R3.0.X~ R4.0.X~

5171933 1 1

Yes Yes Yes Yes

5171717-2 1 1

Yes Yes Yes Yes

5172473-3 1 1

Yes Yes Yes Yes

5172353-2 1 1

Yes Yes Yes Yes

5172238-3 1 1

Yes Yes Yes Yes

5172484-2 1 1

Yes Yes Yes Yes

5264538-2 1 1

Yes Yes Yes Yes

5172178 1 1

Yes Yes Yes Yes

5171620 1 1

Yes Yes Yes Yes

5172098-2 1 1

Yes Yes Yes Yes

5341186 1 1

Yes Yes Yes Yes

5171709-5 1 1

Yes Yes Yes Yes

5327110 1 1

Yes Yes Yes Yes

5327111 1 1

Yes Yes Yes Yes

5171582 1 1

Yes Yes Yes Yes

5171727 1 1

Yes Yes Yes Yes

5176417 1 1

Yes Yes Yes Yes

5184603 1 1

Yes Yes Yes Yes

5171892-3 1 1

Yes Yes Yes Yes

5171900-2

LOGIQ P5

ONLY

1 1

Yes Yes Yes Yes

5327115 1 1

Yes Yes

5336186 1 1

Yes Yes

9 - 20 Section 9-10 - Options

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 9-11Software

Item

900

Table 9-11 Software

Part Name

LP5 BT11 CD SET

LP5 A5 BT09 CD SET

LP5 A5 BT08 CD SET

LP5 A5 BT06 CD SET

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

FRU Number

5395395

5327125

5272499-5

5196353-8

Description

R4.0.X

R3.0.X

R2.0.4

R1.0.8

Qty FRU

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Section 9-11 - Software 9 - 21

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 9-12Probes

Table 9-12 Probes

Part Name

3.5C PROBE

3.5CS PROBE

4C PROBE

8C PROBE

E8C PROBE

E8CS PROBE

BE9C PROBE

8L PROBE

9L PROBE

10L PROBE

11L PROBE

12L PROBE i739 PROBE t739 PROBE

3S-02 PROBE

5S-02 PROBE

7S-02 PROBE

ERB PROBE

4D3C-L PROBE

P2D

P6D

UG7C Probe

5CS Probe

3CRF Probe

4DE7C Probe

3Sp Probe

5Sp Probe

4D8C Probe

BE9CS Probe i12L Probe

28

29

30

25

26

27

20

21

22

23

24

Item

13

14

15

16

9

10

11

12

17

18

19

7

8

5

6

3

4

1

2

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

TE100024

TQ100002

5147187

5143934

5196216

KTZ195859

5327196

5327197

KTZ156959

5266132

2264883

FRU Number

5149427

2294523

5171885

2295377

2259206

2259246

2323337

2347469

2050357

2051858

5123455

2348094

2294641

47236865

2389382

5140738

2347471

2258309

KTZ195893

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Qty FRU R1.0.X

R2.0.X

R3.0.X~ R4.0.X~

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

9 - 22 Section 9-12 - Probes

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 9-13Peripherals

Item

1

2

18

19

20

21

22

15

16

17

11

12

13

14

9

10

7

8

5

6

3

4

23

24

25

25

Table 9-13 Peripherals

Part Name

LQ-MD800P

LQ-MD800E

VCR Mitsubishi HS-MD3000U

VCR Mitsubishi HS-MD3000E

Sony UP-D895MD

SONY UP-D897MD

Mitsubishi P93D

SONY UP-D23MD

Sony UP-D25MD

Mitsubishi CP30DW

HP 990cxi

HP 6122

HP 6540

HP 5650

HP Business Inkjet 1200



HP Deskjet D4360

HP Deskjet 6940

Mitsubishi P93D

Sony UP-D25MD

LexMark Z65

HP 1000

Xerox Phaser 8400

HP Officejet 6000 Special Edition

Sony DVO-1000MD

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

FRU Number

5120592

5120593

066E9513

066E9514

2288502

5171608

2401985

5389822

5310492

066E0407

2378741

5121837

5121839

066E0424

EP100925

EQ100158

5357534

5351754

Description

Panasonic LQ-MD800P

DVR Video Recorder

Panasonic LQ-MD800E

DVR Video Recorder

VCR

VCR

Digital B/W printer

Digital B/W printer

Digital B/W printer

Digital Color printer



Standard printer

Standard printer

Standard printer

Standard printer

Standard printer

Standard printer

Standard printer

Standard printer

Standard printer

Digital B/W printer


Standard printer

Standard printer

Standard printer

Standard printer

VCR

Qty FRU

1 1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Section 9-13 - Peripherals 9 - 23

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

9 - 24 Section 9-13 - Peripherals

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Chapter 10

Care & Maintenance

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Section 10-1

Overview

10-1-1

10-1-2

Periodic Maintenance Inspections

It has been determined by engineering that your LOGIQ™ P5 system does not have any high wear components that fail with use, therefore no Periodic Maintenance Inspections are mandatory. Some

Customers Quality Assurance Programs may require additional tasks and or inspections at a different frequency than listed in this manual.

Purpose of Chapter 10

This chapter describes Care & Maintenance on the scanner and peripherals. These procedures are intended to maintain the quality of the ultrasound systems performance. Read this chapter completely and familiarize yourself with the procedures before performing a task.


Section

10-1

10-2

10-3

10-4

10-5

10-6

10-7

Description

Overview

Why do Maintenance

Maintenance Task Schedule

Tools Required

System Maintenance

Electrical Safety Tests

When There's Too Much Leakage Current...

Page Number

10-1

10-2

10-2

10-4

10-7

10-12

10-28

CAUTION

Practice good ESD prevention. Wear an anti–static strap when handling electronic parts and even when disconnecting/connecting cables.

DANGER

THERE ARE SEVERAL PLACES ON THE BACKPLANE, THE AC DISTRIBUTION,

AND DC DISTRIBUTION THAT ARE DANGEROUS. BE SURE TO DISCONNECT

THE SYSTEM POWER PLUG AND OPEN THE MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER

BEFORE YOU REMOVE ANY PARTS. BE CAUTIOUS WHENEVER POWER IS

STILL ON AND COVERS ARE REMOVED.

CAUTION

Do not pull out or insert circuit boards while power is ON.

CAUTION

Do not operate this unit unless all board covers and frame panels are securely in place. System performance and cooling require this.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 10-2

Why do Maintenance

10-2-1

10-2-2

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Keeping Records

It is good business practice that ultrasound facilities maintain records of quality checks and corrective maintenance. The Ultrasound Inspection Certificate (provided on page 10-29 ) provides the customer with documentation that the ultrasound scanner is maintained on a periodic basis.

A copy of the Ultrasound Periodic Maintenance Inspection Certificate should be kept in the same room or near the scanner.

Quality Assurance

In order to gain accreditation from organizations such as the American College of Radiology (USA), it is the customer’s responsibility to have a quality assurance program in place for each scanner. The program must be directed by a medical physicists, the supervising radiologist/physician or appropriate designee.

Routine quality control testing must occur regularly. The same tests are performed during each period so that changes can be monitored over time and effective corrective action can be taken.

Testing results, corrective action and the effects of corrective action must be documented and maintained on the site.

Your GE service representative can help you with establishing, performing and maintaining records for a quality assurance program. Please contact us for coverage information and/or price for service.

Section 10-3

Maintenance Task Schedule

10-3-1

NOTE:

NOTE:

How often should care & maintenance tasks be performed?

The Care & Maintenance Task Schedule (provided on page 10-3 ) specifies how often your LOGIQ™

P5 should be serviced and outlines items requiring special attention.

It is the customer’s responsibility to ensure the LOGIQ™ P5 care & maintenance is performed as scheduled in order to retain its high level of safety, dependability and performance.

Your GE Service Representative has an in-depth knowledge of your LOGIQ™ P5 ultrasound scanning system and can best provide competent, efficient service. Please contact us for coverage information and/or price for service.

The service procedures and recommended intervals shown in the Care & Maintenance Task Schedule assumes that you use your LOGIQ™ P5 for an average patient load (10-12 per day) and not use it as a primary mobile unit which is transported between diagnostic facilities.

If conditions exist which exceed typical usage and patient load, then it is recommended to increase the maintenance frequencies.

10 - 2 Section 10-2 - Why do Maintenance

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Table 10-2 Customer Care Schedule

Service at Indicated Time

Clean Probes

Clean Probe Holders

Clean Air Filter

Inspect AC Mains Cable

Inspect Cables and Connectors

Clean Console

Clean Monitor and Touch Panel

Inspect Wheels, Casters, brakes and

Swivel Locks

Check Control Panel Movement

Console Leakage Current Checks

Peripheral Leakage Current Checks

Surface Probe Leakage Current Checks

Endocavity Probe Leakage

Current Checks

Transesphongeal Probe Leakage

Current Checks

Surgical Probe Leakage

Current Checks

Measurement Accuracy Checks

Probe/Phantom Checks

Functional Checks

Daily Monthly Quarterly

•*

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Per Facilities

QA Program

Notes

* or before each use more frequently depending on your environment

Mobile Unit Check Weekly

Mobile Unit Check Daily

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Mobile Unit Check Daily also after corrective maintenance also after corrective maintenance also after corrective maintenance also after corrective maintenance also after corrective maintenance also after corrective maintenance also after corrective maintenance also after corrective maintenance also after corrective maintenance

Section 10-3 - Maintenance Task Schedule 10 - 3

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 10-4

Tools Required

10-4-1

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Standard GE Tool Kit

The following is a description of the “Standard” GE tool kit in the USA. Not all tools are required for PMs.

Table 10-3 Overview of GE-1 Tool Kit Contents

Tool ID

9-GH807

68-412

9-GH130

9-41584

9-4118

9-41293

9-41294

9-41295

9-46677

9-34701

9-43499

9-4355

9-43523

9-43531

9-4518

9-44776

9-44601

9-4151

9-41421

9-41594

9-41581

9-39451

9-45358

9-4078

9-44572

9-44579

9-44579

9-45385

9-45378

9-4518

Description

Pliers Retaining Ring

Scribe

Wrench Open End 3/8 - 7/16



Pliers, Arc Joint 7 inch

Pliers, Slip Joint

Pliers, Long Nose, Miniature

Pliers, Long Nose, Miniature

Ignition Wrench Set, 10 pc.

Wrench, Adj., 4 inch

Screwdriver, Blade, Stubby

Screwdriver, Blade, Pocket clip

Screwdriver, Blade 1/8 in. x 4 in.

Screwdriver, Blade 3/16 in. x 4 in.

20' Steel Tape, locking Spring load

Ratchet, Offset, Slotted

Ratchet, Offset, Phillips

Tapered Reamer

Screwdriver, slotted 1/4 in.X 6 in.

Screwdriver, Phillips #2, Stubby

Screwdriver, Phillips #0



Hex Keys, 20 pc., Metric

1/4 in. Standard.Socket set (19 pc)

1/2 inch Socket 1/4 inch drive

Flex Spinner

Breaker

6 inch Ext.

Tool ID

9-HT62002

9-4099

9-GH3001

9-GH300ME

9-XL9920

9-XL9921

9-XL9922

9-XL9923

9-XL9924

9-XL9925

9-XL9926

9-XL99764

9-XL99964

9-XLM60

9-XL9971MM

9-XL9972MM

9-XL9973MM

9-XL9974MM

9-XL9975MM

9-XL9976MM

9-XL9977MM

9-XL991CM

C2356E

BLBO

DWL4283T

9-41322

9-6757

9-9487

9-45341

9-3001

Description

Xcelite-hex Blade 1.27mm


Xcelite-hex Blade 2 mm


Xcelite-hex Blade 3mm



Handle

Screw starter - Kedman Quick Wedge

Box - 18 Compartment

Box - 5 Compartment

Pickup Tool, Claw type

6 pc Needle File Set

Utility Knife

Pliers Vice Grip 10 inch

Xacto Pen Knife

Solder Aid, Fork and Hook

Mirror, Round, Telescoping

Steel Rule Decimal 6 inch

Steel Rule Metric 6 inch

Xcelite-hex Blade.050 inch

Xcelite-hex Blade 1/16 inch






Xcelite-hex Blade 7/64

Xcelite-hex Blade 9/64

Mini-screwdriver kit

10 - 4 Section 10-3 - Maintenance Task Schedule

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Table 10-3 Overview of GE-1 Tool Kit Contents (Continued)

Tool ID

9-65283

9-46696

9-39829

9-38461

9-4280

9-WEW60P3

9-WECT5B6

9-WEWDP12

93383

9-GH408

21576

9-4516

Description

Case 8.5 in. x 4.5 in. x 2 in. Deep

Hex Keys

Torpedo Level, Magnetic

Hammer, Ball Peen, 4 oz

Universal Joint 1/4 inch

Weller - Soldering Iron, 3 wire

Weller - Soldering Iron Tip

Weller - Desoldering Pump

Flashlight Mini-Mag Lite (AAA Bat.)

Tweezers

Brush - Bristle

Pliers 4 1/4 inch Diagonal

Tool ID

9-45072

9-XL100X

9-XL87CG

9-WEWDT-07

9-WS175-E

KH174

KH175

9-Z9480121

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Description

Pliers 6 inch Diagonal

Wire Stripper/Cutter 5 inch - 100X

Pliers - very fine needle nose-87CG

Weller-Soldering-Replacement Tip(1)

Wiss - Surgical Scissors

Hemostat 5 inch Straight

Hemostat 5 inch curved

Alignment tool (red)

Tool ID

9-45381

9-45092

9-42882

9-42884

9-42886

9-42973

9-GH77

9-GH890

9-31276

9-31277

9-31263

21045C

9-44604

9-41587

9-41586

9-GH19512

9-44741

Table 10-4 Overview of GE-2 Tool Kit Contents

Description

Pliers, Arc Joint 9 1/2 inch

Pliers, Linesman 8 1/2 inch

Punch, Pin 3/32 inch

Punch, Pin 5/32 inch

Punch, Pin 1/4 inch

Cold Chisel 1/2 inch

Center Punch Automatic

File Handle, Adj.

File, Round, Bastard 8 inch

File, Half Round, Bastard 8 inch

File, Flat Mill 8 inch

Close Quarter Saw

Wrench, Adj 10 inch

Screwdriver 5/16 inch x 8 inch

Screwdriver, Stubby 5/16 inch

Countersink 1/2 inch

12 PC Combination Wrench Set

GE-2 Sears Kit (#99034)

Tool ID

9-44067

9-42679

9-44262

9-4258

9-34374

9-44311

9-33485

9-33484

9-33484

9-52068

9-52722

9-52723

9-44046

Description

Socket 1 1/16 in. for 1/2 in. drive

Socket 10MM Hex for 1/2 in. drive (2273333)

Extension 10 inch for 1/2 in. drive (2273405)

3/8 inch to 1/2 inch Adapter

3/8 inch Metric Socket Set - 12 PT

16mm Socket 12 pt.

Metal Socket Tray

Metal Socket Tray

Metal Socket Tray

Tap and Drill Set

#6 Tap

#8 Tap

High Speed Drill Set

#36 Drill

#29 Drill

3/8 inch Socket Set


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

10-4-2 Special Tools, Supplies and Equipment

10-4-2-1

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Specific Requirements for Care & Maintenance

Table 10-5 Overview of Requirements for Care & Maintenance

Tool

Digital Volt Meter (DVM)

Electric Safety Analyzer DALE 600

Electric Safety Analyzer DALE

600E

Leakage Current Ultrasound Kit

Part Number

46-285652G1

46-328406G2

Anti Static Kit

Anti Static Vacuum Cleaner

Air Filter

Safety Analyzer

SVHS VCR Cassette

SVHS VCR Head Cleaner

3.5” MOD MEDIA

2113015

46–194427P231

46–194427P279

46–194427P369

46–194427P373

46–194427P370

46–194427P278

46–194427P279

10-5-4-2

46–285652G1

E7010GG

E7010GF

E8381AA

E8381AB

Comments

For 120V Unit

For 220V Units

For 120V and 220V Units

Kit includes anti–static mat, wrist strap and cables for 200 to 240

V system

3M #2204 Large adjustable wrist strap

3M #2214 Small adjustable wrist strap

3M #3051 conductive ground cord

120V

230V

air intake

DALE 600 KIT (or equivalent) for electrical tests

60 minute

120 minute

See VCR user manual for requirements blank 128 M disk blank 230 M disk

5.25” MOD Media

3.5” MOD Media Cleaner

5.25” MOD Media Cleaner

3.5” MOD Head Cleaner Kit

5.25” MOD Head Cleaner Kit

QIQ Phantom

CD-RW Media

B/W Printer Cleaning Sheet

Color Printer Cleaning Sheet

Disposable Gloves

2117811

2148392

E8370RB

cleans the diskettes cleans the diskettes

cleans the drive heads cleans the drive heads

RMI Grayscale Target Model 403GS

For LOGIQ™ P5

See printer user manual for requirements

See printer user manual for requirements


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 10-5

System Maintenance

10-5-1

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Preliminary Checks

The preliminary checks take about 15 minutes to perform. refer to the system user documentation whenever necessary.

Table 10-6 System Checks

Step

1

2

3

4

5

6

Item

Ask & Listen

Paperwork

Power up

Probes

Displays

Presets

Description

Ask the customer if they have any problems or questions about the equipment.

Fill in the top of the Ultrasound Inspection Certificate (see page 29). Note all probes and system options.

Turn the system power on and verify that all fans and peripherals turn on. Watch the displays during power up to verify that no warning or error messages are displayed.

Verify that the system properly recognizes all probes.

Verify proper display on the monitor and touch panel.

Backup all customer presets on an CD-RW.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

10-5-2

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Functional Checks (See Also Chapter 4)

The functional checks take about 60 minutes to perform. refer to the system user documentation whenever necessary.

10-5-2-1 System Checks

Table 10-7 System Functional Checks

Chec k Step

B-Mode

CF-Mode

Doppler Modes

M-Mode

*Applicable Software

Options

Xmit/Recv Elements

Keyboard Test

Monitor

Touch Panel

Measurements

Description

Verify basic B-Mode (2D) operation. Check the basic system controls that affect this mode of operation.

Verify basic CF-Mode (Color Flow Mode) operation. Check the basic system controls that affect this mode of operation.

Verify basic Doppler operation (PW and CW if available). Check the basic system controls that affect this mode of operation.

Verify basic M-Mode operation. Check the basic system controls that affect this mode of operation.

Verify the basic operation of all optional modes such as Multi-Image, 3D, Contrast,

Harmonics, Cine, Stress Echo,... etc. Check the basic system controls that affect each options operation.

Use the Visual Channel Utility on the 10L probe to verify that all system xmit/recv channels are functional.

Perform the Keyboard Test Procedure to verify that all keyboard controls are OK.

Verify basic Monitor display functions. refer to Chapter 3 of the User Manual.

Verify basic Touch Panel display functions. refer to Chapter 3 of the User Manual.

Scan a gray scale phantom and use the measurement controls to verify distance and area calculation accuracy. refer to the User Manual, Chapter 18, for measurement accuracy specifications.

NOTE: * Some software may be considered standard depending upon system model configuration.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

10-5-2-2

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Peripheral/Option Checks

If any peripherals or options are not part of the system configuration, the check can be omitted. refer to the User Manual for a list of approved peripherals/options.

Table 10-8 GE Approved Peripheral/Hardware Option Functional Checks

6

7

8

Step Item Description

1

2

VCR

Verify record/playback capabilities of the VCR. Clean heads and covers if necessary.

B/W Printer

Verify hardcopy output of the B/W video page printer. Clean heads and covers if necessary.

3 Color Printer Verify hardcopy output of the Color video page printer. Clean heads and covers if necessary.

4 DICOM

Verify that DICOM is functioning properly. Send an image to a DICOM device.

5 InSite/iLinq

Verify that InSite is functioning properly. Ensure two-way remote communications.

(Warranty & Contract Customers only)

Camera

Verify hardcopy output of the film camera. Clean as necessary.

Footswitch

Verify that the footswitch is functioning as programed. Clean as necessary.

ECG

Verify basic operation with customer

10-5-3

10-5-3-1

10-5-4

10-5-4-1

Input Power

Mains Cable Inspection

Table 10-9 Mains Cable Inspection

Step

1

2

Item Description

Unplug Cord Disconnect the mains cable from the wall and system.

Inspect

Inspect it and its connectors for damage of any kind.

3

4

Verify

Verify

Verify that the LINE, NEUTRAL and GROUND wires are properly attached to the terminals, and that no strands may cause a short circuit.

Inlet connector retainer is functional.

Cleaning

General Cleaning

Table 10-10 General Cleaning


1 Console

Use a fluid detergent in warm water on a soft, damp cloth to carefully wipe the entire system. Be careful not to get the cloth too wet so that moisture does not enter the console.

2 Probe Holder Clean probe holders (they may need to be soaked to remove excess gel).


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

10-5-4-2 Air Filter Cleaning

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

NOTE:

10-5-5

Table 10-11 Air Filter Cleaning - frequency varies with your environment

Step

1

2

3

Item

Remove Filter

Cover

Description

refer to Chapter 8 for air filter location and removal instructions.

Clean Filter

Install Filter

The filters can be cleaned in sprinkling water, or they can be dusted with a vacuum cleaner. If the filter is metal wash and/or vacuum. If the filter is fiber or plastic vacuum or replace.

Install the clean filter.

For your convenience or of the air filter is too dirty, replacement filters are available. refer to

Chapter 9 for the air filter replacement part number.

Physical Inspection

Table 10-12 Physical Checks


8

9

1

2 Scratches & Dents Inspect the console for dents, scratches or cracks.

3 Control Panel

Inspect keyboard and control panel. Note any damaged or missing items.

4

Labeling

Control Panel

Movement

Verify that all system labeling is present and in readable condition. refer to the LOGIQ™ P5 User

Manual for details.

Verify ease of control panel (Operator I/O Panel) movement in all acceptable directions. Ensure that it latches in position as required.

5

6

7

10

11

Wheels & Brakes

Check all wheels and casters for wear and verify operation of foot brake, to stop the unit from moving, and release mechanism. Check all caster locks and caster swivel locks for proper operation.

Cables &

Connectors

Check all internal cable harnesses and connectors for wear and secure connector seating. Pay special attention to footswitch assembly and probe strain or bend reliefs.

Shielding &

Covers

Check to ensure that all EMI shielding, internal covers, air flow panels and screws are in place.

Missing covers and hardware could cause EMI/RFI problems while scanning.

External I/O

Check all connectors for damage and verify that the labeling is good.

Op Panel Lights

Check for proper operation of all operator panel and TGC lights.

Monitor Light

External

Microphone

Check for proper operation of any monitor lights if available.

Check for proper operation of any external microphones by recording an audio test.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

10-5-6

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Optional Diagnostic Checks

Optionally you can access the diagnostic software as described in Chapters 5 or 7. View the error logs and run desired diagnostics.

10-5-6-1

10-5-7

10-5-7-1

View the Logs

1.) Review the system error log for any problems.

2.) Check the temperature log to see if there are any trends that could cause problems in the future.

3.) Check the Configuration Log; update if needed.

Probe Maintenance

Probe Related Checks

Table 10-13 Probe Related Checks

Step

1

2

Item Description

Probe Holder

Clean probe holders (they may need to be soaked to remove excess gel).

Probes

Thoroughly check the system probe connectors and remove dust from inside the connector sockets if necessary. Visually check for bent, damaged or missing pins

10-5-7-2

10-5-7-3

NOTE:

NOTE:

NOTE:

Basic Probe Care

The system user manuals and various probe handling cards provide a complete description of probe care, maintenance, cleaning and disinfection. Ensure that you are completely familiar with the proper care of GE probes.

Ultrasound probes can be easily damaged by improper handling. See the User Manual and probe care cards for more details. Failure to follow these precautions can result in serious injury and equipment damage. Failure to properly handle or maintain a probe may also void its warranty.

Any evidence of wear indicates the probe cannot be used.

Do a visual check of the probe pins and system sockets before plugging in a probe.

TEE and Interoperative probes often have special considerations and individual probe user manuals.

For TEE and Interoperative probes also refer to their separate user manuals.

Basic Probe Cleaning

refer to the User’s Manual for details on probe cleaning.

To help protect yourself from blood borne diseases, wear approved disposable gloves. These are made of nitrile derived from vegetable starch to prevent allergic latex reactions.

Failure to follow the prescribed cleaning or disinfection procedures will void the probe’s warranty. DO NOT soak or wipe the lens with any product not listed in the User Manual. Doing so could result in irreparable damage to the probe. Follow care instructions that came with the probe.

Disinfect a defective probe before you return it. Be sure to tag the probe as being disinfected.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 10-6

Electrical Safety Tests

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

10-6-1 Safety Test Overview

The electrical safety tests in this section are based on and conform to NFPA 99 (For USA) and IEC

60601-1 Medical Equipment Safety Standards. They are intended for the electrical safety evaluation of cord-connected, electrically operated, patient care equipment. If additional information is needed, refer to the NFPA 99 (For USA) and IEC 60601-1 documents.

THE USER MUST ENSURE THAT THE SAFETY INSPECTIONS ARE PERFORMED AT

LEAST EVERY 12 MONTHS ACCORDING TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE PATIENT

SAFETY STANDARD IEC-EN 60601-1. ONLY TRAINED PERSONS ARE ALLOWED TO

PERFORM THE SAFETY INSPECTIONS MENTIONED ABOVE.

CAUTION

To avoid electrical shock, the unit under test must not be connected to other electrical equipment. Remove all interconnecting cables and wires. The unit under test must not be contacted by users or patients while performing these tests.

CAUTION

Possible risk of infection. Do not handle soiled or contaminated probes and other components that have been in patient contact. Follow appropriate cleaning and disinfecting procedures before handling the equipment.

Test the system, peripherals and probes for leakage current. Excessive leakage current can cause injury or death in sensitive patients. High leakage current can also indicate degradation of insulation and a potential for electrical failure. Do not use probes or equipment having excessive leakage current.

To minimize the risk that a probe may shock someone the customer should:

• Not use a probe that is cracked or damaged in any way

• Check probe leakage current:

* Based on your facilities QA program for surface probes

* Based on your facilities QA program for endocavitary probes

* whenever probe damage is suspected

10 - 12 Section 10-6 - Electrical Safety Tests

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

10-6-2

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

GEMS Leakage Current Limits

The following limits are summarized for NFPA 99 (For USA) and IEC 60601-1 Medical Equipment

Safety Standards. These limits are GEMS standards and in some cases are lower than the above standards listed.

Table 10-14 Chassis Leakage Current Limits—Accessible Metal Surfaces

Country

USA

Other

Normal Condition

N/A

0.1 mA

Open Ground

0.3 mA

0.5 mA

Reverse Polarity

0.3 mA

0.5 mA

Open Neutral

N/A

0.5 mA

Table 10-15 Type BF Applied Part Leakage Current Limits - Non-Conductive (Floating) Surface and Cavity Probes

Country

USA

Other

Normal

Condition

0.05 mA

0.1 mA

Open Ground Reverse Polarity Open Neutral *Mains Applied

0.05 mA

0.5 mA

0.05 mA

0.5 mA

0.05 mA

0.5 mA

N/A

5.0 mA

NOTE:

Table 10-16 Type CF Applied Part Leakage Current Limits - Surgical Probes and ECG

Connections

Country

USA

Other

Normal

Condition

0.01 mA

0.01 mA

Open Ground Reverse Polarity Open Neutral *Mains Applied

0.05mA

0.05 mA

0.05 mA

0.05 mA

N/A

0.05 mA

0.025 mA

0.05 mA

*Mains Applied refers to the sink leakage test where mains (supply) voltage is applied to the part to determine the amount of current that will pass (or sink) to ground if a patient contacted mains voltage.

The following tests are performed at the factory and should be performed at the site. These tests are: grounding continuity, chassis leakage current, probe leakage current, and ECG leakage current. All measurements are made with an electrical safety analyzer Model 600/600E built by Dale Technology

Corporation or equivalent device.

Section 10-6 - Electrical Safety Tests 10 - 13

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

10-6-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Outlet Test - Wiring Arrangement - USA & Canada

Test all outlets in the area for proper grounding and wiring arrangement by plugging in the neon outlet tester and noting the combination of lights that are illuminated. Any problems found should be reported to the hospital immediately and the receptacle should not be used.

Figure 10-1 Typical Outlet Tester

The Dale 600 has self-contained lamps designed for testing the outlet wiring arrangement. Plug the

Dale 600 into each outlet to be tested comparing the lamp status.

NOTE:

Combination of

Lights

Condition

CORRECT

WIRING

REVERSE

POLARITY

OPEN

GROUND

Figure 10-2 Dale 600 Outlet Test

OPEN

HOT

HOT/GROUND

REVERSED

No outlet tester can detect the condition where the Neutral (grounded supply) conductor and the

Grounding (protective earth) conductor are reversed. If later tests indicate high leakage currents, this should be suspected as a possible cause and the outlet wiring should be visually inspected.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

10-6-4 Grounding Continuity

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

CAUTION

Electric Shock Hazard. The patient must not be contacted to the equipment during this test

Measure the resistance from the third pin of the attachment plug to the exposed metal parts of the case.

The ground wire resistance should be less than 0.2 ohms. reference the procedure in the IEC 601-1.1.

10-6-4-1

Figure 10-3 Ground Continuity Test

Meter Procedure

Follow these steps to test the ground wire resistance.

1.) Turn the LOGIQ™ P5 unit OFF.

2.) Plug the unit into the meter, and the meter into the tested AC wall outlet.

3.) Plug the black chassis cable into the meter's “CHASSIS” connector and attach the black chassis cable clamp to an exposed metal part of the LOGIQ™ P5 unit.

4.) Set the meter's “FUNCTION” switch to the RESISTANCE position.

5.) Set the meter's “POLARITY” switch to the OFF (center) position.

6.) Measure and record the ground wire resistance.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

10-6-4-2

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Dale 600 - Ground Continuity

The Dale 600 measures line cord resistance from the third pin of the attachment plug to the meter’s

Chassis Cable clamp. Test the grounding continuity of the system to all exposed metal parts in accordance with the IEC 601-1.1 procedure as above. refer to the Dale 600 Instruction Manual for meter self tests and operation. Record measured resistance of the grounding continuity. The ground wire resistance should be less than 0.2 (Use any safety analyzer.)

Outlet Test

Lamps

Functions

Selector

Neutral

Open/Closed

Normal

Reverse

Polarity

Chassis

Cable

Clamp

Figure 10-4 Dale 600 Ground Continuity Test


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

10-6-5 Chassis Leakage Current Test

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

10-6-5-1 Definition

This test measures the current that would flow in a grounded person who touched accessible metal parts of the bedside station if the ground wire should break. The test verifies the isolation of the power line from the chassis. The meter is connected from accessible metal parts of the case to ground.

Measurements should be made with the unit On and Off, with the power line polarity Normal and

Reversed. Record the highest reading.

CAUTION

Electric Shock Hazard. When the meter's ground switch is OPEN, don't touch the unit!

CAUTION

Equipment damage possibility. Never switch the Polarity and the status of Neutral when the unit is powered ON. Be sure to turn the unit power OFF before switching them using the POLARITY switch and/or the NEUTRAL switch. Otherwise, the unit may be damaged.

10-6-5-2 Generic Procedure

The test verifies the isolation of the power line from the chassis. The testing meter is connected from accessible metal parts of the case to ground. Measurements should be made with the unit ON and OFF, with the power line polarity Normal and Reversed. Record the highest reading of current.

Figure 10-5 Set Up for Chassis Source Leakage Current,

IEC 601-1 Clause 19 - Continuos Leakage Currents and

Patient, Auxiliary Currents

When using the Microguard or a similar test instrument, its power plug may be inserted into the wall outlet and the equipment under test is plugged into the receptacle on the panel of the meter. This places the meter in the grounding conductor and the current flowing from the case to ground will be indicated in any of the current ranges. The maximum allowable limit for chassis source leakage is shown in

Table 10-14 .


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

10-6-5-3

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Dale 600 Meter Procedure

When measuring system chassis currents with the Dale 600, always use the CHASSIS selection of the external/chassis function switch. This requires the ground clip lead and changing the meters switches in accordance with the IEC 601-1.1. refer to the Dale 600 Instruction Manual for meter self-test and operation. Record the highest leakage current measured.

Follow these steps to test the unit for leakage current.


2.) Plug the unit into the meter, and the meter into the tested AC wall outlet

3.) Plug the black chassis cable into the meter's “CHASSIS” connector and attach the black chassis cable clamp to an exposed metal part of the LOGIQ™ P5.

4.) Set the tester's “FUNCTION” switch to CHASSIS position.

10 - 18

Outlet Test

Lamps

Functions

Selector

Neutral

Open/Closed

Normal

Reverse

Polarity

Chassis

Cable

Clamp

Figure 10-6 Ground and Chassis Leakage Current Test

5.) Follow the test conditions described for respective test points shown in Table 10-17 .

Table 10-17 Chassis Leakage Current Test Condition

TEST

1

4

5

2

3

CONDITION

Mounting screw for probe receptacle caster support

Mounting screw for CRT housing

Mounting screw for peripheral plugged into unit

Mounting screw for other peripheral powered by unit

6.) Keep a record of the results with other hard copies of PM data kept on site.

Section 10-6 - Electrical Safety Tests

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

10-6-5-4

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Data Sheet for Chassis Source Leakage Current

The test passes when all readings measure less than the value shown in Table 10-14 . Record all data on the PM Inspection Certificate.

Table 10-18 Typical Data Sheet for Chassis Source Leakage Current

Tester Polarity

Switch

Tester Neutral or Ground

Switch

Test 1

Probe

Connector Unit Power

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

Enter Name of tested peripheral here:

NORM OPEN

ON

ON

NORM

REV

CLOSED

OPEN

REV

NORM

NORM

REV

REV

CLOSED

OPEN

CLOSED

OPEN

CLOSED

Test 2 caster

Test 3

CRT

Optional

Test 4

Optional

Test 5

10-6-6

Isolated Patient Lead (Source) Leakage–Lead to Ground

10-6-6-1 Definition

This test measures the current which would flow to ground from any of the isolated ECG leads. The meter simulates a patient who is connected to the monitoring equipment and is grounded by touching some other grounded surface. Measurements should be made with the ground open and closed, with power line polarity normal and reversed, and with the ultrasound console Off and On. For each combination the operating controls, such as the lead switch, should be operated to find the worst case condition.

CAUTION

Equipment damage possibility. Never switch the Polarity when the unit is powered ON. Be sure to turn the unit power OFF before switching the polarity using the POLARITY switch. Otherwise, the unit may be damaged.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

10-6-6-2

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Generic Procedure

Measurements should be made with the ground open and closed, with power line polarity normal and reversed, and with the unit Off and On. For each combination, the operating controls such as the lead switch should be operated to find the worst case condition.

The connection is at service entrance or on the supply side of a separately derived system

POWER

OUTLET

H (Black)

N (White)

Appliance power switch

(use both “off” and “on” positions)

Polarity reversing switch

(use both positions)

Appliance

H

N

G

Internal circuitry

Patient lead selector switch (if any)

(activated as required)

Patient connected leads

Between each patient lead and ground

G (Green)

Building ground

Insulating surface

Current meter

Grounding contact switch (use in both

“open” and “closed” positions)

H = Hot

N = Neutral (grounded)

G = Grounding conductor

Figure 10-7 Test Circuit for Measuring Non-Isolated

Patient Leads

10-6-6-3 Dale 600 Meter Procedure

The Dale 600 provides five snap type ECG buttons for testing patient leads. Snap on all patient leads to the meter and assure that the ground clip is connected to the system’s ground terminal. Select the meter’s LEAD-GND function. Select and test each ECG lead positions (except “ALL”) of the LEAD selector, testing each to the power condition combinations found in “PATIENT LEAD LEAKAGE” table in the “PM CHECKLIST”. Record the highest leakage current measured for each Power selection.

CAUTION

Line voltage is applied to the ECG leads during this test. To avoid possible electric shock hazard, the system being tested must not be touched by patients, users or anyone while the ISO

TEST switch is depressed. When the meter's ground switch is OPEN, don't touch the unit!

Follow these steps to test the ECG module for leakage current.


2.) Plug the unit into the meter, and the meter into the tested AC wall outlet.

3.) Plug the black chassis cable into the meter's “CHASSIS” connector and attach the black chassis cable clamp to an exposed metal part of the LOGIQ™ P5 unit.

4.) Connect the patient leads to the corresponding snaps located at the upper front of the Dale 600/

600E. Lead nomenclature for this test is not important.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

10-6-6-3Dale 600 Meter Procedure (cont’d)

ECG

Lead

Selector

ISO

Rocker

Switch

ECG

Patient

Cable

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 10-8 ECG Leakage Current Test

5.) Set the meter's “FUNCTION” switch to LEAD TO GROUND position to measure the patient lead to ground leakage current.

6.) Select and test each ECG lead positions (except ALL) of the LEAD selector, testing each to the power condition combinations.

Table 10-19 Testing Power Conditions

ECG Power

ON

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

Meter’s Polarity Switch

NORM

NORM

REVERSE

REVERSE

NORM

NORM

REVERSE

REVERSE

Meter’s Neutral Switch

CLOSED

OPEN

CLOSED

OPEN

CLOSED

OPEN

CLOSED

OPEN


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1 LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

10-6-6-3Dale 600 Meter Procedure (cont’d)

7.) Record the patient lead to ground leakage current measured on the data sheet.

8.) Set the meter's “FUNCTION” switch to LEAD TO LEAD position to measure the lead to lead leakage current.

9.) Select and test each ECG lead positions (except ALL) of the LEAD selector, testing each to the power condition combinations.

10.)Record the lead to lead leakage current measured on the data sheet.

11.)Set the meter's “FUNCTION” switch to LEAD ISO position to measure the patient lead isolation current.

12.)Select and test each ECG lead positions (except ALL) of the LEAD selector, testing each to the power condition combinations.

13.)Depress the rocker switch to ISO TEST and read the isolation current. To apply the voltage to the lead safely, the voltage is only applied when the rocker switch is depressed to ISO TEST.

14.)Record the patient lead isolation current measured on the data sheet.

10-6-7

10-6-7-1

10-6-8

Isolated Patient Lead (Source) Leakage–Lead to Lead

reference the procedure in the IEC 60601-1. When using the Dale 600, switch the meter’s function selector to the LEAD-LEAD position. Select and test each of the five ECG lead positions (except ALL) on the LEAD selector, testing each to the power condition combinations found in the table. Record the highest leakage current measured.

Dale 600 Patient Lead Tests

NEUTRAL POLARITY

1.) Closed Normal

2.) Open Normal

3.) Closed Reversed

4.) Open Reversed

Isolated Patient Lead (Sink) Leakage-Isolation Test

reference the procedure in the IEC 60601-1. When using the Dale 600, switch the meter’s function selector to the LEAD-ISO. Select the ALL position on the lead selector. Depress the rocker switch to

ISO TEST to test lead isolation.

CAUTION

Line voltage is applied to the ECG leads during this test. To avoid possible electric shock hazard, the system being tested must not be touched by patients, users or anyone while the ISO

TEST switch is depressed.

NOTE: It is not necessary to test each lead individually or power condition combinations as required in previous tests.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

10-6-8-1

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Data Sheet for ECG Leakage Current

The test passes when all readings measure less than the value shown in the table below. Record all data on the PM Inspection Certificate.

Table 10-20 Maximum Allowance Limit for ECG Leakage Current

Patient Lead to Ground Leakage Current Test and

Patient Lead to Lead Leakage Current Test

AC Power

Source

115V

220/240V

Maximum

Allowance Limit

GROUND OPEN

10uA

GROUND

CLOSED

10uA

500uA 10uA

Table 10-21 Maximum Allowance Limit for ECG Leakage Current

Patient Lead Isolation Current Test

AC Power

Source

115V

220/240V

Maximum

Allowance Limit

20uA

5mA

ECG

Power

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

ON

ON

Table 10-22 Typical Data Sheet for ECG Leakage Current

Tester Lead Selector Tester

Polarity

Switch

NORM

REVERSE

NORM

REVERSE

NORM

REVERSE

NORM

REVERSE

Tester

Ground

Switch

CLOSED

CLOSED

OPEN

OPEN

CLOSED

CLOSED

OPEN

OPEN

RL RA LA LL C


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

10-6-9 Probe Leakage Current Test

10-6-9-1

10-6-9-2

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Definition

This test measures the current that would flow to ground from any of the probes through a patient who is being scanned and becomes grounded by touching some other grounded surface.

Generic Procedure

Measurements should be made with the ground open and closed, with power line polarity normal and reversed, and with the unit Off and On. For each combination, the probe must be active to find the worst case condition.

POWER

OUTLET

H (BLACK)

N (WHITE)

G (GREEN)

POLARITY REVERSING SWITCH

MOMENTARY

SWITCH

CONSOLE

PROBE

LEAKAGE TEST

METER

NOTE:

10-6-9-3

Figure 10-9 Set Up for Probe Leakage Current

Each probe will have some amount of leakage current, dependent on its design. Small variations in probe leakage currents are normal from probe to probe. Other variations will result from differences in line voltage and test lead placement.

Meter Procedure Using Probe Adapter

The Dale 600/600E provides a method for testing probes independently from the system. The meter utilizes a probe adapter to apply a test potential commonly to all connector pins.

The probe's imaging area is immersed in a saline solution along with a grounding probe from the meter to complete the current path. Saline solution is a mixture of water and salt. The salt adds a free ion to the water, making it conductive. Normal saline solution is 0.9% salt or 1/2 gram salt per 1 liter of water. If saline is not available, a mixture of 1 quart water with one or more grams of table salt, mixed thoroughly, will substitute.

CAUTION

To avoid probe damage and possible electric shock, do not immerse probes into any liquid beyond the level indicated in the probe users manual. Do not touch the probe, conductive liquid or any part of the unit under test while the ISO TEST switch is depressed.

Follow these steps to test each transducer for leakage current.


2.) Plug the unit into the test meter, and the meter into the tested AC wall outlet.

3.) Connect the probe for test with the meter's appropriate adapter.

4.) Plug the saline probe into the meter's “CHASSIS” connector.

5.) Plug the probe adapter into the meter's connector marked “EXTERNAL”.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

10-6-9-3Meter Procedure Using Probe Adapter (cont’d)

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 10-10 Transducer Source Leakage Current Test

6.) Set the meter's “FUNCTION” switch to EXTERNAL position.

7.) Add the saline probe and the imaging area of the probe into the saline bath.

8.) Have unit power ON for the first part; turn it OFF for the second half.

9.) Depress the ISO TEST rocker switch and record the highest current reading.

10.)Follow the test conditions described in Table 10-23 for every transducer.

11.)Keep a record of the results with other hand copies of PM data.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

10-6-9-4 No Meter Probe Adapter Procedure

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Figure 10-11 Check Without Probe Adapter

Follow these steps to test each transducer for leakage current.


2.) Plug the unit into the test meter, and the meter into the tested AC wall outlet.

3.) Plug the external probe into the meter's (Dale 600) “EXTERNAL” connector.

4.) Set the meter's “FUNCTION” switch to EXTERNAL position.

5.) Connect the probe for test with the connector of the console.

6.) Add the saline probe and the imaging area of the probe into the saline bath.

7.) Have unit power ON for the first part; turn it OFF for the second half.

8.) Depress the ISO TEST rocker switch and record the highest current reading.

9.) Follow the test conditions described in Table 10-23 for every transducer.

10.)Keep a record of the results with other hand copies of PM data.


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

10-6-9-5

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Data Sheet for Transducer Source Leakage Current

The test passes when all readings measure less than the values shown in Table 10-15 and Table 10-

16 . Record all data on the PM Inspection Certificate.

CAUTION

Equipment damage possibility. Never switch the Polarity and the status of Neutral when the unit is powered ON. Be sure to turn the unit power OFF before switching them using the POLARITY switch and/or the NEUTRAL switch. Otherwise, the unit may be damaged

.

Table 10-23 Typical Data Sheet For Transducer Source Leakage Current

Unit Power

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

ON

ON

Transducer Tested:

Tester Power Polarity

Switch

NORM

NORM

REV

REV

NORM

NORM

REV

REV

Tester GROUND or

NEUTRAL Switch

OPEN

CLOSED

OPEN

CLOSED

OPEN

CLOSED

OPEN

CLOSED

Measurement


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

Section 10-7

When There's Too Much Leakage Current...

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

CHASSIS FAILS

Check the ground on the power cord and plug for continuity. Ensure the ground is not broken, frayed, or intermittent. Replace any defective part.

Tighten all grounds. Ensure star washers are under all ground studs.

Inspect wiring for bad crimps, poor connections, or damage.

Test the wall outlet; verify it is grounded and is free of other wiring abnormalities. Notify the user or owner to correct any deviations. As a work around, check the other outlets to see if they could be used instead.

NOTE: No outlet tester can detect the condition where the white neutral wire and the green grounding wire are reversed. If later tests indicate high leakage currents, this should be suspected as a possible cause and the outlet wiring should be visually inspected.

PROBE FAILS

Test the probe in another connector to isolate if the fault lies with the probe or the scanner.

NOTE: Each probe will have some amount of leakage, dependent on its design. Small variations in probe leakage currents are normal from probe to probe. Other variations will result from differences in line voltage and test lead placement. The maximum allowable leakage current for body surface contact probe differs from inter-cavity probe. Be sure to enter the correct probe type in the appropriate space on the check list.

If excessive leakage current is slot dependent, inspect the system connector for bent pins, poor connections, and ground continuity.

If the problem remains with the probe, replace the probe.

PERIPHERAL FAILS

Tighten all grounds. Ensure star washers are under all ground studs.

Inspect wiring for bad crimps, poor connections, or damage.

STILL FAILS

If all else fails, begin isolation by removing the probes, external peripherals, then the on board ones, one at a time while monitoring the leakage current measurement.

NEW UNIT

If the leakage current measurement tests fail on a new unit and if situation can not be corrected, submit a Safety Failure Report to document the system problem. Remove unit from operation.

ECG FAILS

Inspect cables for damage or poor connections.


Probe 4:

Probe 5:

Probe 6:

Probe 7:

Probe 8:

Probe 9:

GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

ULTRASOUND INSPECTION CERTIFICATE

Customer Name: System ID:

System Type

Probe 1:

Probe 2:

Probe 3:

Frequency:

Frequency:

Frequency:

Model Number:

Scan Format*:

Scan Format*:

Scan Format*:

Frequency:

Frequency:

Frequency:

Frequency:

Frequency:

Frequency:

Scan Format*:

Scan Format*:

Scan Format*:

Scan Format*:

Scan Format*:

Scan Format*:

Dispatch Number / Date Performed:

Serial Number:

Model Number:

Model Number:

Model Number:

Model Number:

Model Number:

Model Number:

Model Number:

Model Number:

Model Number:

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Warranty/Contract/HBS

Manufacture Date:

Serial Number:

Serial Number:

Serial Number:

Serial Number:

Serial Number:

Serial Number:

Serial Number:

Serial Number:

Serial Number:

* Scan Format: Phased Array, Linear Array, Curved Array, Mechanical Array or Other

FUNCTIONAL CHECKS

Functional Check (if applicable)

B-Mode Function

Doppler Modes Function

CF-Mode Function

M-Mode Function

Applicable Software Options

Applicable Hardware Options

Control Panel

Monitor

Touch Panel

OK? or

N/A

PHYSICAL INSPECTION AND CLEANING

Physical Inspection and Cleaning

(if applicable)

Console

Monitor

Touch Panel

Air Filter

Probe Holders

External I/O

Wheels, Brakes & Swivel Locks

Cables and Connectors

GE Approved Peripherals (VCR, CD-RW, MOD,

Printers)

Inspect

Measurement Accuracy

GE Approved Peripherals

Clean

COMMENTS:

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________


GE H

EALTHCARE

D

IRECTION

5394141, R

EVISION

1

ELECTRICAL SAFETY

LOGIQ™ P5 S

ERVICE

M

ANUAL

Electrical Test Performed

Outlet (correct ground &wiring config.)

System Ground Continuity

Chassis Source Leakage Current - Probe

Chassis Source Leakage Current - Caster

Chassis Source Leakage Current - CRT

Patient Lead Source Leakage

(Lead to Ground)


(Lead to Lead)


(Isolation)

Peripheral 1 Leakage Current

Peripheral 1Ground Continuity





Max Value

Allowed

Value

Measured OK?

Comments

PROBES

Probe Number

(from previous page)

Probe 1:

Probe 2:

Probe 3:

Probe 4:

Probe 5:

Probe 6:

Probe 7:

Max Value

Allowed

Max Value

Measured OK?

Comments

Probe 8:

Probe 9:

Final Check. All system covers are in place. System scans with all probes as expected.

Accepted by: ______________________________________________________________________


©

2004 and 2007, General Electric Company.

GE Medical Systems, a General Electric Company, going to market as GE Healthcare.

3200 N. Grandview Boulevard

Waukesha, Wisconsin 53149

USA www.gehealthcare.com

GE Healthcare LOGIQ P5 Ultrasound System Service Manual

Assistant Bot

Technical

Publication

Direction 5394141

Revision 1

GE Healthcare

LOGIQ™P5 Service Manual

GE Healthcare

Operating Documentation

Table of Contents

CHAPTER 1

Introduction

CHAPTER 2

Pre-Installation

CHAPTER 3

Installation

CHAPTER 4

Functional Checks

CHAPTER 5

Components and Functions (Theory)

CHAPTER 6

Service Adjustments

CHAPTER 7

Diagnostics/Troubleshooting

CHAPTER 8

Replacement Procedures

CHAPTER 9

Renewal Parts

CHAPTER 10

Care & Maintenance

Important Precautions

DAMAGE IN TRANSPORTATION

CERTIFIED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR STATEMENT - FOR USA ONLY

OMISSIONS & ERRORS

SERVICE SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

DANGEROUS VOLTAGES, CAPABLE OF CAUSING DEATH, ARE PRESENT IN

THIS EQUIPMENT. USE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN HANDLING, TESTING AND

ADJUSTING.

LEGAL NOTES

TRADEMARKS

COPYRIGHTS

Revision History

List of Effected Pages(LOEP)

Chapter 1

Introduction

Section 1-1

Overview

1-1-1 Purpose of Chapter 1

1-1-2 Purpose of Service Manual

1-1-3 Typical Users of the Basic Service Manual

1-1-4 LOGIQ™ P5 Models Covered by this Manual

1-1-5

Purpose of Operator Manual(s)

Section 1-2

Important Conventions

1-2-1 Conventions Used in Book

DANGER IS USED TO INDICATE THE PRESENCE OF A HAZARD THAT WILL

CAUSE SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH IF THE INSTRUCTIONS ARE

IGNORED.

1-2-2

Standard Hazard Icons

LASER

LIGHT

1-2-3

Product Icons

1-2-4 WEEE Label

Section 1-3

Safety Considerations

1-3-1

1-3-2

Introduction

Human Safety

1-3-3

Mechanical Safety

1-3-3 Mechanical Safety

1-3-4 Electrical Safety

1-3-5 Label Locations

1-3-5 Label Locations

1-3-6